Directive 1994/55 - Approximation of the laws of the Member States with regard to the transport of dangerous goods by road - Main contents

Avis juridique important

|

Council Directive 94/55/EC of 21 November 1994 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States with regard to the transport of dangerous goods by road

Official Journal L 319 , 12/12/1994 P. 0007 - 0013

Finnish special edition: Chapter 7 Volume 5 P. 0165

Swedish special edition: Chapter 7 Volume 5 P. 0165

L 275 28/10/1996 P. 0001

COUNCIL DIRECTIVE 94/55/EC of 21 November 1994 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States with regard to the transport of dangerous goods by road

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,

Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Article 75 thereof,

Having regard to the proposal from the Commission (1),

Having regard to the opinion of the Economic and Social Committee (2),

Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 189c of the Treaty (3),

• (1) 

  Whereas, over the years, both the national and the international transport of dangerous goods by road have significantly increased, adding to the dangers in the event of an accident;

• (2) 

  Whereas all Member States except Ireland are Contracting Parties to the European Agreement concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road (ADR), the geographical scope of which extends beyond the Community and which lays down uniform rules for the safe international transport of dangerous goods by road; whereas it is consequently desirable that such rules be extended to cover national traffic in order to harmonize across the Community the conditions under which dangerous goods are transported by road;

• (3) 

  Whereas no Community legislation embraces the full range of measures required to ensure the safe transport of dangerous goods and the relevant national measures vary from one Member State to another; whereas those divergences are an obstacle to the free provision of transport services and, moreover, to the free movement of vehicles and transport equipment; whereas in order to overcome that obstacle uniform rules applicable to all intra-Community transport should be defined;

• (4) 

  Whereas an action of this nature must be carried out at Community level to ensure consistency with other Community legislation, to ensure a satisfactory degree of harmonization to facilitate the free movement of goods and services and to ensure a high level of safety for national and international transport operations;

• (5) 

  Whereas the provisions of this Directive are without prejudice to the commitment entered into by the Community and its Member States, in accordance with the goals set under Agenda 21, Chapter 19, at the Unced conference of June 1992 in Rio de Janeiro, to strive for the future harmonization of systems for the classification of dangerous substances;

• (6) 

  Whereas no specific Community legislation yet governs the safety conditions under which biological agents and genetically modified micro-organisms, regulated under Council Directives 90/219/EEC (4), 90/220/EEC (5) and 90/679/EEC (6), should be transported;

• (7) 

  Whereas this Directive takes account of other Community policies in the fields of worker safety, vehicle construction and environmental protection;

• (8) 

  Whereas the Member States remain free to regulate any operation for the transport of dangerous goods carried out within their territory by a vehicle not covered by the Directive regardless of where the vehicle is registered;

• (9) 

  Whereas the Member States must be able to apply specific road-traffic regulations to the transport of dangerous goods within their territories;

• (10) 

  Whereas the Member States must be able to maintain their quality-control requirements as regards certain national transport operations until the Commission reports to the Council on these matters;

• (11) 

  Whereas the provisions of the ADR authorize the conclusion of agreements derogating therefrom, and whereas the large number of agreements concluded bilaterally between Member States impedes the free provisions of dangerous-goods transport services; whereas including the necessary provisions in the Annexes to this Directive should overcome the need for such derogations; whereas provision should be made for a transitional period during which the Member States may continue to apply existing agreements amongst themselves;

• (12) 

  Whereas it is necessary to transpose into Community law the provisions of the ADR, including the requirements concerning the construction of vehicles transporting dangerous goods; whereas, in this context, provision should be made for a transitional period so that the Member States may temporarily maintain certain specific national provisions on construction requirements for nationally registered vehicles;

• (13) 

  Whereas existing information procedures in the field of related national legislative proposals must be used in order to increase transparency for all economical operators;

• (14) 

  Whereas as regards national transport, the Member States must retain the right to apply rules complying with the United Nations multimodal Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, in so far as the ADR is not yet harmonized with those rules, the purpose of which is to facilitate the inter-modal transport of dangerous goods;

• (15) 

  Whereas the Member States must be able to regulate or prohibit the transport by road of certain dangerous goods within their territories, but only for reasons other than transport safety; whereas in this context the Member States may retain the right in the case of certain transports of very dangerous substances to impose the use of transport by rail or inland waterway or may maintain very specific packaging for certain very dangerous substances;

• (16) 

  Whereas for the purposes of this Directive the Member States must be able to apply more stringent or more lenient rules to certain transport operations performed within their territories by means of vehicles registered there;

• (17) 

  Whereas the harmonization of conditions should take account of specific national circumstances and therefore this Directive must be sufficiently flexible in providing the Member States with the possibility of granting certain derogations; whereas the application of new technological and industrial developments must not be impeded and provision must therefore be made for temporary derogations;

• (18) 

  Whereas vehicles registered in non-member countries must be allowed to perform international transport within the territories of Member States if they comply with the ADR;

• (19) 

  Whereas it must be possible to adapt this Directive rapidly to technical progress, in order to take account of new provisions incorporated in the ADR and to decide upon the application and implementation of emergency measures in the event of accidents or incidents; whereas a committee should be created for that purpose and a procedure should be established for close cooperation between the Member States and the Commission within that committee;

• (20) 

  Whereas the Annexes to this Directive contain provisions covering the vocational training of certain drivers of vehicles transporting dangerous goods by road; whereas, therefore, Council Directive 89/684/EEC of 21 December 1994 on vocational training for certain drivers of vehicles carrying dangerous goods by road (7) should be repealed,

HAS ADOPTED THIS DIRECTIVE:

CHAPTER I Scope, definitions and general provisions

Article 1

• 1. 

  This Directive shall apply to the transport of dangerous goods by road within or between Member States. It shall not apply to the transport of dangerous goods by vehicles belonging to or under the responsibility of the armed forces.

• 2. 

  This Directive shall not, however, affect the Member States' right, with due regard to Community law, to lay down requirements as regards:

(a) the national and international transport of dangerous goods within their territories performed by vehicles not covered by this Directive,

(b) road-traffic regulations specific to the national and international transport of dangerous goods;

(c) quality controls on undertakings, in accordance with ISO standards 9001 and 9002, where they carry out national transport operations involving:

(i) explosive substances and article in Class 1, where the quantity of explosive substance contained per transport unit exceeds:

• - 

  1 000 kg for division 1.1, or

• - 

  3 000 kg for division 1,2, or

• - 

  5 000 kg for divisions 1.3 and 1.5;

(ii) the following very dangerous substances in tanks or in tank-containers of a total capacity exceeding 3 000 litres:

• - 

  substances of Class 2

• - 

  gas classified under

(at)

(bt)

(b)

(ct)

(c)

• - 

  deeply refrigerated liquified gases of 7° (b) and 8° (b),

• - 

  substances of Classes 3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.2, 6.1 and 8

• - 

  not listed under (b) or (c) in those classes, or

• - 

  listed therein but having a hazard code with three or more significant digits (not including any zero);

(iii) the following packages of Class 7 (radioactive materials): packages of fissile materials, packages of type B (U), packages of type B (M).

The scope of the national provisions concerning these requirements may not be extended.

The provisions in question shall cease to apply if similar measures are made obligatory under Community provisions.

Before 31 December 1998 the Commission shall submit to the Council a report assessing the safety aspects covered by this provision together with an appropriate proposal for its continuation or repeal.

Article 2

For the purposes of this Directive:

• - 

  'ADR` shall mean the European Agreement concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road, concluded at Geneva on 30 September 1957, as amended,

• - 

  'vehicle` shall mean any motor vehicle intended for use on the road, being complete or incomplete, having at least four wheels and a maximum design speed exceeding 25 km/h, and its trailers, with the exception of vehicles which run on rails, and of agricultural and forestry tractors and all mobile machinery,

• - 

  'dangerous goods` shall mean those substances and articles the transport of which by road is prohibited or authorized only in certain circumstances by Annexes A and B to this Directive,

• - 

  'transport` shall mean any road transport operation performed by a vehicle wholly or partly on public roads within the territory of a Member State, including the activity of loading and unloading, covered by Annexes A and B, without prejudice to the arrangements laid down by the laws of the Member States concerning liability in respect of such operations.

It shall not include transport wholly performed within the perimeter of an enclosed area.

Article 3

• 1. 

  Without prejudice to Article 6, dangerous goods the transport of which is prohibited by Annexes A and B to this Directive shall not be transported by road.

• 2. 

  Save as otherwise provided in this Directive, the transport of other dangerous goods listed in Annex A shall be authorized subject to compliance with the conditions imposed in Annexes A and B, in particular as regards:

(a) the packaging and labelling of the goods in question; and

(b) the construction, equipment and proper operation of the vehicle carrying the goods in question.

CHAPTER II Derogations, restrictions and exemptions

Article 4

Solely for the purposes of national transport operations performed by vehicles registered within its territory each Member State may retain provisions of its national law on the transport of dangerous goods by road which are consistent with the UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods until Anexes A and B to this Directive are revised to reflect those recommendations. The Member States concerned shall inform the Commission accordingly.

Article 5

• 1. 

  Without prejudice to other Community legislation, in paticular that on market access, each Member State shall retain the right, strictly for reasons other than safety during transport, such as reasons of national security or environmental protection, to regulate or prohibit the transport of certain dangerous goods within its territory.

• 2. 

  Any rules imposed by a Member State on vehicles performing internaitonal transport through its territory and authorized by Marginal 10 599 of Annex B shall be limited in scope locally, shall apply to both national and international transport and may not result in any discrimination.

• 3. 

  (a) Each Member State may apply more stringent provisions concerning transport, with the exception of construction requirements, performed by vehicles registered or put into circulation within its territory.

(b) The Member States may, however, maintain specific national provisions on the centres of gravity of tank-vehicles registered within their territories until the amendment, if any, of Marginal 211 128 of Annex B to this Directive, but not, in any event, after 31 December 1998.

• 4. 

  If a Member State considers that the safety provisions applicable have been found to be insufficient, on the occasion of an accident or an incident, to limit the hazards involved in transport and if there is an urgent need to take action, it shall notify the Commission, at the planning stage, of the measures which it proposes to take. Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 9, the Commission shall decide whether the implementation of those measures should be authorized and determine their duration.

• 5. 

  The Member States may maintain any national provisions applicable on 31 December 1996 with regard to:

• - 

  the transport of Class 1.1 substances,

• - 

  the transport of toxic, unstable and/or flammable gases of Class 2,

• - 

  the transport of substances containing dioxins or furans,

• - 

  the transport in tanks or tank-containers of more than 3 000 litres of liquids of Classes 3, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 6.1 or 8 which do not appear under (b) or (c) in these classes.

Such provisions may concern only:

• - 

  the prohibition of such transport operations by road where it is possible for them to be carried out by rail or by inland waterway,

• - 

  a requirement to follow certain preferred routes,

• - 

  any other provisions concerning the packaging of substances containing dioxins or furans.

These provisions may not be extended or made more stringent. The Member States shall communicate these national provisions to the Commission, which shall inform the other Member States accordingly.

Article 6

• 1. 

  Each Member State may authorize the transport by road within its territory of dangerous goods classified, packaged and labelled in accordance with the international requirements for maritime or air transport whenever the transport operation involves a sea or air voyage.

• 2. 

  Any provisions in Annexes A and B concerning the use of languages in relevant marking or documentation shall not apply to transport operations confined to the territory of a single Member State. Member States may authorize the use of languages other than those provided for in the Annexes for transport operations performed within their territories.

• 3. 

  Within its territory each Member State may authorize the use of vehicles constructed before 1 January 1997 which do not comply with this Directive but were constructed in accordance with the national requirements in force on 31 December 1996 provided that such vehicles are maintained to the required safety levels.

• 4. 

  Each Member State may maintain provisions of national legislation in force on 31 December 1996 relating to the construction, use and conditions of carriage of new receptacles within the meaning of Marginal 2 212 of Annex A and new tanks which do not comply with Annexes A and B, until references to standards for the construction and use of tanks and receptacles with the same binding force as the provisions of this Directive are added to Annexes A and B and in any event no later than 31 December 1998. Receptacles and tanks constructed before 1 January 1999 and maintained to the required safety levels may continue to be used under the original conditions.

• 5. 

  Each Member State may maintain national provisions other than those set out in Annexes A and B with regard to the reference temperature for the transport within its territory of liquified gases or mixtures of liquified gases until provisions relating to appropriate reference temperatures for designated climatic areas are incorporated into European standards and references to those standards are added to Annexes A and B.

• 6. 

  Each Member State may allow the use, for transport within its territory, of packagings constructed but not certified in accordance with the ADR before 1 January 1997 provided that such packaging shows the date of manufacture and is capable of passing the tests laid down in national legislation in force on 31 December 1996 and provided that all such packagings are maintained to the relevant safety levels (including testing and inspection where required), in accordance with the following scheme: intermediate metal bulk containers and metal drums exceeding 50 litres in capacity, for up to 15 years after their date of manufacture; other metal packagings and all plastics packagings, for up to five years after their date of manufacture; other metal packagings and all plastics packagings, for up to five years after their date of manufacture but not after 31 December 1998.

• 7. 

  Each Member State may allow the transport within its territory of certain dangerous goods packaged before 1 January 1997 until 31 December 1998, provided that the goods are classified, packaged and labelled in accordance with the requirements of national legislation in force before 1 January 1997.

• 8. 

  Each Member State may maintain provisions of national legislation in force on 31 December 1996 relating to the display of an emergency action code in place of the hazard identification number provided for in Annex B for transport operations performed within its territory by vehicles registered within that territory.

• 9. 

  Each Member State may, after consulting the Commission, maintain provisions less stringent than those set out in Annexes A and B to this Directive for the transport within its territory of small quantities of certain dangerous goods, with the exception of substances having a medium or high level of radioactivity.

• 10. 

  Provided that safety is not compromised, the Member States may grant temporary derogations from Annexes A and B for the purpose of carrying out within their territories the trials necessary before the amendment of those Annexes to adapt them to technological and industrial developments. The Commission shall be informed thereof and shall inform the other Member States accordingly.

A temporaty derogation agreed on between Member States' competent authorities on the basis of Marginals 2 010 and 10 602 of Annexes A and B shall take the form of a multilateral agreement proposed to all Member States' competent authorities by the authority taking the initiative in respect of the agreement. The Commission shall be informed accordingly.

Any derogation such as referred to in the first and second subparagraphs shall be applied without discrimination on grounds of the nationality or the place of establishment of the consignor, haulier or consignee; they may last for up to five years and shall not be renewable.

• 11. 

  Each Member State may authorize single transports of dangerous goods which are either prohibited by Annexes A and B or performed under conditions different from those laid down in Annexes A and B.

• 12. 

  Without prejudice to paragraph 2, each Member State may until 31 December 1998 at the latest apply existing agreements with other Member States that comply with the ADR, without discrimination on grounds of the nationality or the place of establishment of the consignor, haulier or consignee. Any other derogation authorized by Marginals 2 010 and 10 602 of Annexes A and B shall comply with paragraph 10.

Article 7

Subject to national or Community provisions on market access, vehicles registered or put into circulation in non-member countries shall be authorized to perform the international transport of dangerous goods within the Community if the transport in question complies with the ADR.

CHAPTER III Final privisions

Article 8

The amendments necessary to adapt Annexes A and B to scientific and technical progress in the fields covered by this Directive in order to take account of amendments to the Annexes to the ADR shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 9.

Article 9

• 1. 

  The Commission shall be assisted by a committee on the transport of dangerous goods, hereinafter referred to as 'the Committee`, which shall consist of representatives of the Member States and be chaired by a representative of the Commission.

• 2. 

  The Commission representative shall submit to the Committee a draft of the measures to be taken. The Committee shall deliver its opinion on the draft within a time limit which the chairman may lay down according to the urgency of the matter. The opinion shall be delivered by the majority laid down in Article 148 (2) of the Treaty in the case of decisions which the Council is required to adopt on a proposal from the Commission. The votes of the representatives of the Member States within the Committee shall be weighted in the manner set out in that Article. The chairman shall not vote.

• 3. 

  (a) The Commission shall adopt the measures envisaged if they are in accordance with the Committee's opinion.

(b) If the measures envisaged are not in accordance with the Committee's opinion or if no opinion is delivered, the Commission shall, without delay, submit to the Council a proposal relating to the measures to be taken. The Council shall act by a qualified majority.

If the Council does not act within three months of the date of referral to the Council the Commission shall adopt the proposed measures.

Article 10

• 1. 

  The Member States shall bring into force the laws, regulations and administrative provisions necessary for them to comply with this Directive before 1 January 1997. They shall forthwith inform the Commission thereof.

When the Member States adopt those measures they shall include references or shall accompany them with such references on their official publication. The Member States shall lay down the manner in which such references shall be made.

• 2. 

  The Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the main provisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

Article 11

• 1. 

  Directive 89/684/EEC is hereby repealed as from the deadline for the transposition of this Directive into national legislation.

• 2. 

  Provisional certificates issued by the Member States in accordance with Article 4 (2) of that Directive for national transport only shall remain valid until 31 December 1996. Certificates issued in accordance with Article 4 (4) of that Directive may continue to be used until the end of their period of validity, but not later than 1 July 1997 for dangerous goods transported in tanks or for explosives and not later than 1 January 2000 for other dangerous goods.

Article 12

This Directive is addressed to the Member States.

Done at Brussels, 21 November 1994.

For the Council

The President

• M. 

  WISSMANN

• (1) 

  OJ No C 17, 20. 1. 1994, p. 6.

• (2) 

  OJ No C 195, 18. 7. 1994, p. 15.

• (3) 

  European Parliament opinion of 3 May 1994 (OJ No C 205, 25. 7. 1994, p. 54), Council common position of 19 September 1994 (OJ No C 301, 27. 10. 1994, p. 25) and European Parliament decision of 17 November 1994 (not yet published in the Official Journal).

• (4) 

  OJ No L 117, 8. 5. 1990, p. 1.

• (5) 

  OJ No L 117, 8. 5. 1990, p. 15.

• (6) 

  OJ No L 374, 31. 12. 1990, p. 1.

• (7) 

  OJ No L 398, 30. 12. 1989, p. 33.

ANNEX A

Provisions concerning dangerous substances and articles

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF ANNEX A

Part I. Definitions and general provisions

Marginals Page

Definitions 2000 and 2001 4

General Provisions 2002 to 2099 6

Part II. List of substances and special provisions for the various classes

Class 1 Explosive substances and articles 2100 et seq. 15

Class 2 Gases: compressed, liquefied or dissolved under pressure 2200 et seq. 52

Class 3 Flammable liquids 2300 et seq. 76

Class 4.1 Flammable solids 2400 et seq. 102

Class 4.2 Substances liable to spontaneous combustion 2430 et seq. 121

Class 4.3 Substances which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases 2470 et seq. 133

Class 5.1 Oxidizing substances 2500 et seq. 143

Class 5.2 Organic peroxides 2550 et seq. 156

Class 6.1 Toxic substances 2600 et seq. 172

Class 6.2 Infectious substances 2650 et seq. 204

Class 7 Radioactive material 2700 et seq. 212

Class 8 Corrosive substances 2800 et seq. 258

Class 9 Miscellaneous dangerous substances and articles 2900 et seq. 277

Part III. Appendices to annex A

Appendix A.1 A. Stability and safety conditions relating to explosive substances and articles, nitrated mixtures of nitrocellulose, self-reactive substances and organic peroxides 3100 et seq. 288

• B. 

  Glossary of names in marginal 2101 3170 et seq. 295

Appendix A.2 A. Provisions relating to the nature of aluminium-alloy receptacles for certain gases of Class 2 3200 et seq. 307

• B. 

  Requirements concerning the materials and construction of receptacles intended for the carriage of deeply-refrigerated liquefied gases of Class 2 3250 et seq. 310

• C. 

  Provisions relating to tests on aerosol dispensers and non-refillable containers for gases under pressure of Class 2, 10° and 11° 3291 et seq. 315

Appendix A.3 A. Tests relating to flammable liquids of Classes 3, 6.1 and 8 (Test for determining flash-point, test for determining peroxide content, test for determining combustibility) 3300 et seq. 315

• B. 

  Test for determining fluidity 3310 et seq. 319

• C. 

  Tests relating to flammable solids of Class 4.1 3320 et seq. 321

• D. 

  Tests relating to substances liable to spontaneous combustion of Class 4.2 3330 et seq. 324

• E. 

  Test relating to substances of Class 4.3 which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases 3340 et seq. 325

• F. 

  Test relating to solid oxidizing substances of Class 5.1 3350 et seq. 326

• G. 

  Tests for determining the ecotoxicity, persistence and bioaccumulation of substances in the aquatic environment for assignment to Class 9 3390 et seq. 327

Appendix A.4 (Reserved) 3400 et seq. 331

Appendix A.5 General packing conditions, types of packaging, requirements applicable to packagings, test requirements for packagings 3500 et seq. 331

Appendix A.6 Provisions relating to intermediate bulk containers (IBCs) 3600 et seq. 368

Appendix A.7 Provisions relating to radioactive material of Class 7 3700 et seq. 392

Appendix A.8 (Reserved) 3800 et seq. 419

Appendix A.9 Provisions relating to danger labels; explanation of symbols; danger labels 3900 et seq. 419

PART I

DEFINITIONS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS

Definitions

2000 (1) For the purposes of this Annex:

• - 

  the term 'competent authority` means the authority designated as such in each country and in each specific case by the Government;

• - 

  the term 'fragile package` means a package containing a fragile receptacle, i.e. a receptacle made of glass, porcelain, stoneware or similar materials, which is not enclosed in a packaging with complete sides protecting it effectively against shock [see also marginal 2001 (7)];

• - 

  the term 'gas` means a gas or vapour;

• - 

  the term 'dangerous substances`, when used alone, means the substances and articles designated as being substances and articles of this Directive;

• - 

  the term 'carriage in bulk` means the carriage of a solid substance without packaging;

• - 

  the term 'RID` signifies Regulations concerning the international carriage of dangerous goods by rail, which are Annex I of COTIF - Convention concerning international carriage by rail, Appendix B - Uniform rules concerning the contract for international carriage of goods by rail (CIM).

• (2) 

  For the purposes of this Annex, tanks (see definitions in Annex B) are not placed on the same footing as receptacles, the term 'receptacle` being used in a restrictive sense. Provisions concerning receptacles are applicable to fixed tanks, batteries of receptacles, demountable tanks and tank-containers only if this is expressly stipulated.

• (3) 

  The term 'full load` means any load originating from one sender for which the use of a vehicle or of a large container is exclusively reserved and all operations for the loading and unloading of which are carried out in conformity with the instructions of the sender or of the consignee.

• (4) 

  For the purposes of this Directive, 'n.o.s. (not otherwise specified) entry` means a collective entry to which substances, mixtures, solutions or articles may be assigned if they:

• a) 

  are not mentioned by name under the items of the lists of substances, and

• b) 

  exhibit chemical, physical and/or dangerous properties corresponding to the class, item, letter and name of the n.o.s. entry.

• (5) 

  Wastes are substances, solutions, mixtures or articles for which no direct use is envisaged but which are transported for reprocessing, dumping, elimination by incineration or other methods of disposal.

2001 >TABLE>

The decimal multiples and sub-multiples of a unit may be formed by prefixes or symbols, having the following meanings, placed before the name or symbol of the unit:

>TABLE>

Note: 109 = 1 billion is United Nations usage in English. By analogy, so is 10-9 = 1 billionth.

• (2) 

  Whenever the word 'weight` is used in this Annex and in Annex B, it means 'mass`.

• (3) 

  Whenever the weight of a package is mentioned in this Annex and in Annex B, the gross mass is meant unless otherwise stated. The mass of containers or tanks used for the carriage of goods is not included in the gross mass.

• (4) 

  Unless expressly stated otherwise, the sign ' %` in this Annex and in Annex B represents:

• a) 

  in the case of mixtures of solids or of liquids, and also in the case of solutions and of solids wetted by a liquid: a percentage mass based on the total mass of the mixture, the solution or the wetted solid;

• b) 

  in the case of mixtures of compressed gases: the proportion of the volume indicated as a percentage of the total volume of the gaseous mixture; in the case of mixtures of liquefied gases and gases dissolved under pressure: the proportion of the mass indicated as a percentage of the total mass of the mixture.

• (5) 

  Pressures of all kinds relating to receptacles (such as test pressure, internal pressure, safety-valve opening pressure) are always indicated in gauge pressure (pressure in excess of atmospheric pressure); however, the vapour pressure of substances is always expressed in absolute pressure.

• (6) 

  Where this Annex or Annex B specifies a degree of filling for receptacles or tanks, that degree of filling is always referred to a temperature of the substances of 15 °C unless some other temperature is indicated.

• (7) 

  Fragile receptacles secured, either singly or in groups, by cushioning materials in a strong receptacle are not regarded as fragile receptacles if the strong receptacle is leakproof and so designed that in the event of breakage or leakage of the fragile receptacles their contents cannot escape from the strong receptacle and the mechanical strength of the latter is not impaired by corrosion during carriage.

• (8) 

  The following approximate conversion formula is authorized until SI units have been incorporated throughout the texts of this Annex and Annex B.

1 kg/mm2 = 10 N/mm2,

1 kg/cm2 = 1 bar.

General provisions

2002 (1) This Annex specifies the dangerous goods to be excluded from international carriage by road and the dangerous goods to be accepted for such carriage under certain conditions. It groups the dangerous goods in restrictive and non-restrictive classes.

Of the dangerous goods covered by the headings of the restrictive classes (Classes 1, 2 and 7), those which are listed in the clauses concerning these classes (marginals 2101, 2201 and 2701) are to be accepted for carriage only under the conditions specified in these clauses, and others are to be excluded from carriage. Some of the dangerous goods covered by the headings of the non-restrictive classes (Classes 3, 4.1, 4.2,4.3, 5.1, 5.2, 6.1, 6.2, 8 and 9) are, by notes inserted in the clauses concerning the various Classes, excluded from carriage; of the other goods covered by the headings of the non-restrictive classes, those which are mentioned in the clauses concerning these classes (marginals 2301, 2401, 2431, 2471, 2501, 2551, 2601, 2651, 2801 and 2901) are to be accepted for carriage only under the conditions specified in these clauses; those which are not mentioned or covered by one of the collective headings are not deemed to be dangerous goods for the purposes of this Agreement and are to be accepted for carriage without any special conditions.

• (2) 

  The classes of this Annex are as follows:

>TABLE>

• (3) 

  Any carriage of goods governed by this Annex shall be accompanied by both the following documents:

• a) 

  a transport document containing at least the following information (for Class 7, see also marginal 2709):

• - 

  a description of the goods including the substance identification number (where available) ();

• - 

  the class ();

• - 

  the item number together with any letter ();

• - 

  the initials ADR or RID ();

• - 

  the number and a description of the packages or IBCs;

• - 

  the total quantity of dangerous goods (as a volume or as a gross mass or as a net mass and, in addition, in the case of explosive substances and articles of Class 1, as a total net mass of explosive contents).

Note: 1. This information is not required in the case of uncleaned empty packagings, containers or tanks.

• 2. 

  In the case of the application of marginal 10 011, the quantities of dangerous goods carried per transport unit shall be expressed as a gross mass.

• - 

  the name and address of the consignor;

• - 

  the name and address of the consignee(s);

• - 

  a declaration as required by the terms of any special agreement.

The document containing this information may be that already required by other regulations in force for carriage by another mode of transport. The consignor shall communicate this information to the carrier in writing.

The particulars to be entered in the document shall be drafted in an official language of the forwarding country, and also, if that language is not English, French or German, in English, French or German, unless international road transport tariffs, if any, or agreements concluded between the countries concerned in the transport operation, provide otherwise.

• b) 

  instructions to be implemented in the event of an accident (see Annex B, marginal 10 385), (unless exempted under marginal 10 011).

• (4) 

  If by reason of the size of the load a consignment cannot be loaded in its entirety on a single transport unit, at least as many separate documents, or copies of the single document, shall be made out as transport units loaded. Furthermore, in all cases separate transport documents shall be made out for consignments or parts of consignments which may not be loaded together on the same vehicle by reason of the prohibitions set forth in Annex B.

• (5) 

  Outer packagings additional to those specified in this Annex may be used providing that they do not contravene the spirit of the provisions of this Annex relating to outer packagings. If such additional packagings are used, the prescribed marking and labels shall be applied to them.

• (6) 

  If the mixed packing of several dangerous substances with one another or with other goods is allowed by the provisions of section A.3 of the provisions applicable to the various classes, the inner packagings containing different dangerous substances shall be carefully and effectively separated from one another in the collective packagings if dangerous reactions, such as the production of dangerous heat, combustion, the formation of mixtures sensitive to friction or shock, and the release of flammable or toxic gases, are liable to occur as a result of damage to or destruction of the inner packagings. In particular, if fragile receptacles are used, and especially if the said receptacles contain liquids, the danger of the formation of dangerous mixtures shall be avoided and to this end all appropriate measures shall be taken, such as the use of suitable cushioning materials in sufficient quantity, securing of the receptacles in a second, strong packaging, and subdivision of the collective packaging into several compartments. For mixed packing of material of Class 7, see marginal 3711 of Appendix A.7.

• (7) 

  If mixed packing is used, the provisions of this Annex concerning the particulars in the transport document shall apply in respect of each of the different kinds of dangerous substance contained in the collective package, and the collective package shall bear all the inscriptions and all the danger labels prescribed in this Annex for the dangerous substances the collective package contains.

• (8) 

  The following provisions shall apply to substances, solutions and mixtures [such as preparations and wastes ()] not mentioned by name in the lists of substances of the various classes:

Note: 1. Solutions and mixtures comprise two or more components. These components may be either substances of this Directive or substances which are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• 2. 

  Solutions and mixtures containing one or more components of a restrictive Class are not to be accepted for carriage unless those components are listed by name in the list of substances of the restrictive class.

• 3. 

  Solutions and mixtures having a specific activity exceeding 70 kBq/kg (2nCi/g) are substances of Class 7 [see marginal 2700 (1)].

• a) 

  A solution or mixture containing a dangerous substance listed by name in this Directive together with one or more non-dangerous substances, shall be regarded as the dangerous substance listed by name, unless:

• 1. 

  The solution or mixture is specifically listed by name elsewhere in this Directive; or

• 2. 

  It is quite clear from the item for the dangerous substance that it is applicable only to the pure or technically pure substance; or

• 3. 

  The class, physical state or packing group (letter), of the solution or mixture is different from that of the dangerous substance.

For such solutions and mixtures, the word 'solution` or 'mixture` shall then be added as part of the name in the transport document for the purposes of clarity in the description, for example, 'acetone solution`.

If the class, physical state or packing group are different from that of the pure substance, the solution or mixture shall be assigned to an appropriate n.o.s. entry, depending on the degree of danger.

• b) 

  Substances having more than one danger characteristic and solutions and mixtures containing two or more components subject to this Directive shall be placed under an item and letter of the appropriate Class in accordance with their danger characteristics. Such classification according to the danger characteristics shall be carried out as follows:

1.1 The physical and chemical characteristics and physiological properties shall be determined by measurement or calculation and be classified according to the criteria of the various classes.

1.2 If this determination is not possible without disproportionate cost or effort (as for some kinds of wastes), the solutions or mixtures shall be placed in the class of the component presenting the predominant danger.

• 2. 

  If a substance presents more than one danger characteristic or if a mixture or solution contains more than one component of the classes or groups of substances listed below, it shall be classified in the class or the group of substances presenting the predominant danger.

2.1 If there is no predominant danger, classification shall be based on the following order of precedence:

• - 

  substances and articles of Class 1

• - 

  substances and articles of Class 2

• - 

  self-reactive and related substances and explosive substances in non-explosive state (wetted or phlegmatized explosive substances) of Class 4.1

• - 

  pyrophoric substances of Class 4.2

• - 

  substances of Class 5.2

• - 

  substances of Class 6.1 or Class 3 which, on the basis of their inhalation toxicity, are to be classified under letter (a) of the various items (excluding substances, solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) meeting the classification criteria of Class 8 and having an inhalation toxicity of dust and mists (LC50) in the range of group (a) and toxicity through oral ingestion or dermal contact only in the range of group (c) or less; such substances, solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) shall be assigned to Class 8)

• - 

  infectious substances of Class 6.2.

2.2 If the danger characteristics fall within more than one class or group of substances not listed in 2.1, the substances, mixtures or solutions shall be classified in the class or group of substances presenting the predominant danger.

2.3 If there is no predominant danger, the substance, solution or mixture shall be classified as follows:

2.3.1 Assignment to a class shall be on the basis of the various danger characteristics or components in accordance with the table below. For Classes 3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 6.1, 8 and 9, account shall be taken of the degree of danger indicated by letters (a), (b) or (c) of the various items [see marginals 2300 (3), 2400 (3), 2430 (3), 2470 (3), 2500 (3), 2600 (1), 2800 (1) and 2900].

Note: Example to explain the use of the table ():

Description of the Mixture:

Mixture consisting of a flammable liquid classified under Class 3, letter (c), a toxic substance classified under Class 6.1, letter (b), and a corrosive substance classified under Class 8, letter (a).

Procedure:

The intersection of line 3(c) with column 6.1(b) gives 6.1(b). The intersection of line 6.1(b) with column 8(a) gives 8(a). This mixture is therefore to be classified under Class 8, letter (a).

>TABLE>

2.3.2 Classification under an n.o.s. entry of an item of a class determined in accordance with 2.3.1 on the basis of the danger characteristics of the various components of the solution or mixture. Classification under a general n.o.s. entry is permitted only when classification under a specific n.o.s. entry is not possible.

Note: Examples for the classification of mixtures and solutions under classes and items:

A phenol solution of Class 6.1, 14°(b), in benzene of Class 3, 3°(b) is to be classified in Class 3, 3°(b); this solution is to be classified under the entry 1992 flammable liquid, toxic, n.o.s., Class 3, 19°(b), by virtue of the toxicity of the phenol.

A solid mixture of sodium arsenate of Class 6.1, 51°(b) and sodium hydroxide of Class 8, 41°(b) is to be classified under the entry 1557 arsenic compound, solid, n.o.s. in Class 6, 51°(b).

A solution of crude or refined naphthalene of Class 4.1, 6° (c) in petrol of Class 3, 3°(b), is to be classified under the entry 3295 hydrocarbons, liquid, n.o.s. in Class 3, 3°(b).

A mixture of hydrocarbons of Class 3, 31°(c), and of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) of Class 9, 2°(b), is to be classified under the entry 2315 polychlorinated biphenyls in Class 9, 2°(b).

A mixture of propyleneimine of Class 3, 12°, and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) of Class 9, 2°(b), is to be classified under the entry 1921 propyleneimine, inhibited in Class 3, 12°.

• (9) 

  The consignor, either in the transport document or in a separate declaration incorporated into or combined with it, shall certify that the substance presented may be carried by road in conformity with the provisions of this Directive and that its condition, treatment and, as appropriate its packaging, the intermediate bulk container or tank container and the labelling conform to the provisions of this Directive. Furthermore, if several dangerous goods are packed together in a collective package or in a single container, the consignor is required to declare that this mixed packing is not prohibited.

• (10) 

  A non-radioactive substance [see the definition of radioactive material in marginal 2700 (1)] which is covered by a collective heading of any class shall be excluded from carriage if, in addition, it is covered by the heading of a restrictive class in which it is not listed.

• (11) 

  A non-radioactive substance [see the definition of radioactive material in marginal 2700 (1)] which is not listed by name in a class, but is covered by two or more collective headings of different classes, shall be subject to the conditions of carriage laid down:

• a) 

  in the restrictive class, if one of the classes concerned is a restrictive class;

• b) 

  in the class corresponding to the predominant danger exhibited by the substance during carriage, if none of the classes concerned is a restrictive class.

• (12) 

  Radioactive material whose specific activity exceeds 70 kBq/kg (2 nCi/g) and which

• a) 

  meets the criteria for carriage under Schedule 1 of Class 7; and

• b) 

  has hazardous properties covered by the title of any other class or classes,

shall be excluded from carriage if it is covered by the title of a restrictive class in which it is not listed.

• (13) 

  Radioactive material whose specific activity exceeds 70 kBq/kg (2 nCi/g) and which

• a) 

  meets the criteria for carriage under Schedule 1 of Class 7; and

• b) 

  has hazardous properties covered by the title of any other class or classes

shall, in addition to meeting the requirements of Schedule 1 of Class 7, be subject to the conditions of carriage laid down:

• - 

  in the restrictive class, if one of the classes concerned is a restrictive class, and the substance is listed in it; or

• - 

  in the class corresponding to the predominant danger exhibited by the substance during carriage, if none of the classes concerned is a restrictive class.

• (14) 

  For the purposes of this Directive, substances, solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) which cannot be assigned to Classes 1 to 8 or 9, 1° to 8°, 13° and 14°, but which may be assigned to Class 9, 11° or 12°, on the basis of the test methods and criteria according to Appendix A.3, section G, marginals 3390 to 3396, shall be considered to be pollutant to the aquatic environment.

Solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) for which classification values conforming to the classification criteria are not available shall be considered to be pollutant to the aquatic environment if the LC50 () evaluated according to the following formula:

LC50 = >NUM>LC50 of the pollutant x 100

>DEN>percentage of the pollutant (by mass)

is equal to or lower than:

• a) 

  1 mg/l,

• b) 

  10 mg/l if the pollutant is not readily degradable or, being degradable, has a log Pow ≥ 3,0.

Note: For substances of Classes 1 to 8 and Class 9, 1° to 8°, 13° and 14°, which are pollutant to the aquatic environment according to the criteria of Appendix A.3, section G, marginals 3390 to 3396, no additional condition of carriage is applicable.

2003 (1) This Annex contains for each class other than Class 7:

• a) 

  a list of the dangerous substances constituting the class and, where applicable, under a marginal ending with the letter 'a`, the exemptions allowed from the provisions of this Directive for some of these substances if they comply with certain conditions;

• b) 

  provisions sub-divided as follows:

• A. 

  Packages:

• 1. 

  General conditions of packing;

• 2. 

  Special conditions of packing;

• 3. 

  Mixed packing;

• 4. 

  Marking and danger labels on packages.

• B. 

  Particulars in the transport document.

• C. 

  Empty packagings.

• D. 

  (where appropriate) Other provisions.

• (2) 

  Provisions concerning:

• - 

  consignment in bulk, in containers and in tanks,

• - 

  method of despatch and restrictions on forwarding,

• - 

  prohibitions on mixed loading, and

• - 

  transport equipment,

are to be found in Annex B and its appendices, which also contain all other pertinent provisions applying specifically to carriage by road.

• (3) 

  For Class 7 the provisions are summarized in the form of schedules containing the following headings:

• 1. 

  Materials.

• 2. 

  Packaging Package.

• 3. 

  Package maximum radiation level.

• 4. 

  Contamination on packages, vehicles, containers, tanks and overpacks.

• 5. 

  Decontamination and use of vehicles, equipment or parts thereof.

• 6. 

  Mixed packing.

• 7. 

  Mixed loading.

• 8. 

  Marking and danger labels on packages, containers, tanks and overpacks.

• 9. 

  Marking and danger labels on vehicles other than tank-vehicles.

• 10. 

  Transport documents.

• 11. 

  Storage and despatch.

• 12. 

  Carriage of packages, containers, tanks and overpacks.

• 13. 

  Other provisions.

• (4) 

  The appendices to this Annex contain:

Appendix A.1: Stability and safety conditions relating to explosive substances and articles, nitrated mixtures of nitrocellulose, self-reactive substances and organic peroxides, together with glossary of names in marginal 2101;

Appendix A.2: Provisions relating to the nature of aluminium-alloy receptacles for certain gases of Class 2; provisions relating to the materials and construction of receptacles, intended for the carriage of deeply-refrigerated liquefied gases of Class 2; and provisions relating to tests on aerosol dispensers and non-refillable containers for gases under pressure of Class 2, 10° and 11°;

Appendix A.3: Tests relating to flammable liquids of Classes 3, 6.1 and 8; test for determining fluidity; tests relating to flammable solids of Class 4.1; tests relating to substances liable to spontaneous combustion of Class 4.2; test relating to substances of Class 4.3 which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases; test relating to oxidizing solids of Class 5.1; tests for determining the ecotoxicity, persistence and bioaccumulation of substances in the aquatic environment for assignment to Class 9;

Appendix A.5: General packing conditions, types of packaging, requirements applicable to packagings, test requirements for packagings;

Appendix A.6: General conditions for the use of intermediate bulk containers (IBCs), types of IBCs, requirements relating to the construction of IBCs and test specifications for IBCs;

Appendix A.7: Provisions relating to radioactive material of Class 7;

Appendix A.9: Provisions relating to danger labels, and explanation of the symbols.

A.4 and A.8 are reserved.

2004

2005 Where the provisions relating to carriage as a 'full load` are applied, the competent authorities may require the vehicle or large container used for the transport operation concerned to be loaded at only one point and unloaded at only one point.

2006 (1) If the vehicle carrying out a transport operation subject to the provisions of this Directive is conveyed over a section of the journey otherwise than by road haulage, then any national or international regulations which, on the said section, govern the carriage of dangerous goods by the mode of transport used for conveying the road vehicle shall alone be applicable to the said section of the journey.

• (2) 

  In cases where a transport operation subject to the provisions of this Directive is likewise subject over the whole or a part of its road journey to the provisions of an international convention which regulates the carriage of dangerous goods by a mode of transport other than road carriage by virtue of clauses extending the applicability of the said convention to certain motor-vehicle services, then the provisions of that international convention shall apply, over the journey in question, concurrently with those of this Directive which are not incompatible therewith; the other clauses of this Directive shall not apply over the journey in question.

2007 Packages, including intermediate bulk containers (IBCs), which do not entirely meet the packing, mixed packing and labelling requirements of this Directive but are in conformity with the requirements for maritime or air transport of dangerous goods (), shall be accepted for carriage prior to or following maritime or air carriage subject to the following conditions:

• a) 

  If the packages are not labelled in accordance with this Directive, they shall be labelled in accordance with the provisions for maritime or air transport ();

• b) 

  The provisions for maritime or air transport () shall be applicable to mixed packing within a package;

• c) 

  In addition to the particulars prescribed for ADR, the words 'Carriage under marginal 2007 of ADR` shall be entered in the transport document.

2008-

2009

2010 For the purpose of carrying out the trials necessary with a view to amending the provisions of this Annex in order to adapt them to technological and industrial developments, the competent authorities of the Member States may agree directly among themselves to authorize certain transport operations in their territories by temporary derogation from the provisions of this Annex. The period of validity of the temporary derogation shall be not more than five years from the date of its entry into force. The temporary derogation shall automatically come to an end from the date of the entry into force of a corresponding amendment to this annex. The authority which has taken the initiative with respect to the temporary derogation so granted shall notify the competent service of the European Commission of the derogation, which service shall bring it to the attention of the Member States.

2011-

2099

PART II

LIST OF SUBSTANCES AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR THE VARIOUS CLASSES

CLASS 1 EXPLOSIVE SUBSTANCES AND ARTICLES

• 1. 

  List of substances and articles

2100 (1) Among the substances and articles covered by the title of Class 1, only those listed in marginal 2101 or assigned to an n.o.s. entry in marginal 2101 are to be accepted for carriage. These substances and articles are only to be accepted for carriage subject to conditions set out in marginals 2100 (2) to 2116, Appendix A.1 and Annex B. They are then considered as substances and articles of this Directive.

• (2) 

  Class 1 comprises:

(a) - Explosive substances: solid or liquid substances (or mixtures of substances) capable by chemical reaction of producing gases at such a temperature and pressure and at such a speed as to cause damage to the surroundings.

• - 

  Pyrotechnic substances: substances or mixtures of substances designed to produce an effect by heat, light, sound, gas or smoke or a combination of these as the result of non-detonating self-sustaining exothermic chemical reactions.

Note: 1. Explosive substances which are unduly sensitive or are liable to spontaneous reaction are not to be accepted for carriage.

• 2. 

  Substances which are not themselves explosive but which may form an explosive mixture of gas, vapour or dust are not substances of Class 1.

• 3. 

  Also excluded from Class 1 are: water- or alcohol-wetted explosives of which the water or alcohol content exceeds the limits indicated in marginal 2101 and those containing plasticizers - these explosives are assigned to Class 4.1 (marginal 2401, 21°, 22° and 24°) - and those explosives which, on the basis of their predominant hazard, are assigned to Class 5.2.

(b) Explosive articles: articles containing one or more explosive substances and or pyrotechnic substances.

Note: Devices containing explosive and or pyrotechnic substances in such small quantity or of such a character that their inadvertent or accidental ignition or initiation during carriage would not cause any manifestation external to the device by projection, fire, smoke, heat or loud noise are not subject to the requirements of Class 1.

(c) Substances and articles not mentioned under (a) or (b) above which are manufactured with a view to producing a practical effect by explosion or a pyrotechnic effect.

• (3) 

  Explosive substances and articles shall have been assigned to a name in marginal 2101 in accordance with the test methods for the determination of explosive properties and the classification procedures set out in Appendix A.1 and they shall meet the conditions appropriate to that name or shall be assigned to an n.o.s. entry in marginal 2101 in accordance with these test methods and classification procedures.

Assignment of substances and articles not mentioned by name to an n.o.s. entry shall be made by the competent authority of the country of origin.

Substances and articles which are assigned to an n.o.s. entry shall be carried only with the approval of the competent authority of the country of origin and under the conditions laid down by that authority.

The approval shall be issued in writing.

• (4) 

  Substances and articles of Class 1, other than empty packagings, uncleaned, of 51°, shall have been assigned to a division in accordance with paragraph (6) and to a compatibility group in accordance with paragraph (7). The division shall be based on the results of the tests described in Appendix A.1 applying the definitions in paragraph (6). The compatibility group shall be determined in accordance with the definitions in paragraph (7). The classification code shall consist of the division number and the compatibility group letter.

• (5) 

  Substances and articles of Class 1 are assigned to packing group II (see Appendix A.5).

• (6) 

  Definition of divisions

1.1. Substances and articles which have a mass explosion hazard. (A mass explosion is an explosion which affects almost the entire load virtually instantaneously).

1.2. Substances and articles which have a projection hazard but not a mass explosion hazard.

1.3. Substances and articles which have a fire hazard and either a minor blast hazard or a minor projection hazard or both, but not a mass explosion hazard,

(a) combustion of which gives rise to considerable radiant heat; or

(b) which burn one after another, producing minor blast or projection effects or both.

1.4. Substances and articles which present only a slight risk of explosion in the event of ignition or initiation during carriage. The effects are largely confined to the package and no projection of fragments of appreciable size or range is to be expected. An external fire shall not cause virtually instantaneous explosion of almost the entire contents of the package.

1.5. Very insensitive substances having a mass explosion hazard which are so insensitive that there is very little probability of initiation or of transition from burning to detonation under normal conditions of carriage. As a minimum requirement they must not explode in the external fire test.

1.6. Extremely insensitive articles which do not have a mass explosion hazard. The articles contain only extremely insensitive detonating substances and demonstrate a negligible probability of accidental initiation or propagation.

Note: The risk from articles of Division 1.6 is limited to the explosion of a single article.

• (7) 

  Definition of compatibility groups of substances and articles:

A Primary explosive substance

B Article containing a primary explosive substance and not having two or more effective protective features. Some articles, such as detonators for blasting, detonator assemblies for blasting and primers, cap-type, are included, even though they do not contain primary explosives.

C Propellant explosive substance or other deflagrating explosive substance or article containing such explosive substance

D Secondary detonating explosive substance or black powder or article containing a secondary detonating explosive substance, in each case without means of initiation and without a propelling charge, or article containing a primary explosive substance and having two or more effective protective features

E Article containing a secondary detonating explosive substance, without means of initiation, with a propelling charge (other than one containing an inflammable liquid or gel or hypergolic liquids)

F Article containing a secondary detonating explosive substance with its own means of initiation, with a propelling charge (other than one containing an inflammable liquid or gel or hypergolic liquids) or without a propelling charge

G Pyrotechnic substance, or article containing a pyrotechnic substance, or article containing both an explosive substance and an illuminating, incendiary, tearor smoke-producing substance (other than a water-activated article or one which contains white phosphorus, phosphides, a pyrophoric substance, a flammable liquid or gel or hypergolic liquids)

H Article containing both an explosive substance and white phosphorus

J Article containing both an explosive substance and an inflammable liquid or gel

K Article containing both an explosive substance and a toxic chemical agent

L Explosive substance or article containing an explosive substance and presenting a special risk (e.g. due to water activation or the presence of hypergolic liquids, phosphides or a pyrophoric substance) necessitating isolation of each type

N Articles containing only extremely insensitive detonating substances

S Substance or article so packed or designed that any hazardous effects arising from accidental functioning are confined within the package unless the package has been degraded by fire, in which case all blast or projection effects are limited to the extent that they do not significantly hinder or prevent fire-fighting or other emergency response efforts in the immediate vicinity of the package.

Note: 1. Each substance or article, packed in a specified packaging, may be assigned to one compatibility group only. Since the criterion of compatibility group S is empirical, assignment to this group is necessarily linked to the tests for assignment of a classification code.

• 2. 

  Articles of compatibility groups D or E may be fitted or packed together with their own means of initiation provided that such means have at least two effective protective features designed to prevent an explosion in the event of accidental functioning of the means of initiation. Such packages shall be assigned to compatibility groups D or E.

• 3. 

  Articles of compatibility groups D or E may be packed together with their own means of initiation, which do not have two effective protective features (i.e. means of initiation assigned to compatibility group B), provided that they comply with the requirements of marginal 2104 (6). Such packages shall be assigned to compatibility groups D or E.

• 4. 

  Articles may be fitted or packed together with their own means of ignition provided that the means of ignition cannot function during normal conditions of carriage.

• 5. 

  Articles of compatibility groups C, D and E may be packed together. Such packages shall be assigned to compatibility group E.

• (8) 

  Substances of compatibility group A and articles of compatibility group K, in accordance with paragraph (7), shall not be accepted for carriage.

• (9) 

  For the purposes of the requirements of this Class and by derogation from marginal 3510 (3), the term 'package` shall also include an unpackaged article in so far as that article is accepted for carriage unpackaged.

2101 The substances and articles of Class 1 to be accepted for carriage are listed in Table 1 below. Explosive substances and articles listed in marginal 3170 can be assigned to the various names in marginal 2101 only if their properties, composition, construction and anticipated use correspond to one of the descriptions contained in Appendix A.1.

>TABLE>

• 2. 

  Conditions of carriage

• A. 

  Packages

• 1. 

  General conditions of packing

2102 (1) Outer packagings shall conform to the requirements of Appendix A.5.

• (2) 

  In accordance with the provisions of marginals 2100 (5) and 3511, packagings of packing group II or I, marked with the letter 'Y` or 'X` shall be used for substances and articles of Class 1.

• (3) 

  The requirements of marginal 3500 (2), shall apply to the parts of packagings which are in direct contact with the contents.

• (4) 

  Nails, staples and other closure devices made of metal having no protective coating shall not penetrate to the inside of the outer packaging unless the inner packaging adequately protects the explosive substances and articles against contact with the metal.

• (5) 

  The closure device of receptacles containing liquid explosives shall ensure a double protection against leakage.

• (6) 

  Inner packagings, fittings and cushioning materials and the positioning of explosive substances or articles in packages shall be such that no dangerous movement may occur within packages during carriage.

• (7) 

  Where significant internal pressure is likely to develop in receptacles, such receptacles shall be so constructed that detonation is not possible by reason of increase in internal pressure from internal or external causes.

• (8) 

  Cushioning materials shall be suited to the nature of the contents; in particular, they must be absorbent if the contents are liquid or might exude liquid.

• 2. 

  Special conditions of packing

2103 (1) Substances and articles shall be packed as indicated in marginal 2101, Table 1, columns 4 and 5, and as set out in detail in paragraphs (5), Table 2 and (6), Table 3.

• (2) 

  If the body of steel drums is double-seamed, steps shall be taken to prevent the ingress of explosive substances into the recesses of the seams. The closure device of steel or aluminium drums shall include a suitable gasket. If the closure device includes a screw thread, the ingress of explosive substances into the screw thread shall not be possible.

• (3) 

  If metal-lined boxes are used for packing explosive substances, these boxes shall be made in such a way that the explosive substance carried cannot get between the liner and the sides or bottom of the box.

• (4) 

  Only hoops in hardwood shall be authorized for wooden barrels intended for the carriage of explosive substances.

• (5) 

  Plastics packagings shall not be liable to generate or accumulate sufficient static electricity that a discharge could cause the packaged explosive to ignite or the packaged article to function.

>TABLE>

• (7) 

  TABLE 3

Special packing requirements

Note: For the special packing requirements applicable to the various substances and articles, see marginal 2101, Table 1, column 5.

>TABLE>

• 3. 

  Mixed packing

2104 (1) Substances and articles covered by the same identification number (), with the exception of substances and articles of Compatibility Group L and substances and articles assigned to an n.o.s. entry, may be packed together.

• (2) 

  Except where otherwise specially provided below, substances and articles having different identification numbers may not be packed together.

• (3) 

  Substances and articles of Class 1 may not be packed together with substances of other Classes or with goods which are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• (4) 

  Articles of compatibility groups C, D and E may be packed together.

• (5) 

  Articles of compatibility groups D or E may be packed together with their own means of initiation provided that such means have at least two effective protective features which prevent explosion of an article in the event of accidental functioning of the means of initiation.

• (6) 

  Articles of compatibility groups D or E may be packed together with their own means of initiation which do not have two effective protective features (i.e. means of initiation assigned to compatibility group B), provided that, in the opinion of the competent authority of the country of origin, the accidental functioning of the means of initiation does not cause the explosion of an article under normal conditions of carriage.

• (7) 

  Substances and articles of compatibility group L may not be packed together with a different type of substance or article of that compatibility group.

• (8) 

  Articles may be packed together with their own means of ignition provided that the means of ignition will not function under normal conditions of carriage.

• (9) 

  Goods with the identification numbers shown in table 4 may be included in the same package under the conditions indicated.

• (10) 

  For mixed packing, account must be taken of a possible amendment of the classification of packages in accordance with marginal 2100.

• (11) 

  For the description of goods in the transport document in the case of the mixed packing of substances and articles of Class 1, see marginal 2110 (4).

>TABLE>

• 4. 

  Marking and danger labels on packages (see Appendix A.9)

Marking

2105 (1) Packages shall carry the identification number and one of the names of the substance or article printed in italics, in marginal 2101, Table 1, column 2. For substances and articles assigned to an n.o.s. entry, as well as for other articles of 25° and 34°, the technical name of the goods shall be given in addition to the name of the n.o.s. entry. For substances of 4°, Nos. 0081, 0082, 0083, 0084 and 0241, and substances of 48°, Nos. 0331 and 0332, the commercial name of the particular explosive shall be specified in addition to the type. For other substances and articles, the commercial or technical name may be added. The marking, which shall be clearly legible and indelible, shall be in an official language of the country of origin and also, if that language is not English, French or German, in English, French or German, unless any agreements concluded between the countries concerned in the transport operation provide otherwise.

Danger labels

• (2) 

  Packages containing substances or articles of 1° to 34° shall bear a label conforming to model No 1. The classification code according to marginal 2101, Table 1, column 3, shall be shown on the lower part of the label. Packages containing substances or articles of 35° to 47° shall bear a label conforming to model No 1.4 and packages containing substances of 48° and articles of 49° shall bear a label conforming to model No 1.5 and those containing articles of item 50° shall bear a label conforming to model No 1.6. The compatibility group according to marginal 2101, Table 1, column 3, shall be shown on the lower part of the label.

• (3) 

  Packages containing substances and articles of

4°, Nos. 0076 and 0143,

21°, No. 0018,

26°, No. 0077,

30°, No. 0019 and

43°, No. 0301

shall in addition bear a label conforming to model No 6.1.

Packages containing articles of

21°, Nos. 0015 and 0018,

30°, Nos. 0016 and 0019 and

43°, No. 0301 and 0303

shall in addition bear a label conforming to model No 8.

2106-

2109

• B. 

  Particulars in the transport document

2110 (1) The description of the goods in the transport document shall conform to one of the identification numbers and one of the names printed in italics in marginal 2101, Table 1, column 2. For substances and articles assigned to an n.o.s. entry, as well as for other articles of 25° and 34°, the technical name of the goods shall be given in addition to the name of the n.o.s. entry. The description of the goods shall be followed by the classification code and Item No. (marginal 2101, Table 1, columns 3 and 1) and completed by the net mass in kg of the explosive substance and the initials 'ADR` (or 'RID`) (e.g.: 0160 Powder, smokeless, 1.1 C, 2°, 4,600 kg, ADR).

• (2) 

  For substances of 4°, Nos. 0081, 0082, 0083, 0084 and 0241 and for substances of 48°, Nos. 0331 and 0332, the commercial name of the explosive shall be specified as well as the type of explosive. For other substances and articles, the commercial name or technical name may be added.

• (3) 

  For full loads, the transport document shall indicate the number of packages, the mass of each package in kg and the total net mass in kg of explosive substance.

• (4) 

  For mixed packing of two different goods, the description of the goods in the transport document shall include the identification numbers and names printed in italics in marginal 2101, Table 1, column 2 of both substances or articles. If more than two different goods are contained in the same package in conformity with marginal 2104, the transport document shall indicate under the description of the goods the identification numbers of all the substances and articles contained in the package, in the form, 'Goods of Nos `.

• (5) 

  For the carriage of substances and articles assigned to an n.o.s. entry, a copy of the competent authority approval with the conditions of carriage shall be attached to the transport document. It shall be in an official language of the forwarding country and also, if that language is not English, French or German, in English, French or German unless agreements, if any, concluded between the countries concerned in the transport operation provide otherwise.

2111-

2114

• C. 

  Empty packagings

2115 (1) Empty packagings, uncleaned, of 51° shall be securely closed and be leakproof to the same degree as if they were full.

• (2) 

  Empty packagings, uncleaned, of 51° shall bear the same danger labels as if they were full.

• (3) 

  The entry in the transport document shall be: 'Empty packagings, 1, 51° ADR`.

• D. 

  Special provisions

2116 Substances and articles of Class 1, belonging to the armed forces of a Member State, that were packaged prior to 1 January 1990 in accordance with the provisions of ADR in effect at that time may be carried after 1 January 1990 provided the packagings maintain their integrity and are declared in the transport document as military goods packaged prior to 1 January 1990. The other provisions applicable as from 1 January 1990 for this Class shall be complied with.

2117-

2199

CLASS 2 GASES: COMPRESSED, LIQUEFIED OR DISSOLVED UNDER PRESSURE

• 1. 

  List of substances

2200 (1) Among the substances and articles covered by the title of Class 2, only those listed in marginal 2201 are to be accepted for carriage, and then only subject to the requirements of this Annex and to the provisions of Annex B. These substances and articles to be accepted for carriage under certain conditions are to be considered as substances and articles of this Directive.

• (2) 

  Substances having a critical temperature lower than 50 °C or, at 50 °C, a vapour pressure greater than 300 kPa (3 bar) are deemed to be substances of Class 2.

Note: For the classification of solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) containing one or more components listed in marginal 2201, see also marginal 2002 (8).

• (3) 

  The substances and articles of Class 2 are classified as follows:

• A. 

  Compressed gases having a critical temperature below P10 °C;

• B. 

  Liquefied gases having a critical temperature of P10 °C or above:

• a. 

  Liquefied gases having a critical temperature of 70 °C or above;

• b. 

  Liquefied gases having a critical temperature of P10 °C or above, but below 70 °C;

• C. 

  Deeply-refrigerated liquefied gases;

• D. 

  Gases dissolved under pressure;

• E. 

  Aerosol dispensers and non-refillable containers of gas under pressure;

• F. 

  Gases subject to special requirements; and

• G. 

  Empty receptacles and empty tanks.

The substances and articles of Class 2 are subdivided according to their chemical properties, as follows:

(a)

non-flammable;

(at)

non-flammable, toxic;

(b)

flammable;

(bt)

flammable, toxic;

(c)

chemically unstable;

(ct)

chemically unstable, toxic.

Unless otherwise specified, chemically unstable substances shall be considered to be flammable.

The names of corrosive and oxidizing gases and of articles containing such gases shall be followed respectively by the words 'corrosive` or 'oxidizing` in brackets.

• (4) 

  Substances of Class 2 which are listed among the chemically unstable gases are to be accepted for carriage only if the necessary steps have been taken to prevent their dangerous decomposition, dismutation or polymerization during carriage. To this end, care should in particular be taken to ensure that receptacles and tanks do not contain any substances liable to promote these reactions.

• A. 

  Compressed gases

[see also marginal 2201a under (a). For gases of 1° (a) and (b) and 2° (a) in aerosol dispensers or in non-refillable containers for gases under pressure, see under 10° and 11°]

2201 Gases having a critical temperature below P10 °C are considered to be compressed gases for the purposes of this Directive.

1°

Pure gases and technically-pure gases

(a)

Non-flammable

Argon; helium; krypton; neon; nitrogen; oxygen (oxidizing); tetrafluoromethane (R 14).

(at)

Non-flammable, toxic

Boron trifluoride; fluorine (oxidizing); nitrogen trifluoride; silicon tetrafluoride (corrosive).

(b)

Flammable

Deuterium; hydrogen; methane.

(bt)

Flammable, toxic

Carbon monoxide.

(ct)

Chemically unstable, toxic

Nitric oxide (nitrogen monoxide) NO (non-flammable).

2°

Mixtures of gases

(a)

Non-flammable

Mixtures of two or more of the following gases: rare gases (containing not more than 10 % xenon by volume), nitrogen, oxygen, carbon dioxide (not more than 30 % by volume); non-flammable mixtures of two or more of the following gases: hydrogen, methane, nitrogen, rare gases (containing not more than 10 % xenon by volume), not more than 30 % carbon dioxide by volume; nitrogen containing not more than 6 % ethylene by volume; air.

Note: Mixtures containing more than 25 % (volume) oxygen are regarded as oxidizing.

(b)

Flammable

Mixtures of not less than 90 % methane by volume with hydrocarbons of 3° (b) and 5° (b); flammable mixtures of two or more of the following gases: hydrogen, methane, nitrogen, rare gases (containing not more than 10 % xenon by volume), not more than 30 % carbon dioxide by volume; natural gas mixtures containing not more than 10 % silane by volume with one or more of the following gases: hydrogen, nitrogen, argon, helium, krypton, neon, denterium and methane.

(bt)

Flammable, toxic

Town gas; mixtures of hydrogen with not more than 10 % hydrogen selenide or phosphine or germane by volume or with not more than 15 % arsine by volume; mixtures of nitrogen or rare gases (containing not more than 10 % xenon by volume) with not more than 10 % hydrogen selenide or phosphine or germane by volume or with not more than 15 % arsine by volume; water gas; synthesis gas (e.g. from the Fischer-Tropsch process); mixtures of carbon monoxide with hydrogen or with methane.

(ct)

Chemically unstable, toxic

Mixtures of hydrogen with not more than 10 % diborane by volume; mixtures of nitrogen or rare gases (containing not more than 10 % xenon by volume) with not more than 10 % diborane by volume.

• B. 

  Liquefied gases

[see also marginal 2201a under (b) and (e). For gases of 3° to 6° in aerosol dispensers or in non-refillable containers of gases under pressure, see under 10° and 11°]

Gases having a critical temperature of P10 °C or above are considered to be liquefied gases for the purposes of this Directive

• a. 

  Liquefied gases having a critical temperature of 70 °C or above:

3°

Pure gases and technically-pure gases

(a)

Non-flammable

Bromochlorodifluoromethane (R 12 B 1); chlorodifluoromethane (R 22); chloro-pentafluoroethane (R 115); 1-chloro-1,2,2,2-tetrafluoroethane (R 124); 1-chloro-2,2,2-trifluoroethane (R 133a); dichlorodifluoromethane (R 12); dichlorofluoromethane (R 21); 1,2-dichloro-1,1,2,2,-tetrafluoroethane (R 114); octafluorobut-2-ene (R 1318); octafluorocyclobutane (RC 318); octafluoropropane; 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane (R 134a).

(at)

Non-flammable, toxic

Ammonia; boron trichloride (corrosive); chlorine (corrosive); chlorine tri-fluoride (corrosive); hexafluoroacetone; hexafluoropropylene (R 1216); hydrogen bromide (corrosive); methyl bromide; nitrosyl chloride (corrosive); nitrogen dioxide NO2 (nitrogen peroxide, nitrogen tetroxide N2O4) (oxidizing); phosgene (corrosive); sulphur dioxide; sulphuryl fluoride; tungsten hexafluoride.

(b)

Flammable

Butane; 1-butylene (1-butene); 1-chloro-1,1-difluoroethane (R 142b); cis-2-butylene (cis-2-butene); cyclopropane; 1,1-difluoroethane (R 152a); dimethyl ether; 2,2-dimethylpropane; isobutane; isobutylene (isobutene); methylsilane; propane; propylene; trans-2-butylene (trans-2-butene); 1,1,1-trifluoroethane.

(bt)

Flammable, toxic

Arsine; carbonyl sulphide (corrosive); dichlorosilane; dimethylamine; dimethylsilane; ethylamine; ethyl chloride; hydrogen selenide; hydrogen sulphide; methylamine; methyl chloride; methyl mercaptan; trimethylamine; trimethylsilane.

(c)

Chemically unstable

1,2-butadiene; 1,3-butadiene; propadiene, inhibited; vinyl chloride.

Note: In receptacles containing 1,2-butadiene, the oxygen concentration in the gaseous phase shall not exceed 50 ml/m3.

(ct)

Chemically unstable, toxic

Cyanogen; cyanogen chloride (non-flammable) (corrosive); ethylene oxide; hydrogen iodide, anhydrous (non-flammable) (corrosive); methyl vinyl ether; trifluorochloroethylene (R 1113); vinyl bromide.

Note: In the case of halogenated hydrocarbons, the use of names customary in the trade, such as the following, is also permitted: Algofrene, Arcton, Edifren, Flugene, Forane, Freon, Fresane, Frigen, Isceon, Kaltron, followed by the substance identification number without the letter R.

4°

Mixtures of gases

(a)

Non-flammable

Mixtures of substances listed under 3° (a) with or without hexafluoropropylene of 3° (at), which as:

mixture F 1, have a vapour pressure at 70 °C not exceeding 1,3 MPa (13 bar) and a density at 50 °C not lower than that of dichlorofluoromethane (1,30);

mixture F 2, have a vapour pressure at 70 °C not exceeding 1,9 MPa (19 bar) and a density at 50 °C not lower than that of dichlorodifluoromethane (1,21);

mixture F 3, have a vapour pressure at 70 °C not exceeding 3 MPa (30 bar) and a density at 50 °C not lower than that of chlorodifluoromethane (1,09);

Notes: 1. Trichlorofluoromethane (R 11), trichlorotrifluoroethane (R 113) and chlorotrifluoroethane (R 133) are not liquefied gases within the meaning of ADR and thus are not subject to the provisions of ADR. They may, however, enter into the composition of mixtures F 1 to F 3.

• 2. 

  See Note under 3°.

The azeotropic mixture of dichlorodifluoromethane (R 12) and 1,1-difluoro-ethane (R 152a), known as R 500;

the azeotropic mixture of chloropentafluoroethane (R 115) and chlorodifluoromethane (R 22), known as R 502;

the mixture of 19 to 21 % by mass dichlorodifluoromethane (R 12) and 79 to 8l % by mass bromochlorodifluoromethane (R 12 B1).

(at)

Non-flammable, toxic

Mixtures of methyl bromide and chloropicrin having a vapour pressure above 300 kPa (3 bar) at 50 °C. Mixtures of dichlorodifluoromethane and ethylene oxide containing not more than 12 % (mass) ethylene oxide.

(b)

Flammable

Mixtures of hydrocarbons listed under 3° (b) and of ethane and ethylene of 5° (b), which as:

mixture A, have a vapour pressure at 70 °C not exceeding 1,1 MPa (11 bar) and a relative density at 50 °C not lower than 0,525;

mixture A O, have a vapour pressure at 70 °C not exceeding 1,6 MPa (16 bar) and a relative density at 50 °C not lower than 0,495;

mixture A 1, have a vapour pressure at 70 °C not exceeding 2,1 MPa (21 bar) and a relative density at 50 °C not lower than 0,485;

mixture B, have a vapour pressure at 70 °C not exceeding 2,6 MPa (26 bar) and a relative density at 50 °C not lower than 0,450;

mixture C, have a vapour pressure at 70 °C not exceeding 3,1 MPa (31 bar) and a relative density at 50 °C not lower than 0,440.

Note: In the case of the foregoing mixtures, the use of the following names customary in the trade is permitted for describing these substances:

Name given under 4° (b) Name customary in the trade

Mixture A, mixture A O butane

Mixture C propane

Mixtures of hydrocarbons of 3° (b) and 5° (b) containing methane.

(bt)

Flammable, toxic

Mixtures of two or more of the following gases: methylsilane, dimethylsilane, trimethylsilane; methyl chloride and methylene chloride in mixtures having a vapour pressure above 300 kPa (3 bar) at 50 °C; mixtures of methyl chloride and chloropicrin and mixtures of methyl bromide and ethylene bromide having in either case a vapour pressure above 300 kPa (3 bar) at 50 °C.

(c)

Chemically unstable

Mixtures of 1,3-butadiene and hydrocarbons of 3° (b) having a vapour pressure at 70 °C not exceeding 1,1 MPa (11 bar) and a density at 50 °C not lower than 0,525; propadiene with 1 % to 4 % methylacetylene, stabilized;

mixtures of methylacetylene and propadiene with the hydrocarbons of 3° (b), which as:

mixture P 1, contain not more than 63 % methylacetylene and propadiene by volume and not more than 24 % propane and propylene by volume, the percentage of C4-saturated hydrocarbons being not less than 14 % by volume; and as

mixture P 2, contain not more than 48 % methylacetylene and propadiene by volume and not more than 50 % propane and propylene by volume, the percentage of C4-saturated hydrocarbons being not less than 5 % by volume.

(ct)

Chemically unstable, toxic

Ethylene oxide containing not more than 10 % carbon dioxide by mass; ethylene oxide containing not more than 50 % methyl formate by mass, with nitrogen up to a total pressure not exceeding 1 MPa(10 bar) at 50 °C; ethylene oxide with nitrogen up to a total pressure of 1 MPa(10 bar) at 50 °C.

• b. 

  Liquefied gases having a critical temperature of P10 °C or above, but below 70 °C:

5°

Pure gases and technically-pure gases

(a)

Non-flammable

Bromotrifluoromethane (R 13 B 1); carbon dioxide; chlorotrifluoromethane (R 13); hexafluoroethane (R 116); nitrous oxide N2O (oxidizing); pentafluoroethane (R 125); sulphur hexafluoride; trifluoromethane (R 23); xenon.

With regard to carbon dioxide, see also marginal 2201a under (c).

Notes: 1. Nitrous oxide is to be accepted for carriage only if it is not less than 99 % pure.

• 2. 

  See Note under 3°.

(at)

Non-flammable, toxic

Hydrogen chloride (corrosive).

(b)

Flammable

Ethane; ethylene; silane.

(bt)

Flammable, toxic

Germane; phosphine.

(c)

Chemically unstable

1,1-difluoroethylene; vinyl fluoride.

(ct)

Chemically unstable, toxic

Diborane.

6°

Mixtures of gases

(a)

Non-flammable

Carbon dioxide containing not less than 1 % and not more than 10 % nitrogen, oxygen, air or rare gases by mass;

the azeotropic mixture of chlorotrifluoromethane (R 13) and trifluoromethane (R 23) known as R 503.

Note: Carbon dioxide containing less than 1 % nitrogen, oxygen, air or rare gases by mass is a substance of 5° (a).

(c)

Chemically unstable

Carbon dioxide containing not more than 35 % ethylene oxide by mass.

(ct)

Chemically unstable, toxic

Ethylene oxide containing more than 10 % but not more than 50 % carbon dioxide by mass.

• C. 

  Deeply-refrigerated liquefied gases

7°

Pure gases and technically-pure gases

(a)

Non-flammable

Argon; carbon dioxide; helium; krypton; neon; nitrogen; nitrous oxide N2O (oxidizing); oxygen (oxidizing); xenon.

(b)

Flammable

Ethane; ethylene; hydrogen; methane.

8°

Mixtures of gases

(a)

Non-flammable

Air; mixtures of substances of 7° (a).

Note: Mixtures of 8° (a) containing more than 32 % (mass) nitrous oxide, air and mixtures containing more than 20 % (mass) oxygen are regarded as oxidizing.

(b)

Flammable

Mixtures of substances of 7° (b); natural gas, mixture of at least 71,5 % ethylene (volume) with not more than 22,5 % acetylene (volume) and not more than 6 % propylene (volume).

• D. 

  Gases dissolved under pressure

9°

Pure gases and technically-pure gases

(at)

Non-flammable, toxic

Ammonia dissolved in water with more than 35 % but not more than 40 % ammonia by mass; ammonia dissolved in water with more than 40 % but not more than 50 % ammonia by mass.

Note: 2672 Ammonia solution, relative density between 0,880 and 0,957 at 15 °C in water, with more than 10 % but not more than 35 % ammonia, is a substance of Class 8 [see marginal 2801, 43° (c)].

(c)

Chemically unstable

Acetylene dissolved in a solvent (e.g. acetone) absorbed by porous substances.

• E. 

  Aerosol dispensers and non-refillable containers of gas under pressure

[see also marginal 2201a under (d)]

Notes: 1. Aerosol dispensers are receptacles which can be used only once, are equipped with a release valve or dispersal device, and contain, under pressure, a gas or mixture of gases listed in marginal 2208 (2) or contain an active substance (insecticide, cosmetic, etc.) together with such a gas or mixture of gases as a propellent.

• 2. 

  Non-refillable containers of gas under pressure are receptacles which can be used only once and contain a gas or a mixture of gases listed in marginal 2208 (2) and (3) (e.g. butane for camp-cookers, refrigerant gases, etc.), but are not equipped with a release valve.

• 3. 

  The term 'flammable substances` means:

(i) gases (propellent in aerosol dispensers; contents of non-refillable containers of gas under pressure) whose mixtures with air can be ignited and have a lower and an upper flammability limit;

(ii) liquids (active substances in aerosol dispensers) of Class 3.

• 4. 

  The term 'chemically unstable` is applied to contents which in the absence of special precautions undergo dangerous decomposition or self- polymerization at a temperature of not more than 70 °C.

10°

Aerosol dispensers

(a)

Non-flammable

With non-flammable contents.

(at)

Non-flammable, toxic

With non-flammable toxic contents.

(b)

Flammable

• 1. 

  With not more than 45 % of flammable contents by mass.

• 2. 

  With more than 45 % of flammable contents by mass.

(bt)

Flammable, toxic

• 1. 

  With toxic contents and not more than 45 % of flammable contents by mass.

• 2. 

  With toxic contents and more than 45 % of flammable contents by mass.

(c)

Chemically unstable

With chemically-unstable contents.

(ct)

Chemically unstable, toxic

With chemically-unstable toxic contents.

11°

Non-refillable containers of gas under pressure

(a)

Non-flammable

With non-flammable contents.

(at)

Non-flammable, toxic

With non-flammable toxic contents.

(b)

Flammable

With flammable contents.

(bt)

Flammable, toxic

With flammable toxic contents.

(c)

Chemically unstable

With chemically-unstable contents.

(ct)

Chemically unstable, toxic

With chemically-unstable toxic contents.

• F. 

  Gases subject to special requirements

12°

Various mixtures of gases

Mixtures containing gases listed under other item numbers of this Class, and mixtures of one or more gases listed under other item numbers of this Class with one or more vapours of substances not excluded from carriage under this Directive, on condition that during carriage:

• 1. 

  the mixture remains entirely gaseous; and

• 2. 

  all possibility of a dangerous reaction is excluded.

13°

Test gases

Gases and mixtures of gases not listed under other item numbers of this Class and used only in laboratory tests, on condition that during carriage:

• 1. 

  the gas or mixture of gases remains entirely gaseous; and

• 2. 

  all possibility of a dangerous reaction is excluded.

• G. 

  Empty receptacles and empty tanks

14°

Empty receptacles, empty tank-vehicles or empty tank-containers uncleaned, which have contained substances of Class 2.

Note: Receptacles and tanks which after being emptied of substances of Class 2 still contain small residual amounts are regarded as empty receptacles or empty tanks, uncleaned.

2201a Gases and articles handed over for carriage in conformity with the following provisions are not subject to the requirements or provisions relating to this Class set out elsewhere in this Annex or in Annex B:

(a) compressed gases which are neither flammable nor toxic nor corrosive and whose pressure in the receptacle, referred to a temperature of 15 °C, does not exceed 200 kPa (2 bar); the same rule applies to mixtures of gases containing not more than 2 % flammable components;

(b) liquefied gases contained, in quantities not exceeding 60 l, or in quantities of less than 5 l with not more than 25 g hydrogen, in freezing appliances (refrigerators, ice machines, etc.) and necessary for their operation. These freezing appliances shall be protected and loaded in such a way as to prevent any change to their freezing circuit;

(c) carbon dioxide and nitrous oxide (N2O) of 5° (a) in metal capsules (sodors, sparklets, cream capsules), if the carbon dioxide and nitrous oxide in the gaseous state do not contain more than 0.5 % air and the capsules contain not more than 25 g carbon dioxide or nitrous oxide per cm3 of capacity;

(d) articles of 10° and 11° of a capacity not exceeding 50 cm3. A package of such articles shall not weigh more than 10 kg;

(e) liquefied petroleum gases contained in motor-vehicle tanks firmly secured to the vehicles; the fuel cock between tank and engine must be closed and the electrical contact open.

• 2. 

  Provisions

• A. 

  Packages

• 1. 

  General conditions of packing

2202 (1) The materials of which the receptacles and their closures are made must not be liable to attack by the contents or form harmful or dangerous compounds therewith.

Note: Care must be taken not to allow any moisture to enter receptacles when they are being filled, and to dry receptacles completely after hydraulic pressure tests (see marginal 2216) carried out with water or with aqueous solutions.

• (2) 

  Packagings, including their closures, shall be sufficiently rigid and strong in all their parts to prevent any loosening during carriage and to meet the normal requirements of carriage. When outer packagings are prescribed, the receptacles shall be firmly secured therein. Unless otherwise specified in the section entitled 'Packing of a single substance or of articles of the same kind`, inner packagings may be enclosed in outer packagings either singly or in groups.

• (3) 

  Metal receptacles intended for the carriage of gases of 1° to 6° and 9° shall contain only the gas for which they have been tested and whose name is inscribed on the receptacle [see marginal 2218 (1) (a)].

Derogations are allowed:

• 1. 

  for metal receptacles tested for one of the substances of 3° (a) or 4° (a) or for bromotrifluoromethane, chlorotrifluoromethane or trifluoromethane of 5° (a). These receptacles may also be filled with some other substance of the aforesaid items on condition that the minimum test pressure prescribed for that substance does not exceed the test pressure of the receptacle and that the name of the substance and its permissible maximum filling mass are inscribed on the receptacle;

• 2. 

  for metal receptacles tested for hydrocarbons of 3° (b) or 4° (b). These receptacles may also be filled with some other hydrocarbon on condition that the minimum test pressure prescribed for that substance does not exceed the test pressure of the receptacle and that the name of the substance and its permissible maximum filling mass are inscribed on the receptacle.

For 1. and 2., see also marginals 2215, 2218 (1) (a) and 2220, (1) to (3).

• (4) 

  A change in the use to which a receptacle is assigned is allowed in principle if it does not conflict with national regulations; it requires, however, the approval of the competent authority and replacement of the former markings by markings relating to the new use.

• 2. 

  Packing of a single substance or of articles of the same kind

Note: or carbon dioxide and nitrous oxide of 7° (a), mixtures containing carbon dioxide and nitrous oxide of 8° (a) and the gases of 7° (b) and 8° (b), see Annex B, marginal 21 105.

• a. 

  Nature of receptacles

2203 (1) Receptacles intended for the carriage of gases of 1° to 6°, 9°, 12° and 13° shall be so closed and leak proof as to prevent any escape of the gases.

• (2) 

  These receptacles shall be made of carbon steel or of alloy steel (special steels).

The following may, however, be used:

(a) copper receptacles for:

• 1. 

  compressed gases of 1°, (a), (b) and (bt), and 2°, (a) and (b), whose filling pressure referred to a temperature of 15 °C does not exceed 2 MPa (20 bar); and

• 2. 

  liquefied gases of 3° (a); sulphur dioxide of 3° (at); dimethyl ether of 3° (b); ethyl chloride and methyl chloride of 3° (bt); vinyl chloride of 3° (c); vinyl bromide of 3° (ct); mixtures F 1, F 2 and F 3 of 4° (a); and ethylene oxide containing not more than 10 % carbon dioxide by mass of 4° (ct);

(b) aluminium-alloy receptacles (see Appendix A.2) for:

• 1. 

  compressed gases of 1°, (a), (b) and (bt); nitric oxide (nitrogen monoxide) NO of 1° (ct); and compressed gases of 2°, (a), (b) and (bt);

• 2. 

  liquefied gases of 3° (a); sulphur dioxide of 3° (at); liquefied gases of 3° (b) other than methylsilane; hydrogen selenide, and methyl mercaptan of 3° (bt); ethylene oxide of 3° (ct); liquefied gases of 4°, (a) and (b); ethylene oxide containing not more than 10 % carbon dioxide by mass, of 4° (ct); and liquefied gases of 5°, (a) and (b), and 6°, (a) and (c). Sulphur dioxide of 3° (at) and substances of 3° (a) and 4° (a) shall be dry; and

• 3. 

  dissolved acetylene of 9° (c).

All gases which are to be carried in aluminium-alloy receptacles shall be free from alkaline impurities.

2204 (1) Receptacles for dissolved acetylene of 9° (c) shall be entirely filled with a porous material, uniformly distributed, of a type approved by the competent authority and which:

(a) does not attack the receptacles or form harmful or dangerous compounds either with acetylene or with the solvent;

(b) does not shake down, even after prolonged use or through jolting, at temperatures up to 60 °C;

(c) is capable of preventing the spread of decomposition of the acetylene in the mass.

• (2) 

  The solvent must not attack the receptacles.

2205 (1) The following liquefied gases may, in addition, be carried in thick-walled glass tubes on condition that the quantity of substance in each tube and the degree of filling of the tubes do not exceed the figures indicated below:

>TABLE>

• (2) 

  The glass tubes shall be flame-sealed and secured separately by infusorial-earth cushioning in closed sheet-metal capsules which shall be placed in a wooden case or in some other outer packaging of sufficient strength (see also marginal 2222).

• (3) 

  For sulphur dioxide of 3° (at) stout glass siphons containing not more than 1,5 kg of substance and filled to not more than 88 % of their capacity are also allowed. The siphons shall be secured by infusorial earth, sawdust or powdered carbonate of lime, or by a mixture of the two latter, in strong wooden cases or in some other outer packaging of sufficient strength. A package shall not weigh more than 100 kg. If it weighs more than 30 kg, it shall be fitted with means of handling.

2206 (1) Gases of 3° (a); 3° (b) other than methylsilane; 3° (bt) other than arsine, dichlorosilane, dimethylsilane, hydrogen selenide and trimethylsilane; 3° (c); 3° (ct) other than cyanogen chloride; and mixtures of 4° (a) and 4° (b), may also, on condition that the mass of liquid per litre of capacity does not exceed either the maximum mass of contents indicated in marginal 2220 or 150 g per tube, be contained in thick-walled glass tubes, or in thick-walled metal tubes made of a metal allowed by marginal 2203 (2). The tubes shall be free from faults liable to impair their strength; in particular, internal stresses in glass tubes shall have been suitably relieved and the thickness of the tube walls shall not be less than 2 mm. The leakproofness of the closure system shall be ensured by an additional device (cap, crown, seal, binding, etc.) capable of preventing any loosening of the closure system during carriage. The tubes shall be secured by cushioning material in small boxes made of wood or fibreboard, the number of tubes per box being such that the mass of the liquid contained in a box does not exceed 600 g. These small boxes shall be placed in wooden cases or in some other outer packaging of sufficient strength; if the liquid contents of a case weigh more than 5 kg, the case shall be lined with soft-soldered sheet-metal.

• (2) 

  A package shall not weigh more than 75 kg.

2207 (1) Gases of 7° and 8° shall be enclosed in metal receptacles which are so insulated that they cannot become coated with dew or hoar-frost. The receptacles shall be fitted with safety valves.

• (2) 

  Gases of 7° (a) other than carbon dioxide and 8° (a) other than mixtures containing carbon dioxide may also be enclosed in receptacles which are not hermetically closed and which are:

(a) double-walled vacuum-jacketed glass receptacles surrounded by an absorbent insulating material; these receptacles shall be protected by iron-wire baskets and placed in metal cases; or

(b) metal receptacles protected against heat transmission in such a way that they cannot become coated with dew or hoar-frost; the capacity of these receptacles shall not exceed 100 litres.

• (3) 

  The metal cases referred to in subparagraph (2) (a) and the receptacles referred to in subparagraph (2) (b) above shall be fitted with means of handling. The openings of the receptacles referred to in subparagraphs (2) (a) and (b) shall be fitted with devices allowing gases to escape, preventing any splashing out of the liquid, and so fixed that they cannot fall out. In the case of oxygen of 7° (a) and mixtures containing oxygen of 8° (a), the devices referred to above and the absorbent insulating material surrounding the receptacles referred to in subparagraph (2) (a) shall be made of incombustible materials.

2208 (1) Aerosol dispensers (10°) and non-refillable containers for gas under pressure (11°) shall satisfy the following requirements:

(a) aerosol dispensers containing only a gas or a mixture of gases, and non-refillable containers for gas under pressure, shall be made of metal. This requirement shall not apply to non-refillable containers for gas under pressure with a maximum capacity of 100 ml for butane. Other aerosol dispensers shall be made of metal, a plastics material or glass. Receptacles made of metal and having an outside diameter of not less than 40 mm shall have a concave bottom;

(b) receptacles made of materials liable to shatter, such as glass or certain plastics materials, shall be enclosed in a device (close-mesh wire netting, flexible cover made of a plastics material, etc.) affording protection against fragments and their dispersal. Receptacles whose capacity does not exceed 150 cm3 and whose internal pressure at 20 °C is below 150 kPa (1,5 bar) are exempted from this requirement;

(c) the capacity of receptacles made of metal shall not exceed 1 000 cm3; that of receptacles made of a plastics material or of glass shall not exceed 500 cm3;

(d) each model of receptacle shall, before being put into service, satisfy a hydraulic pressure test carried out in conformity with Appendix A.2, marginal 3291. The internal pressure to be applied (test pressure) shall be 1,5 times the internal pressure at 50 °C, with a minimum pressure of 1 MPa (10 bar);

(e) the release valves of aerosol dispensers, and their dispersal devices, shall ensure that the dispensers are so closed as to be leak proof and shall be protected against accidental opening. Valves and dispersal devices which close only by the action of the internal pressure are not to be accepted.

• (2) 

  The following gases shall be accepted as propellants, or as constituents of propellants, or as filler gases, for aerosol dispensers: gases of 1°, (a) and (b); 2°, (a) and (b); 3°, (a) and (b) other than methylsilane; ethyl chloride of 3° (bt); l,3-butadiene of 3° (c); trifluorochloroethylene of 3° (ct); gases of 4°, (a), (b) and (c); gases of 5°, (a) and (b) other than silane; gases of 5° (c) and 6° (a) and (c).

• (3) 

  All the gases listed under (2) and, in addition, the following gases shall be accepted as filling gases for non-refillable containers for gas under pressure; methyl bromide of 3° (at); dimethylamine, ethylamine, methylamine, methyl mercaptan and trimethylamine of 3° (bt); ethylene oxide, methyl vinyl ether and vinyl bromide of 3° (ct); ethylene oxide containing not more than 10 % carbon dioxide by mass, of 4° (ct).

2209 (1) The internal pressure at 50 °C of aerosol dispensers and of non-refillable containers of gas under pressure shall exceed neither two-thirds of the test pressure of the receptacle nor 1,2 MPa (1,2 bar).

• (2) 

  Aerosol dispensers and non-refillable containers of gas under pressure shall be so filled that at 50 °C the liquid phase does not exceed 95 % of their capacity. The capacity of aerosol dispensers is the available volume in a closed dispenser fitted with the valve support, the valve and the dip tube.

• (3) 

  All aerosol dispensers and non-refillable containers for gas under pressure shall satisfy a tightness (leakproofness) test in conformity with Appendix A.2, marginal 3292.

2210 (1) Aerosol dispensers and non-refillable containers of gas under pressure shall be placed in wooden cases or strong fibreboard or metal boxes; aerosol dispensers made of glass or a plastics material and liable to shatter shall be separated from one another by interposed sheets of fibreboard or of another suitable material.

• (2) 

  A package shall not weigh more than 50 kg if fibreboard boxes are used or more than 75 kg if other packagings are used.

• (3) 

  In the case of carriage by full load, metal aerosol dispensers may also be packed as follows: the aerosol dispensers shall be grouped together in units on trays and held in position with an appropriate plastics cover; these units shall be stacked and suitably secured on pallets.

• b. 

  Conditions governing metal receptacles

(These conditions are not applicable to the metal tubes referred to in marginal 2206, to the receptacles referred to in marginal 2207 (2) (b), or to the aerosol dispensers or non-refillable metal containers for gas under pressure referred to in marginal 2208.)

• 1. 

  Construction and fittings (see also marginal 2238).

2211 (1) At the test pressure, the stress in the metal at the most severely stressed point of the receptacle (marginals 2215, 2219 and 2220) shall not exceed three-quarters of the guaranteed minimum yield stress (Re). By 'yield stress` is meant the stress at which a permanent elongation of 2 % (i.e. 0,2 %) or, for austenitic steels, 1 % of the gauge length on the test-piece, has been produced.

Note: In the case of sheet-metal the axis of the tensile test-piece shall be at right angles to the direction of rolling. The permanent elongation at fracture (l = 5 d) shall be measured on a test-piece of circular cross-section in which the gauge length l is equal to five times the diameter d; if test-pieces of rectangular cross-section are used, the gauge length shall be calculated by the formula l = 5,65 F° where F° indicates the initial cross-sectional area of the test-piece.

• (2) 

  (a) Steel receptacles whose test pressure exceeds 6 MPa (60 bar) shall be of seamless construction or welded. For welded receptacles, steels (carbon or alloy) of fully satisfactory weldability shall be used.

(b) Receptacles whose test pressure does not exceed 6 MPa (60 bar) shall either conform to the provisions of subparagraph (a) above, or be riveted or hard-soldered on condition that the manufacturer guarantees the workmanship of the riveting and hard-soldering and that the competent authorities of the country of origin have given their approval.

• (3) 

  Aluminium-alloy receptacles shall be seamless or welded.

• (4) 

  Welded receptacles are to be accepted only on condition that the manufacturer guarantees the workmanship of the welding and that the competent authorities of the country of origin have given their approval.

2212 (1) A distinction is made between the following types of receptacles:

(a) cylinders of a capacity not exceeding 150 litres;

(b) receptacles of a capacity of not less than 100 litres [with the exception of cylinders in conformity with subparagraph (a)] and not more than 1 000 litres (e.g. cylindrical receptacles equipped with rolling hoops, and receptacles on skids), with the exception of receptacles in conformity with (e);

(c) tanks (see Annex B);

(d) assemblies, known as 'frames`, of cylinders in conformity with subparagraph (1) (a), the cylinders being interconnected by a manifold and held firmly together by a metal fitting.

(e) receptacles in conformity with marginal 2207, of a capacity of not more than 1 000 litres.

• (2) 

  (a) If under the regulations of the country of departure the cylinders referred to in subparagraph (1) (a) are required to be fitted with a device to prevent rolling, this device shall not be integral with the valve cap [marginal 2213 (2)];

(b) Receptacles in conformity with subparagraph (1) (b) which are capable of being rolled shall be equipped with rolling hoops or be otherwise protected against damage due to rolling (e.g. by corrosion-resistant metal sprayed on to the receptacle's outer surface). Receptacles in conformity with subparagraphs (1) (b) and (1) (c) which are not capable of being rolled shall be fitted with devices (skids, rings, straps) ensuring that they can be safely handled by mechanical means and so arranged as not to impair the strength of, nor cause undue stresses in, the wall of the receptacle.

(c) Frames of cylinders in conformity with subparagraph (1) (d) shall be fitted with devices ensuring that they can be handled safely. The manifold and the master cock shall be situated within the frame and be so mounted as to be protected against any damage.

• (3) 

  (a) With the exceptions of gases of 7° and 8°, gases of Class 2 may be carried in cylinders in conformity with subparagraph (1) (a).

Note: For possible limitations on the capacity of cylinders for certain gases, see marginal 2219.

(b) With the exception of fluorine, nitrogen trifluoride and silicon tetrafluoride of 1° (at); nitric oxide (NO) of 1° (ct); mixtures of hydrogen with not more than 10 % hydrogen selenide or phosphine or germane by volume or with not more than 15 % arsine by volume; mixtures of nitrogen or rare gases (containing not more than 10 % xenon by volume) with not more than 10 % hydrogen selenide or phosphine or germane by volume or with not more than 15 % arsine by volume of 2° (bt); mixtures of hydrogen with not more than 10 % diborane by volume; mixtures of nitrogen or rare gases (containing not more than 10 % xenon by volume) with not more than 10 % diborane by volume of 2° (ct); octafluorobut-2-ene (R 1318) and octafluoropropane of 3° (a); boron trichloride, chlorine trifluoride, hexafluoroacetone, nitrosyl chloride, sulphuryl fluoride and tungsten hexafluoride of 3° (at); 2,2-dimethylpropane and methylsilane of 3° (b); arsine, carbonyl sulphide, dichlorosilane, dimethylsilane, hydrogen selenide and trimethylsilane of 3° (bt); propadiene, inhibited, of 3° (c); cyanogen chloride, cyanogen, ethylene oxide and hydrogen iodide, anhydrous, of 3° (ct); mixtures of methylsilanes of 4° (bt); propadiene with 1 % to 4 % methylacetylene, stabilized, of 4° (c); ethylene oxide containing not more than 50 % methyl formate by mass, of 4° (ct); nitrous oxide of 5° (a); silane of 5° (b); and substances of 5° (bt), 5° (ct), 7°, 8°, 12° and 13°, gases of Class 2 may be carried in receptacles in conformity with subparagraph (1) (b).

(c) With the exception of nitrogen trifluoride and silicon tetrafluoride of 1° (at); nitric oxide of 1° (ct); mixtures of hydrogen with not more than 10 % hydrogen selenide or phosphine or germane by volume or with not more than 15 % arsine by volume; mixtures of nitrogen or rare gases (containing not more than 10 % xenon by volume) with not more than 10 % hydrogen selenide or phosphine or germane by volume or with not more than 15 % arsine by volume of 2° (bt); mixtures of hydrogen with not more than 10 % diborane by volume; mixtures of nitrogen or rare gases (containing not more than 10 % xenon by volume) with not more than 10 % diborane by volume of 2° (ct); octafluorobut-2-ene (R 1318) and octafluoropropane of 3° (a); boron trichloride, chlorine trifluoride, nitrosyl chloride, hexafluoroacetone, sulphuryl fluoride and tungsten hexafluoride of 3° (at); 2,2-dimethylpropane and methylsilane of 3° (b); arsine, carbonyl sulphide, dichlorosilane, dimethylsilane, hydrogen selenide and trimethylsilane of 3° (bt); propadiene, inhibited, of 3° (c); cyanogen chloride, cyanogen, ethylene oxide and hydrogen iodide, anhydrous of 3° (ct); mixtures of methylsilanes of 4° (bt); substances of 4° (c) and 4° (ct); nitrous oxide of 5° (a); silane of 5° (b); and substances of 5° (bt), 5° (ct), 7°, 8°, 12° and 13°, gases of Class 2 may be carried in frames of cylinders in conformity with subparagraph (1) (d). The individual cylinders in a frame of cylinders shall contain only one and the same compressed gas, liquefied gas or gas dissolved under pressure. Each cylinder in a frame of cylinders for fluorine of 1° (at) or dissolved acetylene of 9° (c) shall, however, be fitted with a cock. The cylinders in a frame of cylinders for acetylene shall all contain the same porous material (marginal 2204).

(d) For receptacles conforming to (1) (e), see marginal 2207.

2213 (1) Openings for filling and emptying receptacles shall be fitted with flap valves or needle-valves. Valves of other types may, however, be allowed if they present equivalent guarantees of safety and have been approved in the country of origin. Nevertheless, whatever the type of valve adopted, its system of attachment shall be strong and such that its satisfactory condition can be verified easily before each filling.

Apart from a manhole, which if provided shall be closed by an effective closure, and from the necessary orifice for the removal of deposits, receptacles and tanks in conformity with marginal 2212 (1) (b) and (c) shall not be equipped with more than two openings, for filling and discharge respectively. Nevertheless, receptacles of a capacity of not less than 100 litres intended for the carriage of dissolved acetylene of 9° (c) may have more than two openings for filling and discharge.

Similarly, receptacles and tanks in conformity with marginal 2212 (1), (b) and (c), intended for the carriage of substances of 3° (b) and 4° (b) may be provided with other openings intended in particular for verifying the level of the liquid and the gauge pressure.

• (2) 

  Valves (cocks) shall be effectively protected by caps or fixed flanges. Caps shall possess vent-holes of sufficient cross-sectional area to evacuate gases if leakage occurs at the valves. The caps or flanges shall adequately protect the valve if the cylinder falls and during carriage and stacking. Valves placed inside the neck of the receptacles and protected by a screw-threaded plug, and receptacles carried packed in protective cases, shall not require a cap. Likewise, no protective cap shall be required for valves (cocks) on frames of cylinders.

• (3) 

  Receptacles containing fluorine of 1° (at); chlorine trifluoride of 3° (at); or cyanogen chloride of 3° (ct) shall, whether or not they are carried packed in protective cases, be fitted with steel caps. These caps shall have no openings and shall, throughout carriage, be fitted with a gasket ensuring gas-tightness and made of a material not liable to attack by the contents of the receptacle.

2214 (1) In the case of receptacles containing boron trifluoride or fluorine of 1° (at); chlorine trifluoride or liquefied ammonia of 3° (at); ammonia dissolved in water of 9° (at); nitrosyl chloride of 3° (at); or dimethylamine, ethylamine, methylamine or trimethylamine of 3° (bt), valves made of copper or of any other metal liable to be attacked by these gases are not to be accepted.

• (2) 

  The use of substances containing grease or oil for ensuring the leakproofness of joints (seams) or for maintaining the closure devices of receptacles used for oxygen of 1° (a); fluorine of 1° (at); mixtures with oxygen of 2° (a); nitrogen dioxide, chlorine trifluoride of 3° (at); nitrous oxide of 5° (a); or mixtures of 12° containing more than 10 % oxygen by volume is prohibited.

• (3) 

  The following requirements shall apply to the construction of the receptacles referred to in marginal 2207 (1):

(a) The materials and construction of the receptacles shall be in conformity with the requirements of Appendix A.2, B, marginals 3250 to 3254. All the mechanical and technological characteristics of the material used shall be established for each receptacle at the first test; with regard to the impact strength and the bending coefficient, see Appendix A.2, B, marginals 3265 to 3285.

(b) Receptacles shall be fitted with a safety valve which shall be capable of opening at the working pressure shown on the receptacle. The valves shall be so constructed as to work perfectly even at their lowest working temperature. Their reliability of functioning at that temperature shall be established and checked by testing each valve or a sample of valves of the same type of construction.

(c) The vents and safety valves of receptacles shall be so designed as to prevent the liquid from splashing out.

(d) The closing devices shall be so arranged that they cannot be opened by unqualified persons.

(e) Receptacles whose filling is measured by volume shall be provided with a level indicator.

(f) The receptacles shall be thermally insulated. The thermal insulation shall be protected against impact by means of continuous metal sheathing. If the space between the receptacle and the metal sheathing is airless (vacuum insulation), the protective sheathing shall be designed to withstand without deformation an external pressure of at least 100 kPa (1 bar). If the sheathing is so closed as to be gas-tight (e.g. in the case of vacuum insulation), a device shall be provided to prevent any dangerous pressure from developing in the insulating layer in the event of inadequate gas-tightness of the receptacle or its fittings. The device shall prevent moisture from penetrating into the insulation.

• (4) 

  In the case of receptacles containing mixtures P1 or P2 of 4° (c), mixture of ethylene with acetylene and propylene of 8° (b) or dissolved acetylene of 9° (c), metal parts of closing devices in contact with the contents shall not contain more than 70 % copper. Receptacles for dissolved acetylene of 9° (c) may also have stop-valves taking yoke connectors.

• (5) 

  Receptacles containing oxygen of 1° (a) or 7° (a) and fitted in fish-tanks are likewise to be accepted if they are provided with appliances enabling the oxygen to escape gradually.

• 2. 

  Official test of receptacles (for aluminium-alloy receptacles, see also Appendix A.2)

2215 (1) Metal receptacles shall be subjected to initial and periodic tests under the supervision of an expert approved by the competent authority. The nature of these tests is specified in marginals 2216 and 2217.

• (2) 

  In order to ensure compliance with the requirements of marginals 2204 and 2221 (2), tests of receptacles intended to contain dissolved acetylene of 9° (c) shall include, in addition, examination of the nature of the porous material and of the quantity of solvent.

2216 (1) The initial test of new or unused receptacles shall comprise:

• A. 

  On an adequate sample of receptacles:

(a) testing of the material of construction in respect at least of yield stress, tensile stength, and permanent elongation at fracture; the values yielded by these tests shall comply with national regulations;

(b) measurement of wall thickness at the thinnest point, and calculation of the stress;

(c) checking the homogeneity of the material for each manufacturing batch, and inspection of the external and internal condition of the receptacles;

• B. 

  For all receptacles:

(d) a hydraulic pressure test in conformity with the provisions of marginals 2219 to 2221;

Note: With the agreement of the expert approved by the competent authority, the hydraulic pressure test may be replaced by a test using a gas, where such an operation does not entail any danger.

(e) an inspection of the markings on the receptacles (see marginal 2218);

• C. 

  In addition, for receptacles intended for the carriage of dissolved acetylene of 9° (c):

(f) an inspection as required by national regulations.

• (2) 

  Receptacles shall withstand the test pressure without undergoing permanent deformation or exhibiting cracks.

• (3) 

  At the periodic inspections the following shall be repeated: the hydraulic pressure test; check of the external and internal condition of the receptacle (e.g. by weighing, internal inspection, checks of wall thickness); verification of the equipment and markings and, if necessary, verification of the characteristics of the material by suitable tests.

Note: With the agreement of the expert approved by the competent authority, the hydraulic pressure test may be replaced by an equivalent method based on ultrasound.

Periodic inspections shall be carried out:

(a) every 2 years in the case of receptacles intended for the carriage of gases of 1° (at) and 1° (ct); town gas of 2° (bt); gases of 3° (at) other than ammonia, hexafluoropropylene and methyl bromide; cyanogen chloride of 3° (ct); and substances of 5° (at);

(b) every 5 years in the case of receptacles intended for the carriage of other compressed and liquefied gases (subject to the provisions of subparagraph (c) below) and of receptacles for the carriage of ammonia dissolved under pressure of 9° (at);

(c) every 10 years in the case of receptacles intended for the carriage of gases of 1° (a) other than oxygen; of mixtures of nitrogen with rare gases, of 2° (a); of gases of 3° (a) and 3° (b) other than 1-chloro-1,1-difluoroethane, 1,1-difluoroethane, dimethyl ether, methylsilane and 1,1,1-trifluoroethane, and of mixtures of gases of 4° (a) and 4° (b), if the receptacles have a capacity of not more than 150 litres and the country of origin does not prescribe a shorter interval;

(d) in the case of receptacles intended for the carriage of dissolved acetylene of 9° (c), marginal 2217 (1) shall apply, and in that of receptacles conforming to marginal 2207 (1), marginal 2217 (2) shall apply.

2217 (1) The external condition (corrosion, deformation) of, and the condition (loosening, settlement) of the porous material in, receptacles intended for the carriage of dissolved acetylene of 9° (c) shall be examined every 5 years. Sampling shall be performed by cutting up, if considered necessary, a suitable number of receptacles and inspecting them internally for corrosion and for any changes that may have occurred in the constituent materials and in the porous material.

• (2) 

  Receptacles conforming to marginal 2207 (1) shall be subjected every 5 years to external inspection and to a tightness (leakproofness) test. The tightness (leakproofness) test shall be carried out with the gas contained in the receptacle or with an inert gas at a pressure of 200 kPa (2 bar). Checking shall be performed by means of a pressure gauge or by vacuum measurement. The thermal insulation shall not be removed. The pressure shall not decline during the 8-hour test period. Changes resulting from the nature of the test gas or from variations in temperature shall be taken into account.

• (3) 

  The cylinders referred to in marginal 2212 (1) (a) may be carried after the expiry of the time-limit set for the periodic test prescribed in marginal 2215 for the purpose of undergoing the test.

• 3. 

  Marks on receptacles

2218 (1) Metal receptacles shall bear the following particulars in clearly legible and durable characters:

(a) one of the names of the gas or of the mixture of gases in full, as given in marginal 2201, 1° to 9°; the name or mark of the maker or owner; and the number of the receptacle [see also marginal 2202 (3)]. In the case of halogenated hydrocarbons of 1° (a), 3° (a), 3° (at), 3° (b), 3° (ct), 4° (a), 5° (a) and 6° (a), the use of the letter R followed by the substance identification number is also permitted;

(b) the tare of the receptacle without fittings and accessories;

(c) in addition, in the case of receptacles intended for liquefied gases, the tare of the receptacle including such fittings and accessories as valves, metal plugs, etc., but excluding the protective cap;

Note to (b) and (c): Those particulars of the mass, in so far as they are not already marked on the receptacle, shall be so marked at the next periodic test.

(d) the test pressure (see marginals 2219 to 2221) and the date (month, year) of the last test undergone (see marginals 2216 and 2217);

(e) the stamp of the expert who carried out the tests and inspections; and, in addition;

(f) in the case of compressed gases or mixtures of compressed gases of 1°, 2°, 12° and 13°: the maximum filling pressure at 15 °C allowed for the receptacle in question (see marginal 2219);

(g) in the case of boron trifluoride of 1° (at), liquefied gases of 3° to 6° and ammonia dissolved in water of 9° (at): the maximum filling allowed, and the capacity. In the case of deeply-refrigerated gases of 7° and 8°: the capacity;

(h) in the case of acetylene dissolved in a solvent of 9° (c): the permitted filling pressure [see marginal 2221 (2)], and the mass of the empty receptacle, including the mass of the fittings and accessories, of the porous material, and of the solvent;

(i) in the case of mixtures of gases of 12° and test gases of 13°, the words 'mixtures of gases` or 'test gases`, as the case may be, shall be engraved on the receptacle as a general indication of the contents. An exact description of the contents shall be shown in a durable form throughout carriage;

(k) in the case of metal receptacles which, under marginal 2202 (3), are accepted for the carriage of a number of different gases (multi-purpose receptacles), an exact description of the contents shall be shown in a durable form during carriage.

• (2) 

  The marks shall be engraved either on a reinforced part of the receptacle, or on a ring, or on a data plate, immovably affixed to the receptacle. In addition, the name of the substance may be indicated on the receptacle by an adherent and clearly-visible inscription applied by painting or by any other, equivalent process.

• c. 

  Test pressure, degree of filling, and limitation of capacity, of receptacles (see also marginals 2238, 211 180, 211 184 and 212 180)

2219 (1) In the case of receptacles intended for the carriage of compressed gases of 1°, 2° and 12°, the internal pressure (test pressure) to be applied in the hydraulic pressure test shall be at least one and one-half times the filling pressure at 15 °C indicated on the receptacle, but shall not be less than 1 MPa (10 bar).

• (2) 

  In the case of receptacles used for the carriage of substances of 1° (a) other than tetrafluoromethane; of deuterium and hydrogen of 1° (b); or of gases of 2° (a), the filling pressure shall not exceed 30 MPa (300 bar) referred to a temperature of 15 °C. In the case of tanks, the filling pressure shall not exceed 25 MPa (250 bar) referred to a temperature of 15 °C.

In the case of receptacles and tanks intended for the carriage of other gases of 1° and 2°, the filling pressure shall not exceed 20 MPa (200 bar) referred to a temperature of 15 °C.

• (3) 

  In the case of receptacles intended for the carriage of fluorine of 1° (at), the internal pressure (test pressure) to be applied in the hydraulic pressure test shall be 20 MPa (200 bar) and the filling pressure shall not exceed 2,8 MPa (28 bar) at a temperature of 15 °C; in addition, no receptacle may contain more than 5 kg fluorine.

In the case of receptacles intended for the carriage of boron trifluoride of 1° (at), the hydraulic pressure to be applied in the test (test pressure) shall be either 30 MPa (300 bar), in which case the maximum mass of the contents per litre of capacity shall not exceed 0,86 kg, or 22,5 MPa (225 bar), in which case the maximum mass of the contents per litre of capacity shall not exceed 0,715 kg.

• (4) 

  In the case of receptacles intended for the carriage of nitric oxide NO of 1° (ct), the capacity shall be limited to 50 l; the hydraulic pressure to be applied in the test (test pressure) shall be 20 MPa (200 bar); and the filling pressure shall not exceed 5 MPa (50 bar) at a temperature of 15 °C.

• (5) 

  In the case of receptacles intended for the carriage of mixtures of hydrogen with not more than 10 % hydrogen selenide or phosphine or germane by volume or with not more than 15 % arsine by volume; of mixtures of nitrogen or rare gases (containing not more than 10 % xenon by volume) with not more than 10 % hydrogen selenide or phosphine or germane by volume or with not more than 15 % arsine by volume, of 2° (bt); of mixtures of hydrogen with not more than 10 % diborane by volume; or of mixtures of nitrogen or rare gases (containing not more than 10 % xenon by volume) with not more than 10 % diborane by volume, of 2° (ct), the capacity shall be limited to 50 l; the hydraulic pressure to be applied in the test (test pressure) shall be not less than 20 MPa (200 bar); and the filling pressure shall not exceed 5 MPa (50 bar) at a temperature of 15 °C.

• (6) 

  The degree of filling of receptacles in conformity with marginal 2207 (1) intended for the carriage of gases of 7° (b) and 8° (b) shall remain below the level at which, if the contents were raised to the temperature at which the vapour pressure equalled the valve-opening pressure, the volume of the liquid would reach 95 % of the capacity of the receptacle at that temperature. Receptacles intended for the carriage of gases of 7° (a) and 8° (a) may be filled to 98 % at the 2219 loading temperature and the loading pressure. Where oxygen of 7° (a) is carried, steps shall be taken to prevent any spillage of the liquid phase.

• (7) 

  Where dissolved acetylene of 9° (c) is carried in receptacles in conformity with marginal

2212 (1) (b), the capacity of the receptacles shall not exceed 150 l.

• (8) 

  The capacity of receptacles intended for the carriage of mixtures of gases of 12° shall not exceed 50 l. The pressure of the mixture shall not exceed 15 MPa (150 bar) at a temperature of 15 °C.

• (9) 

  The capacity of receptacles intended for the carriage of test gases of 13° shall not exceed 50 l. The filling pressure at a temperature of 15 °C shall not exceed 7 % of the test pressure of the receptacle.

• (10) 

  In the case of tungsten hexafluoride of 3° (at), the capacity of the receptacles shall be limited to 60 l.

The capacity of receptacles for silicon tetrafluoride of 1° (at); boron trichloride, nitrosyl chloride and sulphuryl fluoride of 3° (at); methylsilane of 3° (b); arsine, dichlorosilane, dimethylsilane, hydrogen selenide and trimethylsilane, of 3° (bt); cyanogen chloride and cyanogen of 3° (ct); mixtures of methylsilanes of 4° (bt); ethylene oxide containing not more than 50 % methyl formate by mass, of 4° (ct); silane, of 5° (b); and substances of 5° (bt) and (ct), shall be limited to 50 l.

• (11) 

  In the case of receptacles intended for chlorine trifluoride of 3° (at), the capacity shall be limited to 40 l. After filling, a receptacle containing chlorine trifluoride of 3° (at) shall, before being handed over for carriage, be held back for not less than seven days in order to verify that it is leak proof.

2220 (1) In the case of receptacles intended for the carriage of liquefied gases of 3° to 6°, and of receptacles intended for the carriage of gases dissolved under pressure of 9°, the hydraulic pressure to be applied in the test (test pressure) shall be not less than 1 MPa (10 bar).

• (2) 

  In the case of liquefied gases of 3° and 4°, the following values shall be complied with for the hydraulic pressure to be applied to the receptacles in the test (test pressure) and for the maximum degree of filling allowed ():

>TABLE>

• (3) 

  In the case of receptacles intended to contain liquefied gases of 5° and 6°, the degree of filling shall be such that the internal pressure at 65 °C does not exceed the test pressure of the receptacles. The following values shall be complied with, see also paragraph (4):

>TABLE>

>TABLE>

• (4) 

  For substances of 5° other than hydrogen chloride of 5° (at); germane and phosphine of 5° (bt); and diborane of 5° (ct), and for substances of 6°, the use of receptacles tested at a lower pressure than that indicated in paragraph (3) for the substance in question is allowed, but the quantity of substance per receptacle shall not exceed that which at 65 °C would produce inside the receptacle a pressure equal to the test pressure. In such a case the permissible maximum load shall be prescribed by the expert approved by the competent authority.

2221 (1) In the case of gases dissolved under pressure, of 9°, the following values shall be complied with for the hydraulic pressure to be applied to the receptacles in the test (test pressure), and for the maximum degree of filling allowed:

>TABLE>

• (2) 

  In the case of dissolved acetylene of 9° (c), once equilibrium has been achieved at 15 °C the cylinder-filling pressure shall not exceed the value prescribed by the competent authority for the porous mass, which value shall be engraved on the cylinder. The quantity of solvent and the quantity of acetylene shall likewise correspond to the figures specified in the approval.

• 3. 

  Mixed packing

2222 (1) Substances of this Class other than substances of 7° and 8° may be enclosed in the same package with one another if they are contained:

(a) in metal pressure-receptacles of a volume not exceeding 10 litres;

(b) in thick-walled glass tubes or glass syphons in accordance with marginals 2205 and 2206, on condition that these fragile receptacles are secured in accordance with the provisions of marginal 2001 (7). The cushioning materials shall be suited to the properties of the contents. Inner packagings shall be placed in an outer packaging in which they shall be effectively kept apart from one another.

• (2) 

  Articles of 10° and 11° may be enclosed in the same package with one another under the conditions prescribed in marginal 2210.

• (3) 

  In addition, substances packed in accordance with marginal 2205 and 2206 may be enclosed in the same package with one another subject to the following special conditions.

• (4) 

  A package which meets the requirements of (1) and (3) shall not weigh more than 100 kg, or more than 75 kg if it contains fragile receptacles.

Special conditions:

>TABLE>

• 4. 

  Markings and labels on packages (see Appendix A.9)

Marking

2223 (1) Every package containing receptacles holding gases of 1° to 9°, 12° or 13° or non-refillable containers of gas under pressure of 11° shall be marked legibly and indelibly with an indication of its contents, with the addition: 'Class 2`. This marking shall be in an official language of the Member State of departure, and also, if that language is not English, French or German, in English, French or German, unless any agreements concluded between the Member States concerned in the transport operation provide otherwise. This provision need not be complied with if the receptacles and their markings are clearly visible.

• (2) 

  Packages containing aerosol dispensers of 10° shall be marked with the word 'AEROSOL` in clearly legible and indelible characters.

• (3) 

  Where a consignment constitutes a full load, the markings referred to in paragraph (1) are not mandatory.

Danger labels

2224 Note: A package is any packaging containing receptacles, aerosol dispensers or non-refillable containers of gas under pressure, or any receptacle without outer packaging.

• (1) 

  Packages containing substances and articles of Class 2 other than those mentioned in paragraph (2), Table 2 and in paragraph (3) of this marginal, shall bear the labels indicated below:

>TABLE>

• (2) 

  Packages containing substances and articles described in Table 2 below shall bear the labels indicated:

>TABLE>

• (3) 

  In conformity with the dangerous properties of the substances, packages containing substances of 12° and 13° shall bear:

• - 

  a label conforming to model No 3 for flammable gases,

• - 

  a label conforming to model No 6.1 for toxic gases,

• - 

  labels conforming to model Nos 6.1 and 8 for corrosive gases,

• - 

  labels conforming to model Nos 2 and 05 for oxidizing gases,

• - 

  labels conforming to model Nos 6.1 and 3 for flammable toxic gases,

• - 

  labels conforming to model Nos 3, 6.1 and 8 for flammable corrosive gases,

• - 

  a label conforming to model No 2 for gases which are not flammable, toxic, corrosive or oxidizing,

• - 

  labels conforming to model Nos 6.1 and 05 for mixtures containing fluorine and those containing nitrogen dioxide.

• (4) 

  Packages which contain receptacles made of materials liable to shatter, such as glass or certain plastics materials, shall bear a label conforming to model No 12,

• (5) 

  Every package containing gases of 7° or 8° shall bear, on two opposite sides, labels conforming to model No 11, and if the substances it contains are enclosed in glass receptacles [marginal 2207 (2) (a)], it shall, in addition, bear a label conforming to model No 12,

• (6) 

  Labels on gas cylinders may be attached to the shoulder of the cylinder and may have smaller dimensions accordingly, provided that they remain clearly visible.

2225

• B. 

  Particulars in the transport document

2226 (1) The description of the goods in the transport document must be:

(a) in the case of pure and technically-pure gases of 1°, 3°, 5°, 7° or 9°, of aerosol dispensers of 10°, of non-refillable containers of gas under pressure of 11°: one of the names printed in italics in marginal 2201;

(b) in the case of mixtures of gases of 2°, 4°, 6°, 8°, 12° or 13°: 'mixture of gases`. This description must be supplemented by an indication of the composition of the mixture of gases in volume per cent or mass per cent. Constituents below 1 % need not be indicated. In the case of mixtures of gases of 2° (a), 2° (b), 2° (bt), 4° (a), 4° (b), 4° (c), 4° (ct), 6° (a), 8° (a) or 8° (b), the descriptions or names customary in the trade which are printed in italics in marginal 2201 may likewise be used, without indication of the composition.

In the case of mixtures A, AO and C of 4° (b) carried in tanks or tank-containers, however, the names customary in the trade mentioned in the Note may be used only as a complement.

These descriptions must be followed by particulars of the class, the item number (together with the letter, if any), and the initials 'ADR` (or 'RID`) e.g. 2, 5° (at), ADR.

• (2) 

  In the case of tanks containing gases of 7° (a) or 8° (a), other than carbon dioxide and nitrous oxide, the transport document shall bear the following entry:

'The tank is in permanent communication with the atmosphere`.

• (3) 

  For the carriage of cylinders in conformity with marginal 2212 (1) (a) under the conditions of marginal 2217 (3), the following entry shall be included in the transport document:

'Carriage in conformity with marginal 2217 (3)`.

2227-

2236

• C. 

  Empty packagings

2237 (1) Receptacles and tanks of 14° shall be closed in the same manner as if they were full.

• (2) 

  Uncleaned empty receptacles of l4° shall bear the same danger labels as if they were full.

• (3) 

  The description in the transport document shall conform to one of the names given in 14°, e.g. 'Empty receptacle, uncleaned, 2, 14°, ADR`. The description shall be completed by adding the words 'Last load`, together with the name and item number of the goods last loaded e.g. 'Last load: chlorine, 3° (at)`.

• (4) 

  The receptacles of 14° referred to in marginal 2212 (1) (a), (b) and (d) may be transported after the expiry of the time-limit set for the periodic test prescribed in marginal 2215, for the purpose of undergoing the tests.

• D. 

  Transitional provisions

2238 The following transitional provisions shall apply to receptacles for compressed or liquefied gases or gases dissolved under pressure:

(a) receptacles already in service shall, subject to the following exceptions, be accepted so long as the requirements of the Member States in which the tests in accordance with marginal 2216 were carried out so permit and as the intervals prescribed in marginals 2216 (3) and 2217 for the periodic inspections are observed;

(b) in the case of receptacles manufactured under the previous system (permissible stress two-thirds, instead of three-quarters, of the yield stress), no increase in either the test pressure or the filling pressure shall be permitted [see marginal 2211 (1)];

(c) transitional measures for tanks: see marginals 211 180 and 211 184.

(d) transitional measures for tank-containers: see marginal 212 180.

2239-

2299

CLASS 3 FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS

• 1. 

  List of substances

2300 (1) Among the substances and mixtures covered by the heading of Class 3, those listed in marginal 2301 or which fall under a collective heading of that marginal, and articles containing such substances, are subject to the conditions prescribed in marginals 2300 (2) to 2322 and to the provisions of this Annex and of Annex B and are consequently substances of this Directive.

Note: For the quantities of substances listed in marginal 2301 which are not subject to the provisions for this Class, either in this Annex or in Annex B, see marginal 2301a.

• (2) 

  The heading of Class 3 covers substances and articles containing substances of this Class which:

• - 

  are liquid at a maximum temperature of 20 °C, or for viscous substances for which a specific melting point cannot be determined, are highly viscous according to the criteria of the penetrometer test (see Appendix A.3, marginal 3310), or are liquid according to the ASTM D 4359-90 test method;

• - 

  have at 50 °C a vapour pressure of not more than 300 kPa (3 bar);

• - 

  have a flashpoint of not more than 61 °C.

The heading of Class 3 also covers flammable liquid substances and molten solid substances with a flashpoint of more than 61 °C and which are carried or handed over for carriage whilst heated at temperatures equal to or higher than their flashpoint.

Substances having a flashpoint above 35 °C, non-toxic and non-corrosive, which, under the test conditions given, do not sustain combustion (see Appendix A.3, marginal 3304) are excluded; if however these substances are handed over for carriage and carried whilst heated at temperatures equal to or higher than their flashpoint, they are substances of this Class.

Flammable liquids which, because of supplementary dangerous properties, are listed in, or assigned to, other classes are also excluded. The flashpoint shall be determined as indicated in Appendix A.3, marginals 3300 to 3302.

Notes: 1. For gasoil, diesel fuel, heating oil (light) (identification number 1202) having a flashpoint above 61 °C see, however, note under marginal 2301, 31° (c).

• 2. 

  For substances having a flashpoint above 61 °C which are carried or handed over for carriage at or above their flashpoint, see however marginal 2301, 61° (c).

• (3) 

  The substances and articles of Class 3 are subdivided as follows:

• A. 

  Substances having a flashpoint below 23 °C not toxic, not corrosive;

• B. 

  Substances having a flashpoint below 23 °C and toxic;

• C. 

  Substances having a flashpoint below 23 °C and corrosive;

• D. 

  Substances having a flashpoint below 23 °C, toxic and corrosive and articles containing those substances;

• E. 

  Substances having a flashpoint between 23 °C and 61 °C inclusive which might be slightly toxic and/or slightly corrosive;

• F. 

  Substances and preparations used as pesticides having a flashpoint below 23 °C;

• G. 

  Substances having a flashpoint above 61 °C which are carried or handed over for carriage at or above their flashpoint;

• H. 

  Empty packagings.

Substances and articles of Class 3, other than those of 6°, 12°, 13°, and 28° classified under the various item numbers of marginal 2301 shall be assigned to one of the following groups designated by the letter (a), (b) or (c) according to their degree of danger:

letter (a): very dangerous substances: flammable liquids having a boiling point or initial boiling point not exceeding 35 °C, and flammable liquids having a flash-point below 23 °C, which are either highly toxic according to the criteria of marginal 2600 or highly corrosive according to the criteria of marginal 2800;

letter (b): dangerous substances: flammable liquids having a flash-point below 23 °C which are not classified under letter (a), with the exception of substances of marginal 2301, 5° (c);

letter (c): substances presenting a minor danger: flammable liquids having a flashpoint of 23 °C to 61 °C inclusive and substances of marginal 2301, 5° (c).

• (4) 

  If substances of Class 3, as a result of admixtures, come into different categories of risk from those to which the substances specifically named in marginal 2301 belong, these mixtures or solutions shall be assigned to the items and letters to which they belong on the basis of their actual degree of danger.

Note: For the classification of solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes), see also marginal 2002 (8).

• (5) 

  On the basis of the test procedures in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3300 to 3302, 3304 and 3310, and the criteria set out in (2), it may also be determined whether the nature of a solution or a mixture specifically named or containing a specifically named substance is such that the solution or mixture is not subject to the provisions for this Class.

• (6) 

  Certain highly toxic flammable liquid substances having a flashpoint below 23 °C are substances of Class 6.1 (marginal 2601, 1° to 10°).

• (7) 

  Substances of Class 3 which are liable to form peroxides easily (as happens with ethers or with certain heterocyclic oxygenated substances) are to be accepted for carriage only if their peroxide content, calculated as hydrogen peroxide (H2O2), does not exceed 0,3 %. The peroxide content shall be determined as indicated in Appendix A.3, marginal 3303.

• (8) 

  The chemically unstable substances of Class 3 are to be accepted for carriage only if the necessary steps have been taken to prevent their dangerous decomposition or polymerization during carriage. To this end, it shall in particular be ensured that receptacles do not contain any substance liable to promote these reactions.

• A. 

  Substances having a flashpoint below 23 °C, not toxic, not corrosive

2301 1° Substances, solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) having a vapour pressure at 50 °C of more than 175 kPa (1,75 bar):

(a) 1089 acetaldehyde (ethanal), 1108 1-pentene (n-amylene), 1144 crotonylene (2-butyne), 1243 methyl formate, 1265 pentanes, liquid (isopentane), 1267 petroleum crude oil, 1303 vinylidene chloride, inhibited (1,1-dichloroethylene, inhibited), 1308 zirconium suspended in a flammable liquid, 1863 fuel, aviation, turbine engine, 2371 isopentenes, 2389 furan, 2456 2-chloropropene, 2459 2-methyl-1-butene, 2561 3-methyl-1-butene (1-isoamylene) (isopropylethylene), 2749 tetramethylsilane, 1268 petroleum distillates, n.o.s. or 1268 petroleum products, n.o.s, 3295 hydrocarbons, liquid, n.o.s., 1993 flammable liquid, n.o.s.

2° Substances, solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) having a vapour pressure at 50 °C of more than 110 kPa (1,10 bar) but not more than 175 kPa (1,75 bar):

(a) 1155 diethyl ether (ethyl ether), 1167 divinyl ether inhibited, 1218 isoprene, inhibited, 1267 petroleum crude oil, 1280 propylene oxide, inhibited, 1302 vinyl ethyl ether, inhibited, 1308 zirconium suspended in a flammable liquid, 1863 fuel, aviation, turbine engine, 2356 2-chloropropane, 2363 ethyl mercaptan, 1268 petroleum distillates, n.o.s. or 1268 petroleum products, n.o.s., 3295 hydrocarbons, liquid, n.o.s., 1993 flammable liquid, n.o.s.;

(b) 1164 dimethyl sulphide, 1234 methylal (dimethoxymethane), 1265 pentanes, liquid (n-pentane), 1267 petroleum crude oil, 1278 1-chloropropane (propyl chloride), 1308 zirconium suspended in a flammable liquid, 1863 fuel, aviation, turbine engine, 2246 cyclopentene, 2460 2-methyl-2-butene, 2612 methyl propyl ether, 1224 ketones, n.o.s., 1987 alcohols, flammable, n.o.s., 1989 aldehydes, flammable, n.o.s., 1268 petroleum distillates, n.o.s. or 1268 petroleum products, n.o.s., 3295 hydrocarbons, liquid, n.o.s., 1993 flammable liquid n.o.s.

3° Substances, solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) having a vapour pressure at 50 °C of not more than 110 kPa (1,10 bar):

(b) 1203 motor spirit, 1267 petroleum crude oil, 1863 fuel aviation, turbine engine, 1268 petroleum distillates, n.o.s. or 1268 petroleum products, n.o.s.

Note: While in some climatic conditions petrol (gasoline) may have a vapour pressure at 50 °C of more than 110 kPa (1,10 bar) but not more than 150 kPa (1,50 bar), it is to continue to be classified under this item number.

Hydrocarbons:

1114 benzene, 1136 coal tar distillates, 1145 cyclohexane, 1146 cyclopentane, 1175 ethylbenzene, 1206 heptanes, 1208 hexanes, 1216 isooctenes, 1262 octanes, 1288 shale oil, 1294 toluene, 1300 turpentine substitute (white spirit), 1307 xylenes 2301 (o-xylene; dimethylbenzenes), 2050 diisobutylene, isomeric compounds, 2057 tripropylene (propylene trimer), 2241 cycloheptane, 2242 cycloheptene, 2251 bicyclo-(2.2.1) -hepta-2,5-diene, inhibited (2,5-norbornadiene, inhibited), 2256 cyclohexene, 2263 dimethylcyclohexanes, 2278 n-heptene, 2287 isoheptenes, 2288 isohexenes, 2296 methylcyclohexane, 2298 methylcyclopentane, 2309 octadienes, 2358 cyclooctatetraene, 2370 1-hexene, 2457 2,3-dimethylbutane, 2458 hexadienes, 2461 methylpentadienes, 3295 hydrocarbons, liquid, n.o.s.;

Halogenated substances:

1107 amyl chlorides, 1126 1-bromobutane, (n-butyl bromide), 1127 chlorobutanes (butyl chlorides), 1150 1,2-dichloroethylene, 1279 1,2-dichloropropane, (propylene dichloride) 2047 dichloropropenes, 2338 benzotrifluoride, 2339 2-bromobutane, 2340 2-bromoethyl ethyl ether, 2342 bromomethylpropanes, 2343 2-bromopentane, 2344 bromopropanes, 2345 3-bromopropyne, 2362 1,1-dichloroethane (ethylidene chloride), 2387 fluorobenzene, 2388 fluorotoluenes, 2390 2-iodobutane, 2391 iodomethylpropanes, 2554 methylallyl chloride;

Alcohols:

1105 amyl alcohols, 1120 butanols, 1148 diacetone alcohol technical, 1170 ethanol (ethyl alcohol) or 1170 ethanol (ethyl alcohol) in aqueous solution containing more than 70 % alcohol by volume, 1219 isopropanol (isopropyl alcohol), 1274 n-propanol (propyl alcohol, normal), 3065 alcoholic beverages containing more than 70 % alcohol by volume, 1987 alcohols, flammable, n.o.s.;

Note: Alcoholic beverages containing more than 24 % and not more than 70 % alcohol by volume are substances of 31° (c).

Ethers:

1088 acetal (1,1-diethoxyethane), 1159 diisopropyl ether, 1165 dioxane, 1166 dioxolane, 1179 ethyl butyl ether, 1304 vinyl isobutyl ether, inhibited, 2056 tetrahydrofuran, 2252 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 2301 2-methylfuran, 2350 butyl methyl ether, 2352 butyl vinyl ether, inhibited, 2373 diethoxymethane, 2374 3,3-diethoxypropene, 2376 2,3-dihydropyran, 2377 1,1-dimethoxyethane, 2384 di-n-propyl ether, 2398 methyl tert-butyl ether, 2536 methyltetrahydrofuran, 2615 ethyl propyl ether, 2707 dimethyldioxanes, 3022 1,2-butylene oxide, stabilized, 3271 ethers, n.o.s.;

Aldehydes:

1129 butyraldehyde, 1178 2-ethylbutyraldehyde, 1275 propionaldehyde, 2045 isobutyraldehyde (isobutyl aldehyde), 2058 valeraldehyde, 2367 alpha-methylvaleraldehyde, 1989 aldehydes, flammable, n.o.s.;

Ketones:

1090 acetone, 1156 diethyl ketone, 1193 methyl ethyl ketone (ethyl methyl ketone), 1245 methyl isobutyl ketone, 1246 methyl isopropenyl ketone, inhibited, 1249 methyl propyl ketone, 1251 methyl vinyl ketone, 2346 butanedione (diacetyl), 2397 3-methylbutan-2-one, 1224. ketones, n.o.s.;

Esters:

1123 butyl acetates, 1128 n-butyl formate, 1161 dimethyl carbonate, 1173 ethyl acetate, 1176 ethyl borate, 1190 ethyl formate, 1195 ethyl propionate, 1213 isobutyl acetate, 1220 isopropyl acetate, 1231 methyl acetate, 1237 methyl butyrate, 1247 methyl methacrylate monomer, inhibited, 1248 methyl propionate, 1276 n-propyl acetate, 1281 propyl formates, 1301 vinyl acetate, inhibited, 1862 ethyl crotonate, 1917 ethyl acrylate, inhibited, 1919 methyl acrylate inhibited, 2277 ethyl methacrylate, 2385 ethyl isobutyrate, 2393 isobutyl formate, 2394 isobutyl propionate, 2400 methyl isovalerate, 2403 isopropenyl acetate, 2406 isopropyl isobutyrate, 2409 isopropyl propionate, 2416 trimethyl borate, 2616 triisopropyl borate, 2838 vinyl butyrate, inhibited, 3272 esters, n.o.s.;

Substances containing sulphur:

1111 amyl mercaptans, 2347 butyl mercaptans, 2375 diethyl sulphide, 2381 dimethyl disulphide, 2402 propanethiols (propyl mercaptans), 2412 tetrahydrothiophene s(thiolanne), 2414 thiophene, 2436 thioacetic acid;

Substances containing nitrogen:

1113 amyl nitrites, 1222 isopropyl nitrate, 1261 nitromethane, 1282 pyridine, 1648 acetonitrile (methyl cyanide), 1865 n-propyl nitrate, 2351 butyl nitrites, 2372 1,2 di-(dimethylamino) ethane (tetramethylethylenediamine), 2410 1, 2, 3, 6-tetrahydropyridine;

Other flammable substances and mixtures and preparations containing flammable liquids:

1091 acetone oils, 1201 fusel oil, 1293 tinctures, medicinal, 1308 zirconium suspended in a flammable liquid, 2380 dimethyldiethoxysilane, 1993 flammable liquid, n.o.s.

Note: For viscous substances, mixtures and preparations, see 5°.

4° Solutions of nitrocellulose in mixtures of substances of 1° to 3° containing more than 20 % but not more than 55 % nitrocellulose with a nitrogen content not exceeding 12,6 % (by dry mass):

(a) 2059 nitrocellulose solution, flammable;

(b) 2059 nitrocellulose solution, flammable.

Notes: 1. Mixtures having a flashpoint below 23 °C and containing:

• - 

  more than 55 % nitrocellulose, whatever its nitrogen content, or

• - 

  containing not more than 55 % nitrocellulose with a nitrogen content above 12,6 % (by dry mass),

are substances of Class 1, (see marginal 2101, 4°, identification number 0340, or 26°, identification number 0342), or of Class 4.1 (see marginal 2401, 24°).

• 2. 

  Mixtures containing 20 % or less nitrocellulose with a nitrogen content not exceeding 12.6 % (by dry mass) are substances of 5°.

5° Liquid or viscous mixtures and preparations, including those containing 20 % or less nitrocellulose with a nitrogen content not exceeding 12,6 % (by dry mass):

(a) having a boiling point or initial boiling point not exceeding 35 °C provided that they do not come under (c):

1133 adhesives, 1139 coating solution, 1169 extracts, aromatic, liquid, 1197 extracts, flavouring, liquid, 1210 printing ink, 1263 paint (including paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shellac, varnish, polish, liquid filler and liquid lacquer base) or 1263 paint related material (including paint thinning or reducing compound), 1266 perfumery products, 1286 rosin oil, 1287 rubber solution, 1866 resin solution;

(b) having a boiling point or initial boiling point exceeding 35 °C provided that they do not come under (c):

1133 adhesives, 1139 coating solution, 1169 extracts, aromatic, liquid, 1197 extracts, flavouring, liquid, 1210 printing ink, 1263 paint (including paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shellac, varnish, polish, liquid filler and liquid lacquer base) or 1263 paint related material (including paint thinning or reducing compound), 1266 perfumery products, 1286 rosin oil, 1287 rubber solution, 1306 wood preservatives, 1866 resin solution, 1999 tars, liquid including road asphalt and oils, bitumen and cut backs, 3269 polyester resin kit;

(c) 1133 adhesives, 1139 coating solution, 1169 extracts, aromatic, liquid, 1197 extracts, flavouring, liquid, 1210 printing ink, 1263 paint (including paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shellac, varnish, polish, liquid filler and liquid lacquer base) or 1263 paint related material (including paint thinning or reducing compound), 1266 perfumery products, 1286 rosin oil, 1287 rubber solution 1306 wood preservatives liquid, 1866 resin solution, 1999 tars, liquid including road asphalt and oils, bitumen and cut backs, 3269 polyester resin kit, 1993 flammable liquid, n.o.s.

Classification under letter (c) is only possible if the following requirements are met:

• 1. 

  that the height of the separated layer of solvent is less than 3 % of the total height in the solvent-separation test; () and

• 2. 

  that the viscosity () and flash-point are in accordance with the following table:

>TABLE>

Notes: 1. Mixtures containing more than 20 % but not more than 55 % nitrocellulose with a nitrogen content not exceeding 12,6 % by dry mass are substances of 4°.

Mixtures having a flashpoint below 23 °C and containing:

• - 

  more than 55 % nitrocellulose, whatever their nitrogen content; or

• - 

  not more than 55 % nitrocellulose with a nitrogen content above 12,6 % by dry mass,

are substances of Class 1 (see marginal 2101, 4°, No 0340, or 22°, No 0342) or of Class 4.1 (see marginal 2401, 24°).

• 2. 

  No substances of this Directive listed by name under other entries may be carried under the entry 1263 Paint or 1263 Paint related material. Substances carried under identification number 1263 may contain not more than 20 % nitrocellulose provided that the nitrogen content does not exceed 12,6 % by dry mass.

• 3. 

  3269 Polyester resin kits have two components: a basic product [Class 3, Group (b) or (c)], and an activator (organic peroxide), each packed separately in an inner packaging. The organic peroxide shall be of types D, E or F, not requiring temperature regulation and restricted to 125 ml liquid and 500 g solid per inner packaging. The components may be placed in the same outer packaging, provided that they do not react dangerously with each other in the event of leakage.

6° 3064 nitroglycerin solution in alcohol with more than 1 % but not more than 5 % nitroglycerin.

Note: Special packing conditions are applicable for this substance (see marginal 2303); see also Class 1, marginal 2101, 4°, identification number 0144.

7° (b) 1204 nitroglycerin solution in alcohol with not more than 1 % nitroglycerin.

• B. 

  Substances having a flashpoint below 23 °C and toxic

Notes: 1. Toxic substances having a flashpoint of 23 °C or above, and some substances listed by name in 1° to 10° of marginal 2601 are substances of Class 6.1.

• 2. 

  For toxicity criteria, see marginal 2600.

11° Nitriles or isonitriles (isocyanides):

(a) 1093 acrylonitrile, inhibited, 3079 methacrylonitrile, inhibited, 3273 nitriles, flammable, toxic, n.o.s.;

(b) 2284 isobutyronitrile, 2378 2-dimethyl-aminoacetonitrile, 2404 propionitrile, 2411 butyronitrile, 3273 nitriles, flammable, toxic, n.o.s.

12° 1921 propyleneimine, inhibited.

Note: Special packing conditions are applicable for this substance (see marginal 2304).

13° 2481 Ethyl isocyanate.

Note: Special packing conditions are applicable for this substance (see marginal 2304).

14° Other isocyanates:

(a) 2483 isopropyl isocyanate, 2605 methoxymethyl isocyanate;

(b) 2486 isobutyl isocyanate, 2478 isocyanates, flammable, toxic, n.o.s., or 2478 isocyanates solution, flammable, toxic, n.o.s.

Note: Solutions of isocyanates having a flashpoint of not less than 23 °C are substances of Class 6.1 (see marginal 2601, 18° or 19°).

15° Other substances containing nitrogen:

(a) 1194 ethyl nitrite, solution.

16° Halogenated organic substances:

(a) 1099 allyl bromide, 1100 allyl chloride, 1991 chloroprene, inhibited;

(b) 1184 ethylene dichloride (1,2-dichloroethane), 2354 chloromethyl ethyl ether.

17° Oxygenated organic substances:

(a) 2336 allyl formate, 2983 ethylene oxide and propylene oxide mixture, with not more than 30 % ethylene oxide, 1986 alcohols, flammable, toxic, n.o.s., 1988 aldehydes, flammable, toxic, n.o.s.;

(b) 1230 methanol, 2333 allyl acetate, 2335 allyl ethyl ether, 2360 diallyl ether, 2396 methacrylaldehyde, inhibited, 2622 glycidaldehyde, 1986 alcohols, flammable, toxic, n.o.s., 1988 aldehydes, flammable, toxic, n.o.s.

18° Organic substances containing sulphur:

(a) 1131 carbon disulphide (carbon sulphide);

(b) 1228 mercaptans, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s., or 1228 mercaptan mixture, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s.

19° Substances, solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes), having a flashpoint below 23 °C and toxic which cannot be classified under another collective heading:

(a) 1992 flammable liquid, toxic, n.o.s.;

(b) 2603 cycloheptatriene, 3248 medicine, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s., 1992 flammable liquid, toxic, n.o.s.

Note: Pharmaceutical products ready for use, e.g. cosmetics, drugs and medicines, which are substances manufactured and packed in packagings of a type intended for retail sale or distribution for personal or household consumption, which would otherwise be substances of item 19° (b), are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• C. 

  Substances having a flashpoint below 23 °C and corrosive

Notes: 1. Corrosive liquids having a flashpoint of 23 °C or above are substances of Class 8 (see marginal 2801).

• 2. 

  Certain flammable corrosive liquids having a flashpoint below 23 °C and a boiling point above 35 °C are substances of Class 8 [see marginal 2800 (7) (a)].

• 3. 

  For corrosivity criteria, see marginal 2800.

21° Chlorosilanes:

(a) 1250 methyltrichlorosilane, 1305 vinyltrichlorosilane, inhibited;

(b) 1162 dimethyldichlorosilane, 1196 ethyltrichlorosilane, 1298 trimethylchlorosilane, 2985 chlorosilanes, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s.

Note: Chlorosilanes which give off flammable gases on contact with water are substances of Class 4.3, 1° (a) [see marginal 2471, 1° (a)].

22° Amines and their solutions:

(a) 1221 isopropylamine, 1297 trimethylamine, aqueous solution containing 30 % to 50 % trimethylamine (by mass), 2733 amines, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. or 2733 polyamines, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s.;

(b) 1106 amylamines (n-amylamine, tert-amylamine), 1125 n-butylamine, 1154 diethylamine, 1158 diisopropylamine, 1160 dimethylamine aqueous solution, 1214 isobutylamine, 1235 methylamine, aqueous solution, 1277 propylamine, 1296 triethylamine, 1297 trimethylamine, aqueous solution with not more than 30 % trimethylamine by mass, 2266 N,N-dimethylpropylamine (dimethyl-N-propylamine), 2270 ethylamine aqueous solution with not less than 50 % but not more than 70 % ethylamine (by mass), 2379 1, 3- dimethylbutylamine, 2383 dipropylamine, 2945 N-methylbutylamine, 2733 amines, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. or 2733 polyamines, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s.

Note: Anhydrous dimethylamine, ethylamine, methylamine and trimethylamine are substances of Class 2 [see marginal 2201, 3° (bt)].

23° Other substances containing nitrogen:

(b) 1922 pyrrolidine, 2386 1-ethylpiperidine, 2399 1-methylpiperidine, 2401 piperidine, 2493 hexamethyleneimine, 2535 4-methylmorpholine (N-methylmorpholine).

24° Solutions of alcoholates:

(b) 1289 sodium methylate solution in alcohol, 3274 alcoholates solution, n.o.s. in alcohol.

25° Other halogenated corrosive substances:

(b) 1717 acetyl chloride, 1723 allyl iodide, 1815 propionyl chloride, 2353 butyryl chloride, 2395 isobutyryl chloride.

26° Substances, solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) having a flashpoint below 23 °C and highly corrosive, corrosive or slightly corrosive which cannot be classified under another collective heading:

(a) 2924 flammable liquid, corrosive, n.o.s.;

(b) 2924 flammable liquid, corrosive, n.o.s.

• D. 

  Substances having a flashpoint below 23 °C, toxic and corrosive

and articles containing those substances

27° (a) 3286 flammable liquid, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s.;

(b) 2359 diallylamine, 3286 flammable liquid, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s.

28° 3165 aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel tank containing a mixture of anhydrous hydrazine and methylhydrazine.

Note: Special packing conditions are applicable for these tanks (see marginal 2309).

• E. 

  Substances having a flashpoint between 23 °C and 61 °C inclusive

which might be slightly toxic or slightly corrosive

Note: Non-toxic and non-corrosive solutions and homogeneous mixtures having a flashpoint of 23 °C or above (viscous substances, such as paints or varnishes, excluding substances containing more than 20 % nitrocellulose) packed in receptacles of less than 450 litres capacity, are subject only to the requirements of marginal 2314 if, in the solvent-separation test, as described in footnote (¹) to 5°, the height of the separated layer of solvent is less than 3 % of the total height, and if the substances at 23 °C have, in the flow cup conforming to ISO 2431:1984 having a jet 6 mm in diameter, a flow time of:

(a) not less than 60 seconds, or

(b) not less than 40 seconds and contain not more than 60 % of substances of Class 3.

31° Substances, solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) having a flashpoint between 23 °C and 61 °C inclusive, not slightly toxic and not slightly corrosive:

(c) 1202 diesel fuel or 1202 gasoil or 1202 heating oil (light), 1223 kerosene, 1267 petroleum crude oil, 1863 fuel, aviation, turbine engine, 1268 petroleum distillates, n.o.s. or 1268 petroleum products, n.o.s.

Note: By derogation from marginal 2300 (2), diesel fuel, gasoil and heating oil (light) having a flashpoint above 61 °C shall be deemed substances of 31° (c), substance identification number 1202.

Hydrocarbons:

1136 coal tar distillates, 1147 decahydronaphthalene (decalin), 1288 shale oil, 1299 turpentine, 1300 turpentine substitute (white spirit), 1307 xylenes (m-xylene, p-xylene, dimethylbenzenes), 1918 isopropylbenzene (cumene), 1920 nonanes, 1999 tars, liquid including road asphalt and oils, bitumen and cut backs, 2046 cymenes (o-,m-,p-) (methyl isopropyl benzenes), 2048 dicyclopentadiene, 2049 diethyl benzenes (o-,m-,p-), 2052 dipentene (limonene), 2055 styrene monomer, inhibited (vinylbenzene monomer inhibited), 2057 tripropylene (propylene trimer), 2247 n-decane, 2286 pentamethylheptane (isododecane), 2303 isopropenylbenzene, 2324 triisobutylene, 2325 1,3,5-trimethylbenzene (mesitylene), 2330 undecane, 2364 n-propylbenzene, 2368 alpha-pinene, 2520 cyclooctadienes, 2541 terpinolene, 2618 vinyltoluenes, inhibited (o-,m-,p-),2709 butylbenzenes, 2850 propylene tetramer (tetrapropylene), 2319 terpene hydrocarbons, n.o.s., 3295 hydrocarbons, liquid, n.o.s.;

Halogenated substances:

1134 chlorobenzene (phenyl chloride), 1152 dichloropentanes, 2047 dichloropropenes, 2234 chlorobenzotrifluorides (o-,m-,p-), 2238 chlorotoluenes (o-,m-,p-), 2341 1-bromo-3-methylbutane, 2392 iodopropanes, 2514 bromobenzene, 2711 m-dibromobenzene;

Alcohols:

1105 amyl alcohols, 1120 butanols, 1148 diacetone alcohol chemically pure, 1170 ethanol solution (ethyl alcohol solution) containing more than 24 % and not more than 70 % alcohol, 1171 ethylene glycol monoethyl ether (2-ethoxyethanol), 1188 ethylene glycol monomethyl ether (2-methoxyethanol), 1212 isobutanol (isobutyl alcohol), 1274 n-propanol, (propyl alcohol, normal), 2053 methyl isobutyl carbinol (methyl amyl alcohol), 2244 cyclopentanol, 2275 2-ethylbutanol, 2282 hexanols, 2560 2-methylpentan-2-ol, 2614 methallyl alcohol, 2617 methylcyclohexanols, flammable, 2686 diethylaminoethanol, 3065 alcoholic beverages containing not more than 24 % and not more than 70 % alcohol by volume, 3092 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1987 alcohols, flammable, n.o.s.;

Notes: 1. Aqueous solutions of ethyl alcohol and alcoholic beverages containing not more than 24 % alcohol by volume are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• 2. 

  Alcoholic beverages containing more than 24 % and not more than 70 % alcohol by volume are subject to the provisions of this Directive only if carried in receptacles with a capacity of more than 250 litres or in tank-vehicles, tank-containers or demountable tanks.

Ethers:

1149 dibutyl ethers, 1153 ethylene glycol diethyl ether (1, 2-diethoxyethane), 2219 allyl glycidyl ether, 2222 anisole (phenyl methyl ether), 2707 dimethyldioxanes, 2752 1,2-epoxy-3-ethoxypropane, 3271 ethers, n.o.s.;

Aldehydes:

1191 octyl aldehydes (ethylhexaldehydes) (2-ethylhexaldehyde) (3-ethylhexaldehyde), 1199 furfural (furfuraldehyde), 1207 hexaldehyde, 1264 paraldehyde, 2498 1,2,3,6-tetrahydrobenzaldehyde, 2607 acrolein dimer, stabilized, 3056 n-heptaldehyde, 1989 aldehydes, flammable, n.o.s.;

Ketones:

1110 n-amyl methyl ketone, 1157 diisobutyl ketone, 1229 mesityl oxide, 1915 cyclohexanone, 2245 cyclopentanone, 2271 ethyl amyl ketones,2293 4-methoxy-4 methylpentan-2-one, 2297 methylcyclohexanones, 2302 5-methylhexan-2-one, 2310 pentan-2,4-dione (acetylacetone), 2621 acetyl methyl carbinol, 2710 dipropyl ketone, 1224 ketones, n.o.s.;

Esters:

1104 amyl acetates, 1109 amyl formates, 1123 butyl acetates, 1172 ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate (2-ethoxyethyl acetate), 1177 ethylbutyl acetate, 1180 ethyl butyrate, 1189 ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 1192 ethyl lactate, 1233 methylamyl acetate, 1292 tetraethyl silicate, 1914 n-butyl propionate, 2227 n-butyl methacrylate, inhibited, 2243 cyclohexyl acetate, 2283 isobutyl methacrylate, inhibited, 2323 triethyl phosphite, 2329 trimethyl phosphite, 2348 n-butyl acrylate inhibited, 2366 diethyl carbonate (ethyl carbonate), 2405 isopropyl butyrate, 2413 tetrapropyl orthotitanate, 2524 ethyl orthoformate, 2527 isobutyl acrylate inhibited, 2528 isobutyl isobutyrate, 2616 triisopropyl borate, 2620 amyl butyrates, 2708 butoxyl (3-methoxy-1-acetoxybutane), 2933 methyl 2-chloropropionate, 2934 isopropyl 2-chloropropionate, 2935 ethyl 2-chloropropionate, 2947 isopropyl chloroacetate, 3272 esters, n.o.s;

Substances containing nitrogen:

1112 amyl nitrates, 2054 morpholine, 2265 N,N-dimethylformamide, 2313 picolines (methylpyridines) 2332 acetaldehyde oxime, 2351 butyl nitrites, 2608 nitropropanes, 2840 butyraldoxime, 2842 nitroethane,2906 triisocyanatoisocyanurate of isophoronediisocyanate, solution (70 % by mass), 2943 tetrahydrofurfurylamine;

Substances containing sulphur:

3054 cyclohexyl mercaptan;

Other flammable substances, mixtures and preparations containing flammable liquids:

1130 camphor oil, 1133 adhesives, 1139 coating solution, 1169 extracts, aromatic, liquid, 1197 extracts, flavouring, liquid, 1201 fusel oil, 1210 printing ink, 1263 paint (including paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shellac, varnish, polish, liquid filler and liquid lacquer base) or 1263 paint related material (including paint thinning or reducing compound), 1266 perfumery products, 1272 pine oil, 1286 rosin oil, 1287 rubber solution, 1293 tinctures, medicinal, 1306 wood preservatives, liquid, 1308 zirconium suspended in a flammable liquid, 1866 resin solution, 3269 polyester resin kits, 1993 flammable liquid, n.o.s.

Notes: 1. Mixtures containing more than 20 % but not more than 55 % nitrocellullose with a nitrogen content not exceeding 12,6 % (by dry mass) are substances of 34° (c).

• 2. 

  For 3269 polyester resin kits, see 5° note 3.

32° Substances, solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) having a flashpoint between 23 °C and 61 °C inclusive, slightly toxic:

(c) 2841 di-n-amylamine, 1228 mercaptans, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. or 1228 mercaptan mixture, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s., 1986. alcohols flammable, toxic, n.o.s., 1988 aldehydes flammable, toxic, n.o.s., 2478 isocyanates, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. or 2478 isocyanate solution, flammable, toxic, n.o.s., 3248 medicine, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s., 1992 flammable, liquid, toxic, n.o.s.

Note: Pharmaceutical products ready for use, e.g. cosmetics, drugs and medicines, which are substances manufactured and packed in packagings of a type intended for retail sale or distribution for personal or household consumption, which would otherwise be substances of 32° (c) are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

33° Substances, solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) having a flashpoint between 23 °C and 61 °C inclusive, slightly corrosive:

(c) 1106 amylamine (sec-amylamine), 1198 formaldehyde solution, flammable, 1289 sodium methylate solution in alcohol, 1297 trimethylamine, aqueous solution (not more than 30 % trimethylamine, by mass), 2260 tripropylamine, 2276 2-ethylhexylamine, 2361 diisobutylamine, 2526 furfurylamine, 2529 isobutyric acid, 2530 isobutyric anhydride, 2610 triallylamine, 2684 diethylaminopropylamine, 2733 amines, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. or 2733 polyamines, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s., 2924 flammable liquid, corrosive, n.o.s.

34° Solutions of nitrocellulose in mixtures of substances of 31° (c) containing more than 20 % but not more than 55 % nitrocellulose with a nitrogen content not exceeding 12.6 % (by dry mass):

(c) 2059 nitrocellulose solution, flammable.

Note: Mixtures containing more than 55 % nitrocellulose, whatever its nitrogen content, or containing not more than 55 % nitrocellulose with a nitrogen content above 12.6 % (by dry mass), are substances of Class 1 (see marginal 2101, 4°, identification number 0340 or 26°, identification number 0342) or of Class 4.1 (see marginal 2401, 24°).

• F. 

  Substances and preparations used as pesticides having a flashpoint below 23 °C

Notes: 1. Flammable liquid substances and preparation, used as pesticides, which are highly toxic, toxic or slightly toxic and have a flashpoint of 23 °C or above are substances of Class 6.1 (see marginal 2601, 71° to 87°).

• 2. 

  In the tables, pesticides are subdivided into items 41° to 57° as follows:

• - 

  highly toxic substances and preparations

• - 

  toxic substances and preparations

• - 

  slightly toxic substances and preparations.

• 3. 

  All active substances and their preparations used as pesticides shall be classified under 41° to 57° highly toxic, toxic and slightly toxic in accordance with marginal 2600 (3).

• 4. 

  If only the LD50 value of the active substance is known and not that of the preparations of the active substance, the preparations may be classified under 41° to 57° highly toxic, toxic and harmful using the following tables, where the figures shown in columns 'highly toxic`, 'toxic` and 'slightly toxic` of 41° to 57° represent the percentage of active pesticide substance in the preparations.

• 5. 

  For substances which are not named in the list, and for which only the LD50 value of the active substance is known and not the LD50 values of the various preparations, the classification of a preparation may be determined from the table in marginal 2600(3), using an LD50 value obtained by multiplying the LD50 value of the active substance by 100, × being the percentage of active substance by mass according to the following formula:

LD50 value of the active substance × 100

LD50 value = ------------------

percentage of active substance by mass

• 6. 

  The classification according to notes 4 and 5 above shall not be used when the preparations contain additives which affect the toxicity of the active substance or when a preparation contains more than one active substance. In such cases the classification shall be based on the LD50 value of the preparation in question according to the criteria in marginal 2600 (3). If the LD50 value is not known, the substance shall be classified under highly toxic of 41° to 57°.

41° 2784 organophosphorus pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic, flashpoint less than 23 °C

(a) having a boiling point or initial boiling point not exceeding 35 °C and/or highly toxic;

(b) having a boiling point or initial boiling point exceeding 35 °C and toxic or slightly toxic; such as:

>TABLE>

42° 2762 organochlorine pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic, flashpoint less than 23 °C

(a) having a boiling point or initial boiling point not exceeding 35 °C and/or highly toxic;

(b) having a boiling point or initial boiling point exceeding 35 °C and toxic or slightly toxic;

such as:

>TABLE>

43° 2766 phenoxy pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic, flashpoint less than 23 °C

(a) having a boiling point or initial boiling point not exceeding 35 °C and/or highly toxic;

(b) having a boiling point or initial boiling point exceeding 35 °C and toxic or slightly toxic;

such as:

>TABLE>

44° 2758 carbamate pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic, flashpoint less than 23 °C

(a) having a boiling point or initial boiling point not exceeding 35 °C and/or highly toxic;

(b) having a boiling point or initial boiling point exceeding 35 °C and toxic or slightly toxic;

such as:

>TABLE>

45° 2778 mercury based pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic, flashpoint less than 23 °C

(a) having a boiling point or initial boiling point not exceeding 35 °C and/or highly toxic;

(b) having a boiling point or initial boiling point exceeding 35 °C and toxic or slightly toxic;

such as:

>TABLE>

46° 2787 organotin pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic, flashpoint less than 23 °C

(a) having a boiling point or initial boiling point not exceeding 35 °C and/or slightly toxic;

(b) having a boiling point or initial boiling point exceeding 35 °C and toxic or slightly toxic;

such as:

>TABLE>

47° 3024 coumarin derivative pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic, flashpoint less than 23 °C

(a) having a boiling point or initial boiling point not exceeding 35 °C and/or highly toxic;

(b) having a boiling point or initial boiling point exceeding 35 °C and toxic or slightly toxic;

such as:

>TABLE>

48° 2782 bipyridilium pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic, flashpoint less than 23 °C

(a) having a boiling point or initial boiling point not exceeding 35 °C and/or highly toxic;

(b) having a boiling point or initial boiling point exceeding 35 °C and toxic or slightly toxic;

such as:

>TABLE>

49° 2760 arsenical pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic, flashpoint less than 23 °C

(a) having a boiling point or initial boiling point not exceeding 35 °C and/or highly toxic;

(b) having a boiling point or initial boiling point exceeding 35 °C and toxic or slightly toxic;

such as:

>TABLE>

50° 2776 copper based pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic, flashpoint less than 23 °C

(a) having a boiling point or initial boiling point not exceeding 35 °C and/or highly toxic;

(b) having a boiling point or initial boiling point exceeding 35 °C and toxic or slightly toxic;

such as:

>TABLE>

51° 2780 substituted nitrophenol pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic, flashpoint less than 23 °C

(a) having a boiling point or initial boiling point not exceeding 35 °C and/or highly toxic;

(b) having a boiling point or initial boiling point exceeding 35 °C and toxic or slightly toxic;

such as:

>TABLE>

52° 2764 triazine pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic, flashpoint less than 23 °C

(a) having a boiling point or initial boiling point not exceeding 35 °C and/or highly toxic;

(b) having a boiling point or initial boiling point exceeding 35 °C and toxic or slightly toxic;

such as:

>TABLE>

53° 2770 benzoic derivative pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic, flashpoint less than 23 °C

(a) having a boiling point or initial boiling point not exceeding 35 °C and/or highly toxic;

(b) having a boiling point or initial boiling point exceeding 35 °C and toxic or slightly toxic;

such as:

>TABLE>

54° 2774 phthalimide derivative pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic, flashpoint less than 23 °C

(a) having a boiling point or initial boiling point not exceeding 35 °C and/or highly toxic;

(b) having a boiling point or initial boiling point exceeding 35 °C and toxic or slightly toxic;

such as:

>TABLE>

55° 2768 phenyl urea pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flashpoint less than 23 °C

(a) having a boiling point or initial boiling point not exceeding 35 °C and/or highly toxic;

(b) having a boiling point or initial boiling point exceeding 35 °C and toxic or slightly toxic;

such as:

>TABLE>

56° 2772 dithiocarbamate pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic, flashpoint less than 23 °C

(a) having a boiling point or initial boiling point not exceeding 35 °C and/or highly toxic;

(b) having a boiling point or initial boiling point exceeding 35 °C and toxic or slightly toxic;

such as:

>TABLE>

57° 3021 pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s., flashpoint less than 23 °C

(a) having a boiling point or initial boiling point not exceeding 35 °C and/or highly toxic;

(b) having a boiling point or initial boiling point exceeding 35 °C and toxic or slightly toxic;

Nitrogenated organic compounds, such as:

>TABLE>

Alkaloids, such as:

>TABLE>

Other organo-metallic compounds, such as:

>TABLE>

Inorganic compounds of fluorine, such as:

>TABLE>

Inorganic compounds of thallium, such as:

>TABLE>

Other pesticides, such as:

>TABLE>

Pyrethrinoids, such as:

>TABLE>

• G. 

  Substances having a flashpoint above 61 °C which are carried or handed

over for carriage at or above their flashpoint

61° (c) 3256 elevated temperature liquid, flammable, n.o.s., with a flashpoint above 61 °C, at or above its flashpoint.

• H. 

  Empty packagings

71° Empty packagings including empty intermediate bulk containers, (IBCs), empty tank-vehicles, empty demountable tanks, empty tank-containers, uncleaned having contained substances of Class 3.

2301a Neither the provisions for this Class contained in this Annex nor those contained in Annex B are applicable to:

• (1) 

  Substances of 1° to 5°, 21° to 26° and 31° to 34° and slightly toxic substances of 41° to 57° carried in conformity with the following provisions:

(a) Substances classified under (a) of each item: not more than 500 ml per iner packaging and not more than 1 litre per package;

(b) Substances classified under (b) of each item except 5° (b) and alcoholic beverages of 3° (b): not more than 3 litres per inner packaging and not more than 12 litres per package;

(c) Alcoholic beverages of 3° (b): not more than 5 litres per inner packaging;

(d) Substances classified under 5° (b): not more than 5 litres per inner packaging and not more than 20 litres per package;

(e) Substances classified under (c) of each item: not more than 5 litres per inner packaging and not more than 45 litres per package.

These quantities of substances shall be carried in combination packagings conforming at least to the conditions of marginal 3538.

The 'General conditions of packing` of marginal 3500 (1), (2) and (5) to (7) shall be observed.

Note: In the case of homogeneous mixtures containing water, the quantities specified relate only to the substance of this Class contained in those mixtures.

• (2) 

  Alcoholic beverages of 31° (c) in packagings containing not more than 250 litres.

• (3) 

  The motor-fuel contained in the tanks of transport vehicles for their propulsion or the operation of their specialized equipment (refrigerators, for example). The fuel cocks between the engine and the fuel tank of motor cycles and motor-assisted pedal cycles whose tanks contain fuel, shall be closed during transport; in addition, these motor cycles and motor-assisted pedal cycles shall be loaded upright and secured against falling.

• 2. 

  Provisions

• A. 

  Packages

• 1. 

  General conditions of packing

2302 (1) Packagings shall satisfy the conditions of Appendix A.5, unless special conditions for the packing of certain substances are prescribed in marginals 2303 to 2310.

• (2) 

  Intermediate bulk containers (IBCs) shall satisfy the conditions of Appendix A.6.

• (3) 

  In accordance with the provisions of marginals 2300 (3) and 3511 (2) or 3611 (2) the following shall be used:

• - 

  packagings of packing group I, marked with the letter 'X`, for the very dangerous substances classified under the letter (a) of each item;

• - 

  packagings of packing group II or I, marked with the letter 'Y`, or 'X`, or IBCs of packing group II, marked with the letter 'Y`, for the dangerous substances classified under the letter (b) of each item;

• - 

  packagings of packing group III, II or I, marked with the letter 'Z`, 'Y` or 'X`, or IBCs of packing group III or II, marked with the letter 'Z` or 'Y`, for the less dangerous substances classified under the letter (c) of each item.

Note: For the carriage of substances of Class 3 in tank-vehicles, demountable tanks or tank-containers, see Annex B.

• 2. 

  Special conditions for packing of certain substances

2303 Nitroglycerine, solution in alcohol, of 6° shall be packed in metal cans of not more than 1 litre capacity each, overpacked in a wooden box capable of containing not more than 5 litres of solution. Metal cans shall be completely surrounded with absorbent cushioning material. Wooden boxes shall be completely lined with suitable material impervious to water and nitroglycerine.

Packages of this kind shall satisfy the test requirements for combination packagings in accordance with Appendix A.5 for packing group II.

2304 (1) Propyleneimine of 12° shall be packed:

(a) in steel receptacles of sufficient thickness, which shall be closed by a screw-threaded bung or plug rendered leakproof both to liquid and to vapour by means of a suitable gasket. The receptacles shall initially and periodically, at least every five years, be tested at a pressure of not less than 0,3 MPa (3 bar) gauge pressure in accordance with marginals 2215 (1) and 2216. Each receptacle shall be secured by absorbent cushioning materials in a strong leakproof protective metal packaging. The protective packaging shall be hermetically closed and its closure shall be secured against any inadvertent opening. The mass of the contents shall not exceed 0,67 kg per litre of capacity. A package shall not weigh more than 75 kg. Packages weighing more than 30 kg, other than those forwarded as a full load, shall be fitted with means of handling; or

(b) in steel receptacles of sufficient thickness, which shall be closed by a screw-threaded bung and a screw-threaded protective cap or equivalent device leakproof both to liquid and to vapour. The receptacles shall initially and periodically, at least every five years, be tested at a pressure of at least 1 MPa (10 bar) gauge pressure in accordance with marginals 2215 (1) and 2216. The mass of the contents shall not exceed 0,67 kg per litre of capacity. A package shall not weigh more than 75 kg.

(c) Receptacles in conformity with (a) and (b) shall bear, in clearly legible and durable characters:

• - 

  the name or mark of the manufacturer and the number of the receptacle;

• - 

  the word 'propyleneimine`;

• - 

  the tare of the receptacle and its maximum permitted mass when filled;

• - 

  the date (month and year) of the initial test and of the most recent test undergone;

• - 

  the stamp of the expert who carried out the tests and examinations.

• (2) 

  Ethyl isocyanate of 13° shall be packed:

(a) in hermetically closed receptacles made of pure aluminium and having a capacity not exceeding 1 litre, which shall not be filled beyond 90 % of their capacity. The receptacles shall be secured, not more than 10 to a box, with appropriate cushioning material in a wooden box. Packages of this kind shall satisfy the test requirements for combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538 for packing group I, and shall not weigh more than 30 kg; or

(b) in receptacles made of pure aluminium having a wall thickness of not less than 5 mm or in receptacles of stainless steel. The receptacles shall be fully welded and shall initially and periodically, at least every five years, be tested at a pressure of at least 0,5 MPa (5 bar) gauge pressure in accordance with marginals 2215 (1) and 2216. They shall be so closed as to be leakproof by means of two closures one above the other, one of which shall be screw-threaded or secured in an equally effective manner. The degree of filling shall be not more than 90 %.

Drums weighing more than 100 kg shall be fitted with rolling hoops or stiffening ribs;

(c) Receptacles in conformity with (b) shall bear, in clearly legible and durable characters:

• - 

  the name or mark of the manufacturer and the number of the receptacle;

• - 

  the words 'ethyl isocyanate`;

• - 

  the tare of the receptacle and its maximum permitted mass when filled;

• - 

  the date (month and year) of the initial test and of the most recent test undergone;

• - 

  the stamp of the expert who carried out the tests and examinations.

2305 Substances classified under (a) of the various items shall be packed:

(a) in non-removable head steel drums conforming to marginal 3520; or

(b) in non-removable head aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521; or

(c) in non-removable head steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522; or

(d) in non-removable head plastics drums of a capacity not exceeding 60 litres or nonremovable head plastics jerricans conforming to marginal 3526; or

(e) in composite packagings (plastics material) conforming to marginal 3537; or

(f) in combination packagings with inner packagings of glass, plastics material or metal conforming to marginal 3538.

2306 (1) Substances classified under (b) of the various items shall be packed:

(a) in steel drums conforming to marginal 3520; or

(b) in aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521; or

(c) in steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522; or

(d) in plastics drums or jerricans conforming to marginal 3526; or

(e) in composite packagings (plastics material) conforming to marginal 3537; or

(f) in combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538.

Note 1 to (a), (b), (c) and (d): Nitromethane of 3° (b) shall not be carried in removable head packagings.

Note 2 to (a), (b), (c) and (d): Simplified conditions are applicable to removable-head drums or jerricans for viscous substances having a viscosity above 200 mm2/s at 23 °C (see marginals 3512, 3553, 3554 and 3560).

• (2) 

  Substances classified under (b) of 3°, 15°, 17°, 22°, 24° and 25° as well as the slightly toxic substances classified under (b) of 41° to 57° may also be packed in composite packagings (glass, porcelain or stoneware) conforming to marginal 3539.

• (3) 

  Substances classified under (b) of the various items with the exception of nitromethane of 3° (b) which have a vapour pressure at 50 °C of not more than 110 kPa (1.10 bar) may also be packed in metal IBCs conforming to marginal 3622, in rigid plastics IBCs conforming to marginal 3624 or in composite IBCs with rigid plastics inner receptacle conforming to marginal 3625.

2307 (1) Substances classified under (c) of the various items shall be packed:

(a) in steel drums conforming to marginal 3520; or

(b) in aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521; or

(c) in steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522; or

(d) in plastics drums or jerricans conforming to marginal 3526; or

(e) in composite packagings (plastics material) conforming to marginal 3537; or

(f) in combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538; or

(g) in composite packagings (glass, porcelain or stoneware) conforming to marginal 3539.

Note to (a), (b), (c) and d): Simplified conditions are applicable to removable-head drums and jerricans for viscous substances having a viscosity of more than 200 mm2/s at 23 °C (see marginals 3512, 3553, 3554 and 3560).

• (2) 

  Substances classified under (c) of the various items may also be packed in metal IBCs conforming to marginal 3622, in rigid plastics IBCs conforming to marginal 3624 or in composite IBCs with rigid plastics inner receptacle conforming to marginal 3625.

2308 (1) Ethyl alcohol and its aqueous solutions and alcoholic beverages of 3° (b) and 31° (c) may also be packed in bung-type wooden barrels conforming to marginal 3524.

• (2) 

  Alcoholic beverages containing more than 24 % alcohol but not more than 70 % by volume, when transported as part of the manufacturing process, may be transported in wooden casks with a capacity of not more than 500 litres, deviating from the provisions of Appendix A.5 on the following conditions:

(a) the casks shall be checked and tightened before filling;

(b) sufficient ullage (not less than 3 %) shall be left to allow for the expansion of the liquid;

(c) the casks shall be transported with the bungholes pointing upwards and,

(d) the casks shall be transported in containers meeting the requirements of the International Convention for Safe Containers (CSC), () as amended. Each cask shall be secured in custom made cradles and be wedged by appropriate means to prevent them from being displaced in any way during transport.

• (3) 

  Substances of 3° (b), 4° (b), 5° (b) and (c), 31° (c), 32° (c), 33° (c), 34° (c) and the slightly toxic substances classified under (b) of 41° to 57° may also be packed in light gauge metal packagings conforming to marginal 3540. Simplified conditions are applicable to removable-head light gauge metal packagings for viscous substances having a viscosity of more than 200 mm2/s at 23 °C and for substances of 5° (c). (See marginals 3512 and 3552 to 3554).

Note: Nitromethane of 3° (b) shall not be carried in removable-head packagings.

• (4) 

  The following substances: 1133 adhesives, 1210 printing ink, 1263 paint, 1263 paint-related material, 1866 resin solution and 3269 polyester resin kit of 5° (b), 5° (c) and 31° (c) may be carried in quantities not exceeding 5 litres in metal or plastics packagings meeting only the requirements of marginal 3500 (1), (2) and (5) to (7), provided the packagings are secured on pallets by straps, by shrink or stretch-wrapping or by other suitable means, or provided the packagings are inner packagings of a combination packaging with a maximum total gross mass of 40 kg. The information in the transport document shall conform to marginal 2314 (1) and (3).

2309 Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel tanks of 28° are admitted subject to either of the following conditions.

(a) the unit shall consist of an aluminium pressure vessel made from tubing and having welded heads. Primary containment of the fuel within this vessel shall consist of a welded aluminium bladder having a maximum internal volume of 46 litres. The outer vessel shall have a minimum design gauge pressure of 1,275 kPa and a minimum burst gauge pressure of 2,755 kPa. Each vessel shall be leak-checked during manufacture and before shipment and shall be found leakproof. The complete inner unit shall be securely packed in non-combustible cushioning material, such as vermiculite, in a strong outer tightly closed metal packaging which shall adequately protect all fittings. Maximum quantity of fuel per unit and package is 42 litres; or

(b) the unit shall consist of an aluminium pressure vessel. Primary containment of the fuel within this vessel shall consist of a welded hermetically sealed fuel compartment with an elastomeric bladder having a maximum internal volume of 46 litres. The pressure vessel shall have a minimum design gauge pressure of 2,860 kPa and a minimum burst gauge pressure of 5,170 kPa. Each vessel shall be leak-checked during manufacture and before shipment and shall be found leakproof. The complete inner unit shall be securely packed in non-combustible cushioning material, such as vermiculite, in a strong outer tightly closed metal packaging which shall adequately protect all fittings. Maximum quantity of fuel per unit and package is 42 litres.

2310 Receptacles or IBCs, containing preparations of 31° (c), 32° (c), and 33° (c), which give off small quantities of carbon dioxide and/or nitrogen, shall be vented, in accordance with marginals 3500 (8) or 3601 (6).

• 3. 

  Mixed packing

2311 (1) Substances covered by the same item number may be packed together in a combination packaging conforming to marginal 3538.

• (2) 

  Substances or articles of different items of this Class in quantities not exceeding 5 litres per inner packaging, may be packed together and/or with goods not subject to the provisions of this Directive in a combination packaging conforming to marginal 3538, provided they do not react dangerously with one another.

• (3) 

  Substances of 6°, 7°, 12° and 13° shall not be packed with other goods.

• (4) 

  Substances classified under (a) of the various items shall not be packed together with substances and articles of classes 1 and 5.2 (other than hardeners and compound systems) and material of class 7.

• (5) 

  Except as otherwise specially provided, substances classified under (a) of the various items, in quantities not exceeding 0,5 litre per inner packaging and 1 litre per package, and substances classified under (b) or (c) of the the various items, in quantities not exceeding 5 litres per inner packaging may be packed together in a combination packaging conforming to marginal 3538 with substances or articles of other classes, provided that mixed packing is also permitted for substances or articles of these classes, and/or with goods which are not subject to the provisions of this Directive, provided they do not react dangerously with one another.

• (6) 

  The following are considered dangerous reactions:

(a) combustion and/or giving off considerable heat;

(b) emission of flammable and/or toxic gases;

(c) formation of corrosive liquids;

(d) formation of unstable substances.

• (7) 

  The mixed packing of acid substances with basic substances in a package shall not be permitted if the two substances are packed in fragile receptacles.

• (8) 

  The provisions of marginals 2001 (7), 2002 (6) and (7) and 2302 shall be complied with.

• (9) 

  If wooden or fibreboard boxes are used, a package shall not weigh more than 100 kg.

• 4. 

  Marking and danger labels on packages (see Appendix A9)

Marking

2312 (1) Each package shall be clearly marked with the identification number of the goods to be entered in the transport document, preceded by the letters 'UN`.

Danger labels

• (2) 

  Packages containing substances or articles of this Class shall bear a label conforming to model No 3.

• (3) 

  Packages containing substances of 11° to 19°, 32° and 41° to 57° shall in addition bear a label conforming to model No 6.1.

• (4) 

  Packages containing substances of 21° to 26° and 33° shall in addition bear a label conforming to model No 8.

• (5) 

  Packages containing substances or articles of 27° and 28° shall in addition bear a label conforming to model No 6.1 and a label conforming to model No 8.

• (6) 

  Packages containing fragile receptacles not visible from the outside shall in addition bear on two opposite sides a label conforming to model No 12.

• (7) 

  Packages containing receptacles, the closures of which are not visible from the outside and packages containing vented receptacles or vented receptacles without outer packaging shall in addition bear on two opposite sides a label conforming to model No 11.

2313

• B. 

  Particulars in the transport document

2314 (1) The description of the goods in the transport document shall conform to one of the identification numbers and names printed in italics in marginal 2301.

If the substance is not mentioned by name, but is assigned to an n.o.s. entry, or to another collective entry the description of the goods shall consist of the identification number and the n.o.s. designation or the collective entry designation, followed by the chemical or technical name. ()

The description of the goods shall be followed by particulars of the class, the item number, if applicable, the letter, and the initials 'ADR` (or 'RID`), (e.g. '3, 1° (a), ADR`).

For substances and preparations of 41° to 57°, the name shall be entered for the most dangerous component, both of the pesticide element () and of the flammable liquid element (e.g 'parathion in hexane`).

For the carriage of wastes (see marginal 2000 (5)), the description of the goods shall be: 'Waste containing `, the component(s) used for the classification of the waste under marginal 2002 (8) to be entered under its/their chemical name(s), e.g. 'Waste, containing 1230 methanol, 3, 17° (b)`.

For the carriage of solutions or mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) containing several components subject to the provisions of this Directive, it will not in general be necessary to refer to more than two components which most predominantly contribute to the danger or dangers of the solutions and mixtures.

For the carriage of solutions or mixtures containing only one component subject to the provisions of this Directive, the words 'solution` or 'mixture` should be added as part of the name in the transport document [see marginal 2002 (8)].

If a solution or mixture specifically named or containing a specifically named substance is not subject to the conditions of this Class in accordance with marginal 2300 (5), the consignor may enter in the transport document: 'Not goods of Class 3`.

• (2) 

  For consignments in accordance with the Note under E of marginal 2301, the consignor shall enter in the transport document 'Transport in accordance with note under E of marginal 2301`.

• (3) 

  For consignments in accordance with marginal 2308 (4), the consignor shall enter in the transport document 'Transport in accordance with marginal 2308 (4)`.

2315-

2321

• C. 

  Empty packagings

2322 (1) Empty packagings, including empty IBCs, uncleaned, of 71°, shall be closed in the same way and with the same degree of leakproofness as if they were full.

• (2) 

  Empty packagings, including empty IBCs, uncleaned, of 71°, shall bear the same danger labels as if they were full.

• (3) 

  The description in the transport document shall conform to one of the names printed in italics in 71°, e.g. 'Empty packaging 3, 71°, ADR`.

In the case of empty tank-vehicles, empty demountable tanks and empty tank-containers, uncleaned, this description shall be completed by adding the words 'Last load`, together with the name and item number of the goods last loaded, e.g. 'Last load 1089 acetaldehyde, 1° (a)`.

2323-

2324

• D. 

  Transitional measures

2325 Substances of class 3 may be carried until 30 June 1995 in accordance with the requirements for class 3 applicable until 31 December 1994. The transport document shall, in such cases, bear the inscription 'Carriage in accordance with the ADR in force before 1 January 1995`.

2326-

2399

CLASS 4.1 FLAMMABLE SOLIDS

• 1. 

  List of substances

2400 (1) Among the substances and articles covered by the title of Class 4.1, those which are listed in marginal 2401 or are covered by a collective entry in that marginal are subject to the conditions set out in marginals 2400 (2) to 2422 and to the provisions of this Annex and of Annex B. They are then considered as substances and articles of this Directive.

Note: For the quantities of substances listed in marginal 2401 which are not subject to the provisions for this Class, either in this Annex or in Annex B, see marginal 2401a.

• (2) 

  The title of Class 4.1 covers substances and articles which have a melting-point greater than 20 °C or are pasty, according to the criteria of the penetrometer test (see Appendix A.3, marginal 3310) or are not liquid according to the ASTM D 4359-90 test method, or which are selfreactive liquids. The following are assigned to Class 4.1:

• - 

  readily flammable solid substances and articles, and those which can be ignited by flying sparks or can cause fire through friction;

• - 

  self-reactive substances which (at normal or elevated temperatures), are liable to undergo strongly exothermal decomposition caused by excessively high carriage temperatures or by contact with impurities;

• - 

  substances related to self-reactive substances, which are distinguished from the latter by having a self-accelerating decomposition temperature greater that 75 °C, and are liable to undergo a strongly exothermic decomposition and may, in certain packagings, meet the criteria for explosive substances of Class 1;

• - 

  explosives, which are wetted with such a quantity of water or alcohol or which contain such a quantity of plasticizing or inerting agent, that their explosive properties are neutralized.

Notes: 1. Self-reactive substances and formulations of self-reactive substances are not considered to be self-reactive substances of Class 4.1 if:

• - 

  they are explosives according to the criteria of Class 1;

• - 

  they are oxidizing substances according to the assignment procedure of Class 5.1;

• - 

  they are organic peroxides according to the criteria of Class 5.2;

• - 

  their heat of decomposition is less than 300 J/g;

• - 

  their self-accelerating decomposition temperature (SADT) is greater than 75 °C for a 50 kg package;

• - 

  tests have proved that they are exempted as type G [see Appendix A.1, marginal 3104 (2) (g)].

• 2. 

  The heat of decomposition can be determined using any internationally recognized method e.g. Differential Scanning Calorimetry and adiabatic calorimetry.

• 3. 

  The self-accelerating decomposition temperature (SADT) is the lowest temperature at which self-accelerating decomposition may occur with a substance in the packaging as used during carriage. Requirements for the determination of the SADT are given in Appendix A.1, marginal 3103.

• (3) 

  The substances and articles of Class 4.1 are subdivided as follows:

• A. 

  Solid organic flammable substances and articles

• B. 

  Solid inorganic flammable substances and articles

• C. 

  Explosive substances in non-explosive state

• D. 

  Substances related to self-reactive substances

• E. 

  Self-reactive substances not requiring temperature control

• F. 

  Self-reactive substances requiring temperature control

• G. 

  Empty packagings

Substances and articles of Class 4.1, with the exception of substances of 5° and 15°, classified under the various items of marginal 2401, shall be assigned to one of the following groups designated by the letter (a), (b) or (c) according to their degree of danger:

(a) very dangerous

(b) dangerous

(c) less dangerous

All solid substances, normally wetted, which, if in the dry state, would be classified as explosives, are assigned to letter (a) of the various items.

Self-reactive substances are assigned to letter (b) of the various items.

Substances related to self-reactive substances are assigned to letters (b) or (c) of the various items.

• (4) 

  The assignment of substances and articles not specifically named to 3° to 8° of marginal 2401, as well as within these items to the letters, can be based on experience or on the results of the test procedures in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3320 and 3321. Assignment to 11° to 14°, 16° and 17° as well as within these items to the letters, shall be based on the results of the test procedure in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3320 and 3321; experience shall also be taken into account when it leads to a more strictly-based assignment.

• (5) 

  When substances or articles not specifically named are assigned to the items of marginal 2401 on the basis of the test procedures in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3320 and 3321, the following criteria apply:

(a) Readily flammable powdery, granular or pasty substances of 1°, 4°, 6° to 8°, 11°, 12°, 14°, 16° and 17°, shall be assigned to Class 4.1 if they can be easily ignited by brief contact with an ignition source (e.g a burning match), or if, in the event of ignition, the flame spreads rapidly, the combustion time is less than 45 seconds for a measured distance of 100 mm or the speed of combustion is greater than 2,2 mm/s.

(b) Metal powders or powders of metal alloys of 13° shall be assigned to Class 4.1 if they can be ignited by a flame and the reaction spreads over the whole sample in less than 10 minutes.

• (6) 

  When substances and articles not specifically named are assigned to the letters of the items of marginal 2401 on the basis of test procedures in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3320 and 3321, the following criteria apply:

(a) Flammable solids of 4°, 6° to 8°, 11°, 12°, 14°, 16° and 17°, which, when tested, have a combustion time of less than 45 seconds over a measured distance of 100 mm shall be assigned to:

(i) letter (b) if the flame passes the wetted zone;

(ii) letter (c) if the wetted zone stops the flame for at least four minutes;

(b) Metal powders or powders of metal alloys of 13° in which, when tested, the reaction:

(i) spreads over the whole length of the sample in five minutes or less, shall be assigned to letter (b);

(ii) spreads over the whole length of the sample in more than five minutes shall be assigned to letter (c).

• (7) 

  If substances of Class 4.1, as a result of admixtures, come into different categories of risk from those to which the substances of marginal 2401 belong, these mixtures shall be assigned to the items and letters to which they belong on the basis of their actual degree of danger.

Note: For the classification of solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) see also marginal 2002 (8).

• (8) 

  When substances and articles are specifically named under more than one letter of the same item of marginal 2401, the relevant letter may be determined on the basis of the results of the test procedures in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3320 and 3321 and the criteria set out in (6).

• (9) 

  On the basis of the test procedures in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3320 and 3321 and the criteria set out in (6), it may also be determined whether the nature of a specifically named substance is such that the substance is not subject to the provisions for this Class (see marginal 2414).

• (10) 

  The chemically unstable substances of Class 4.1 are to be accepted for carriage only if the necessary steps have been taken to prevent their dangerous decomposition or polymerization during carriage. To this end, it shall in particular be ensured that receptacles do not contain any substance liable to promote these reactions.

• (11) 

  Flammable solids, oxidizing, assigned to identification number 3097 of the United Nations Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, are not to be accepted for carriage (see, however, marginal 2002 (8), footnote (¹) to the table in paragraph 2.3.1).

Self-reactive substances

• (12) 

  The decomposition of self-reactive substances can be initiated by heat, contact with catalytic impurities (e.g. acids, heavy-metal compounds, bases), friction or impact. The rate of decomposition increases with temperature and varies with the substance. Decomposition, particularly if no ignition occurs, may result in the evolution of toxic gases or vapours. For certain self-reactive substances, the temperature should be controlled. Some self-reactive substances may decompose explosively, particularly if confined.

This characteristic may be modified by the addition of diluents or by the use of appropriate packagings. Some self-reactive substances burn vigorously. Self-reactive substances are, for example, some compounds of the types listed below:

aliphatic azo compounds (-C-N=N-C-);

organic azides (-C-N3);

diazonium salts (-CN2+ Z P);

N-nitroso compounds (-N-N=O); and

aromatic sulphohydrazides (-SO2-NH-NH2).

This list is not exhaustive and substances with other reactive groups and some mixtures of substances may have similar properties.

• (13) 

  Self-reactive substances are classified into seven types according to the degree of danger. The principles to be applied to the classification of substances not listed in marginal 2401 are set out in Appendix A.1, marginal 3104. The types of self-reactive substance range from type A, which is not accepted for carriage in the packaging in which it is tested, to type G, which is not subject to the provisions for self-reactive substances of Class 4.1 [see marginal 2414 (5)]. The classification of types B to F is directly related to the maximum quantity allowed in one packaging.

• (14) 

  The following self-reactive substances shall not be permitted for carriage:

• - 

  self-reactive substances type A [see Appendix A.1, marginal 3104 (2) (a)];

• (15) 

  Self-reactive substances and formulations of self-reactive substances listed in marginal 2401 are assigned to 31° to 50°, identification numbers 3221 to 3240.

The classifications for substances of 31° to 50° are based on the technically pure substance (except where a concentration of less than 100 % is specified). For other concentrations, the substance may be classified differently following the procedures in Appendix A.1, marginal 3104.

The collective entries specify:

• - 

  self-reactive substances types B to F, see paragraph (13) above;

• - 

  physical state (liquid-solid); and

• - 

  temperature control (when required), see paragraph (20) below.

• (16) 

  Classification of self-reactive substances or formulations of self-reactive substances not listed in marginal 2401 and assignment to a collective entry shall be made by the competent authority of the Member State.

• (17) 

  Activators, such as zinc compounds, may be added to some self-reactive substances to change their reactivity. Depending on both the type and the concentration of the activator, this may result in a decrease in thermal stability and a change in explosive properties. If either of these properties is altered, the new formulation shall be assessed in accordance with the classification procedure.

• (18) 

  Samples of self-reactive substances or formulations of self-reactive substances not listed in marginal 2401, for which a complete set of test results is not available and which are to be carried for further testing or evaluation, shall be assigned to one of the appropriate entries for self-reactive substances type C provided the following conditions are met:

• - 

  the available data indicates that the sample would be no more dangerous than selfreactive substances type B;

• - 

  the sample is packaged in accordance with packing method OP2A or OP2B and the quantity per transport unit is limited to 10 kg;

• - 

  the available data indicate that the control temperature, if any, is sufficiently low to prevent any dangerous decomposition and sufficiently high to prevent any dangerous phase separation.

• (19) 

  In order to ensure safety during carriage, self-reactive substances are in many cases desensitized by use of a diluent. Where a percentage of a substance is stipulated, this refers to the percentage by mass, rounded to the nearest whole number. If a diluent is used, the self-reactive substance shall be tested with the diluant present in the concentration and form used in carriage. Diluents which may allow a self-reactive substance to concentrate to a dangerous extent in the event of leakage from a packaging shall not be used. Any diluent shall be compatible with the selfreactive substance. In this regard, compatible diluents are those solids or liquids which have no detrimental influence on the thermal stability and hazard type of the self-reactive substance. Liquid diluents in formulations requiring temperature control [see paragraph (20)] shall have a boiling point of at least 60 °C and a flashpoint not less than 5 °C. The boiling point of the liquid shall be at least 50 °C higher than the control temperature of the self-reactive substance.

• (20) 

  The control temperature is the maximum temperature at which the self-reactive substance can be safely carried. It is assumed that the temperature of the immediate surroundings of a package only exceeds 55 °C during carriage for a relatively short time in a 24 hours period. In the event of loss of temperature control, it may be necessary to implement emergency procedures. The emergency temperature is the temperature at which such procedures shall be implemented.

The control and emergency temperatures are derived from the SADT (see Table 1). The SADT shall be determined in order to decide whether a substance shall be subjected to temperature control during carriage. Provisions for the determination of the SADT are given in Appendix A.1, marginal 3103.

>TABLE>

Self-reactive substances with an SADT not greater than 55 °C shall be subject to temperature control during carriage. Where applicable, control and emergency temperatures are listed in marginal 2401. The actual temperature during carriage may be lower than the control temperature but shall be selected so as to avoid dangerous separation of phases.

• A. 

  Solid organic flammable substances and articles

2401 1° Substances obtained from the processing of rubber in flammable form:

(b) 1345 rubber scrap, ground or 1345 rubber shoddy, powdered or granulated.

2° Flammable articles in commercial form:

(c) 1331 matches, 'strike anywhere`, 1944 matches, safety (book, card or box), 1945 matches, wax, 2254 matches, fusee, 2623 firelighters, solid, with flammable liquid.

3° Articles made from weakly nitrated nitrocellulose:

(c) 1324 films, nitrocellulose base, gelatin-coated, except scrap, 2000 celluloid in block, rods, rolls, sheets, tubes, etc., except scrap, 1353 fibres impregnated with weakly nitrated nitrocellulose, n.o.s. or 1353 fabrics impregnated with weakly nitrated nitrocellulose, n.o.s.

Note: 2006 plastics, nitrocellulose-based, self-heating, n.o.s., and 2002 celluloid scrap are substances of Class 4.2 (see marginal 2431, 4°).

4° (c) 3175 solids or mixtures of solids (such as preparations and wastes) containing flammable liquid n.o.s. having a flash-point up to 100 °C.

5° Organic flammable substances in the molten state:

2304 naphthalene, molten,

3176 flammable solid, organic, molten, n.o.s.

Note: 1334 naphthalene, crude or refined, is a substance of 6°.

6° Organic flammable solids, non-toxic and non-corrosive, and mixtures of organic flammable solids, non-toxic and non-corrosive (such as preparations and wastes), which cannot be classified under other collective entries:

(b) 1325 flammable solid, organic, n.o.s.;

(c) 1312 borneol, 1328 hexamethylenetetramine, 1332 metaldehyde, 1334 naphthalene, crude or 1334 naphthalene, refined, 2213 paraformaldehyde, 2538 nitronaphthalene, 2717 camphor, synthetic, 1325 flammable solid, organic, n.o.s.

Note: 2304 naphthalene, molten, is a substance of 5°.

7° Organic flammable solids, toxic, and mixtures of organic flammable solids, toxic (such as preparations and wastes), which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(b) 2926 flammable solid, toxic, organic, n.o.s.;

(c) 2926 flammable solid, toxic, organic, n.o.s.

Note: For toxicity criteria, see marginal 2600 (3).

8° Organic flammable solids, corrosive, and mixtures of organic flammable solids, corrosive (such as preparations and wastes), which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(b) 2925 flammable solid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s.;

(c) 2925 flammable solid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s.

Note: For corrosivity criteria see marginal 2800 (3).

• B. 

  Solid inorganic flammable substances and articles

11° Inorganic non-metallic substances in flammable form:

(b) 1339 phosphorus heptasulphide (P4S7) free from yellow and white phosphorus, 1341 phosphorus sesquisulphide (P4S3) free from yellow and white phosphorus, 1343 phosphorus trisulphide (P4S6) free from yellow and white phosphorus, 2989 lead phosphite, dibasic, 3178 flammable solid, inorganic, n.o.s.;

Note: Phosphorus sulphides which are not free from yellow and white phosphorus are not to be accepted for carriage.

(c) 1338 phosphorus, amorphous, 1350 sulphur (also flowers of sulphur), 2989 lead phosphite, dibasic, 2687 dicyclohexylammonium nitrate, 3178 flammable solid, inorganic, n.o.s.

Note: 2448 sulphur, molten, is a substance of 15°.

12° Flammable metal salts of organic compounds:

(b) 3181 metal salts of organic compounds, flammable, n.o.s.;

(c) 1313 calcium resinate, 1314 calcium resinate, fused, 1318 cobalt resinate, precipitated, 1330 manganese resinate, 2001 cobalt naphthenates, powder, 2714 zinc resinate, 2715 aluminium resinate, metal salts of organic compounds, flammable, n.o.s.

13° Metals and metal alloys in powdered or other flammable form:

Notes: 1. Metals and metal alloys in powdered or other flammable form, liable to spontaneous combustion, are substances of Class 4.2 (see marginal 2431, 12°).

• 2. 

  Metals and metal alloys in powdered or other flammable form which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases are substances of Class 4.3 (see marginal 2471, 11° to 15°).

(b) 1309 aluminium powder, coated, 1323 ferrocerium, 1326 hafnium powder, wetted with not less than 25 % (mass) water, 1333 cerium, slabs, rods, ingots, 1352 titanium powder, wetted with not less than 25 % (mass) water, 1358 zirconium powder, wetted with not less than 25 % (mass) water, 3089 metal powder, flammable, n.o.s.;

Notes: 1. Hafnium, titanium and zirconium powders shall contain a visible excess of water.

• 2. 

  Hafnium, titanium and zirconium powders, wetted, mechanically produced, of a particle size of 53 microns and over, or chemically produced, of a particle size of 840 microns and over, are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

(c) 1309 aluminium powder, coated, 1346 silicon powder, amorphous, 1869 magnesium or 1869 magnesium alloys, pellets, turnings or ribbons, 2858 zirconium, dry, coiled wire, finished metal sheets, strip (thinner than 254 microns but not thinner than 18 microns), 2878 titanium sponge granules or 2878 titanium sponge powder, 3089 metal powder, flammable, n.o.s.

Notes: 1. Magnesium alloys with not more than 50 % magnesium are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• 2. 

  Silicon powder in any other form is not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• 3. 

  2009 zirconium, dry, finished sheets, strip or coiled wire, in thicknesses of less than 18 microns, is a substance of Class 4.2 [see marginal 2431, 12° (c)]. Zirconium, dry, finished sheets, strip or coiled wire, in thicknesses of 254 microns or more, is not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

14° Flammable metal hydrides:

(b) 1437 zirconium hydride, 1871 titanium hydride, 3182 metal hydrides, flammable, n.o.s.;

(c) 3182 metal hydrides, flammable, n.o.s.

Notes: 1. Metal hydrides which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases are substances of Class 4.3 (see marginal 2471, 16°).

• 2. 

  2870 aluminium borohydride or 2870 aluminium borohydride in devices is a substance of Class 4.2 [see marginal 2431, 17° (a)].

15° The following inorganic flammable substance in molten form:

2448 sulphur, molten.

Notes: 1. 1350 solid sulphur is a substance of 11° (c).

• 2. 

  Other inorganic flammable substances in molten form are not to be accepted for carriage.

16° Inorganic flammable solids, toxic, and mixtures of inorganic flammable solids, toxic (such as preparations and wastes), which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(b) 1868 decaborane, 3179 flammable solid, toxic, inorganic, n.o.s.;

(c) 3179 flammable solid, toxic, inorganic, n.o.s.

Note: For toxicity criteria, see marginal 2600 (3).

17° Inorganic flammable solids, corrosive, and mixtures of inorganic flammable solids, corrosive (such as preparations and wastes), which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(b) 3180 flammable solid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s.;

(c) 3180 flammable solid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s.

Note: For corrosivity criteria, see marginal 2800 (3).

• C. 

  Explosive substances in the non-explosive state

Notes: 1. Explosive substances in the non-explosive state, other than those listed in 21° to 25°, are not to be accepted for carriage as substances of Class 4.1.

• 2. 

  Special packing requirements are applicable for substances of 21° to 26° (see marginal 2404).

21° The following water-wetted explosive substances:

(a) 1310 ammonium picrate, wetted with not less than 10 % (mass) water, 1322 dinitroresorcinol, wetted with not less than 15 % (mass) water, 1336 nitroguanidine (picrite), wetted with not less than 20 % (mass) water, 1337 nitrostarch, wetted with not less than 20 % (mass) water, 1344 trinitrophenol, wetted with not less than 30 % (mass) water, 1347 silver picrate, wetted with not less than 30 % (mass) water, 1349 sodium picramate, wetted with not less than 20 % (mass) water, 1354 trinitrobenzene, wetted with not less than 30 % (mass) water, 1355 trinitrobenzoic acid, wetted with not less than 30 % (mass) water, 1356 trinitrotoluene, wetted with not less than 30 % (mass) water, 1357 urea nitrate, wetted with not less than 20 % (mass) water, 1517 zirconium picramate, wetted with not less than 20 % (mass) water, 2852 dipicryl sulphide, wetted with not less than 10 % (mass) water.

22° The following toxic water-wetted explosive substances:

(a) 1320 dinitrophenol, wetted with not less than 15 % (mass) water, 1321 dinitrophenolates, wetted with not less than 15 % (mass) water, 1348 sodium dininitro-o-cresolate, wetted with not less than 15 % (mass) water.

Notes to 21° and 22°: 1. Explosive substances with a water content lower than the stated limits are substances of Class 1.

• 2. 

  The water shall be homogeneously distributed over the entire explosive substance. During carriage there shall not be any separation of the mixture which reduces the inerting effect.

• 3. 

  Water-wetted explosives shall not be capable of being brought to detonation by the action of the standard detonator (), and they shall not be capable of being brought to mass explosion by the effect of a powerful booster.

23° The following explosive substance rendered inert:

(b) 2907 isosorbide dinitrate mixture with not less than 60 % lactose, mannose, starch or calcium hydrogen phosphate or with other phlegmatizers, provided that such phlegmatizer has inerting properties which are at least as effective.

24° The following nitrated cellulose mixtures:

(a) 2555 nitrocellulose with not less than 25 % (mass) water, 2556 nitrocellulose with not less than 25 % (mass) alcohol and not more than 12.6 % nitrogen in the dry mass, 2557 nitrocellulose, with not more than 12.6 % nitrogen, by dry mass, mixture with or without platicizer, with or without pigment.

Notes: 1. 2556 nitrocellulose with not less than 25 % (mass) alcohol, or 2557 nitrocellulose with not more than 12.6 % nitrogen, by dry mass, mixture with or without plasticizer, with or without pigment, shall be packed in receptacles so constructed that explosion by reason of increased internal pressure is not possible.

• 2. 

  Nitrocellulose mixtures with a water content, alcohol content or plasticizer content lower than the stated limits are substances of Class 1 (see marginal 2101, 4° and 26°).

25° The following toxic azide:

(a) 1571 barium azide, wetted with not less than 50 % (mass) water.

Note: Barium azide with a water content lower than the stated limit is not to be accepted for carriage.

• D. 

  Substances related to self-reactive substances

26° The following substances related to self-reactive substances:

(b) 3242 azodicarbonamide

(c) 2956 5-tert-butyl-2,4,6-trinitro-m-xylene (musk xylene), 3251 isosorbide-5-mononitrate.

Notes: 1. Special packing requirements are applicable for substances of 26° [see marginal 2404 (3)].

• 2. 

  Isosorbide-5-mononitrate or formulations of this substance which have been shown by the performance of tests series 2 of the Class 1 assignment procedure [see Appendix A.1, marginal 3101 (1)] to be too insensitive for inclusion in Class 1 are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• E. 

  Self-reactive substances not requiring temperature control

31° (b) 3221 self-reactive liquid type B ()

32° (b) 3222 self-reactive liquid type B, such as:

>TABLE>

33° (b) 3223 self-reactive liquid type C, such as

>TABLE>

34° (b) 3224 self-reactive solid, type C, such as:

>TABLE>

35° (b) 3225 self-reactive liquid type D ().

36° (b) 3226 self-reactive solid type D, such as:

>TABLE>

37° (b) 3227 self-reactive liquid type E ().

38° (b) 3228 self-reactive solid type E ().

39° (b) 3229 self-reactive liquid type F ().

40° (b) 3230 self-reactive solid type F ().

• F. 

  Self-reactive substances requiring temperature control

Note: Substances of 41° to 50° are self-reactive substances which decompose easily at normal temperatures and shall therefore be carried only under conditions of adequate refrigeration. For these self-reactive substances, the maximum temperature during carriage shall not exceed the control temperature indicated.

41° (b) 3231 self-reactive liquid type B, temperature controlled (),

42° (b) 3232 self-reactive solid type B, temperature controlled, such as:

>TABLE>

43° (b) 3233 self-reactive liquid type C, temperature controlled, such as:

>TABLE>

44° (b) 3234 self-reactive solid type C, temperature controlled, such as:

>TABLE>

45° (b) 3235 self-reactive liquid type D, temperature controlled, such as:

>TABLE>

46° (b) 3236 self-reactive solid type D, temperature controlled, such as:

>TABLE>

47° (b) 3237 self-reactive liquid type E, temperature controlled (),

48° (b) 3238 self-reactive solid type E, temperature controlled (),

49° (b) 3239 self-reactive liquid type F, temperature controlled (),

50° (b) 3240 self-reactive solid type F, temperature controlled (),

• G. 

  Empty packagings

51° Empty packagings, including empty intermediate bulk containers (IBCs), empty tank-vehicles, empty demountable tanks, and empty tank-containers, uncleaned, as well as empty vehicles for carriage in bulk and empty small bulk containers, uncleaned which have contained substances of Class 4.1.

2401a Substances of 1° to 4°, 6° and 11° to 14°, carried in accordance with the following provisions shall not be subject to the conditions for this Class contained in this Annex and in Annex B):

(a) Substances classified under (b) of each item, up to 3 kg per inner packaging and 12 kg per package;

(b) Substances classified under (c) of each item, up to 6 kg per inner packaging and 24 kg per package.

These quantities of substances shall be carried in combination packagings which at least meet the conditions of marginal 3538.

The 'General packing conditions` of marginal 3500 (1) and (2) as well as (5) to (7) shall be observed.

• 2. 

  Provisions

• A. 

  Packages

• 1. 

  General conditions of packing

2402 (1) Packagings shall satisfy the conditions of Appendix A.5, unless special conditions are prescribed in marginals 2403 to 2405 and 2408 for the packing of certain substances.

Intermediate bulk containers (IBCs) shall conform to the conditions of Appendix A.6.

• (2) 

  In accordance with the provisions of marginals 2400 (3) and 3511 (2) or 3611 (2) respectively, the following shall be used:

packagings of packing group I, marked with the letter 'X`, for very dangerous substances classified under (a) of each item;

packagings of packing groups II or I, marked with the letter 'Y` or 'X`, or IBCs of packing group II, marked with the letter 'Y`, for dangerous substances classified under (b) of each item;

packagings of packing groups III, II or I, marked with the letter 'Z`, 'Y` or 'X`, or IBCs of packing groups III or II, marked with the letter 'Z` or 'Y`, for less dangerous substances classified under (c) of each item.

Note: For the carriage of substances of Class 4.1 in tank-vehicles, demountable tanks and tank-containers, as well as for carriage in bulk, see Annex B.

• 2. 

  Special conditions for packing of certain substances

2403 Substances of 5° and molten sulphur of 15° may be carried only in tank-vehicles (see Appendix B.1a) or in tank-containers (see Appendix B.1b).

2404 (1) Substances of 21°, 22°, 23° and 25° shall be packed:

(a) in drums conforming to marginal 3523 for plywood, marginal 3525 for fibreboard or marginal 3526 for plastics material, in each case with one or more moisture-proof inner bags, or

(b) in combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538 with moisture-proof inner packagings. However, no inner or outer packagings of metal shall be permitted.

The packagings shall be so designed that the water content or the content of phlegmatizer, which is added to the substance to render it inert, cannot diminish during carriage.

• (2) 

  Substances of 24° shall be packed in:

(a) removable-head steel drums conforming to marginal 3520, or

(b) removable-head aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521, or

(c) removable-head steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522, or

(d) plywood drums conforming to marginal 3523, or

(e) fibre drums conforming to marginal 3525, or

(f) fibreboard boxes conforming to marginal 3530, or

(g) steel or aluminium boxes conforming to marginal 3532, or

(h) combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538; however, no inner or outer packagings of metal shall be permitted.

Metal receptacles shall be so constructed and closed that they yield to an internal pressure of not more than 300 kPa (3 bar).

2555 nitrocellulose with not less than 25 % (mass) water may also be packed in plastics drums and jerricans conforming to marginal 3526.

If 2557 nitrocellulose, with not more than 12,6 % nitrogen, by dry mass, mixture with or without plasticizer, with or without pigment is packed in metal receptacles, an inner bag of multi-wall paper shall be used.

If 2555 nitrocellulose with not less than 25 % (mass) water or 2556 nitrocellulose with not less than 25 % (mass) alcohol is packed in plywood drums, fibre drums or fibreboard boxes, a moisture-proof inner bag, a plastics film lining or an inner coating of plastics material shall be used.

All packagings shall be so designed that the water, alcohol or phlegmatizer content cannot diminish during carriage.

• (3) 

  (a) Substances of item 26° shall be packed in fibre drums conforming to marginal 3525 with plastics lining or an equally effective inner coating. A package shall not weigh more than 50 kg.

(b) 3242 azodicarbonamide of 26° (b) may also be packed:

• - 

  an inner packaging of a single plastics bag in a fibreboard box, of maximum contents 50 kg, or

• - 

  inner packagings of plastics bottles, jars, bags or boxes, of maximum contents 5 kg each, within an outer packaging of a fibreboard box or a fibre drum of maximum contents 25 kg.

2405 (1) Substances of 31° shall be packed using packing methods listed in Table 2 and designated OP1A to OP8A for liquids and OP1B to OP8B for solids. Substances shall be packed as indicated in marginal 2401 and as set out in detail in Table 2 (A) and 2 (B). A packing method corresponding to a smaller package size (i.e. with a lower OP number) may be used but a packing method corresponding to a larger package size (i.e. with a higher OP number) shall not be used. Metal packagings meeting the test criteria of packing group I shall not be used. For combination packagings, cushioning materials shall not be readily combustible and shall not cause decomposition of the self-reactive substance if leakage occurs.

• (2) 

  Packages bearing a label conforming to model No 01 in accordance with marginal 2412 (5) shall comply with the provisions of marginal 2102 (4) and (6).

• (3) 

  For self-reactive substances or formulations of self-reactive substances not listed in marginal 2401, the following procedure shall be used to assign the appropriate packing method:

(a) self-reactive substances type B:

Substances shall be assigned packing method OP5A or OP5B provided that they satisfy the criteria of Appendix A.1, marginal 3104 (2) (b) in one of the packagings indicated. If the self-reactive substance can only satisfy these criteria in a smaller packaging than those listed for packing method OP5A or OP5B (i.e. one of the packagings listed for OP1A to OP4A or OP1B to OP4B), then the corresponding packing method with the lower OP number shall be assigned.

(b) self-reactive substances type C:

Substances shall be assigned packing method OP6A or OP6B provided that they satisfy the criteria of Appendix A.1, marginal 3104 (2) (c) in one of the packagings indicated. If the self-reactive substance can only satisfy these criteria in a smaller packaging than those listed for packing method OP6A or OP6B then the corresponding packing method with the lower OP number shall be assigned.

(c) self-reactive substances type D:

Packing method OP7A or OP7B shall be used.

(d) self-reactive substances type E:

Packing method OP8A or OP8B shall be used.

(e) self-reactive substances type F:

Packing method OP8A or OP8B shall be used.

• (4) 

  Substances of 39° (b), 40° (b), 49° (b) or 50° (b) may be carried in IBCs under conditions laid down by the competent authority of the country of origin when, on the basis of testing, the competent authority is satisfied that such carriage may be safely conducted. The tests shall include those necessary:

• - 

  to prove that the self-reactive substance complies with the principles for classification given in Appendix A.1, marginal 3104 (2) (f);

• - 

  to prove the compatibility with all materials normally in contact with the substance during carriage;

• - 

  to determine, when applicable, the control and emergency temperatures associated with the carriage of the substance in the IBC concerned as derived from the SADT;

• - 

  to design, when applicable, emergency-relief devices; and

• - 

  to determine if any special requirements are necessary.

• (5) 

  To prevent explosive rupture of metal IBCs or composite IBCs with full wall metal casing, the emergency-relief devices shall be designed to vent all the decomposition products and vapours evolved during a period of not less than one hour of fire engulfment (heat load 110 kW/m2) or self-accelerating decomposition.

• (6) 

  Receptacles or IBCs, containing substances of 31° (b), 33° (b), 35° (b), 37° (b), 39° (b), 41° (b), 43° (b), 45° (b), 47° (b) or 49° (b), which give off small quantities of gases, shall be vented, in accordance with marginal 3500 (8) or 3601 (6).

>TABLE>

>TABLE>

2406 (1) Substances classified under (b) of 1° to 17° shall be packed in:

(a) steel drums conforming to marginal 3520, or

(b) aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521, or

(c) steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522, or

(d) plastics drums and jerricans conforming to marginal 3526, or

(e) composite packagings (plastics material) conforming to marginal 3537, or

(f) combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538, or

(g) composite packagings (glass, porcelain, stoneware) conforming to marginal 3539, or

(h) metal IBCs conforming to marginal 3622.

• (2) 

  Substances classified under (b) of 1° to 17° with a melting-point above 45 °C or are pasty according to the criteria of the penetrometer test (see Appendix A.3 marginal 3310), or are not liquid according to the ASTM D 4359-90 test method may also be packed in:

(a) plywood drums conforming to marginal 3523 or fibre drums conforming to marginal 3525, if necessary with one or more sift-proof inner bags, or

(b) boxes conforming to marginal 3532 for steel or aluminium, marginal 3527 for natural wood, marginal 3528 for plywood, marginal 3529 for reconstituted wood, marginal 3530 for fibreboard, or marginal 3531 for plastics, if necessary with one or more sift-proof inner bags, or

(c) sift-proof bags conforming to marginal 3533 for textiles, marginal 3534 for woven plastics, marginal 3535 for plastics film or marginal 3536 for paper, provided that the goods are carried as a full load or the bags are loaded on pallets.

• (3) 

  Substances classified under (b) of 1°, 6°, 7°, 8°, 12°, 13°, 16° and 17° may also be packed in:

(a) rigid plastics IBCs conforming to marginal 3624, or

(b) composite IBCs with plastics inner receptacle conforming to marginal 3625, excluding types 11HZ2 and 31HZ2.

• (4) 

  Substances classified under (b) of 1°, 6°, 12° and 13° with a melting-point above 45 °C or are pasty according to the criteria of the penetrometer test (see Appendix A.3, marginal 3310), or are not liquid according to the ASTM D 4359-90 test method may also be packed in:

(a) fibreboard IBCs conforming to marginal 3626, or

(b) wooden IBCs conforming to marginal 3627.

• (5) 

  Substances classified under (b) of 1°, 6°, and 12° with a melting-point above 45 °C or are pasty according to the criteria of the penetrometer test (see Appendix A.3, marginal 3310), or are not liquid according to the ASTM D 4359-90 test method may be packed in flexible IBCs conforming to marginal 3623, excluding types 13H1, 13L1 and 13M1, provided that the goods are carried as a full load or the flexible IBCs are loaded on pallets.

2407 (1) Substances classified under (c) of 1° to 17° shall be packed in:

(a) steel drums conforming to marginal 3520, or

(b) aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521, or

(c) steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522, or

(d) plastics drums and jerricans conforming to marginal 3526, or

(e) composite packagings (plastics material) conforming to marginal 3537, or

(f) combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538, or

(g) composite packagings (glass, porcelain, stoneware) conforming to marginal 3539, or

(h) light-gauge metal packagings conforming to marginal 3540, or

(i) metal IBCs conforming to marginal 3622, or

(j) rigid plastics IBCs conforming to marginal 3624, or

(k) composite IBCs with plastics inner receptacle conforming to marginal 3625, excluding types 11HZ2 and 31HZ2.

• (2) 

  Substances classified under (c) of 1° to 17° with a melting-point above 45 °C or are pasty according to the criteria of the penetrometer test (see Appendix A.3, marginal 3310), or are not liquid according to the ASTM D 4359-90 test method may also be packed in:

(a) plywood drums conforming to marginal 3523 or fibre drums conforming to marginal 3525, if necessary with one or more sift-proof inner bags, or

(b) boxes conforming to marginal 3532 for steel and aluminium, marginal 3527 for natural wood, marginal 3528 for plywood, marginal 3529 for reconstituted wood, marginal 3530 for fibreboard, or marginal 3531 for plastics, if necessary with one or more sift-proof inner bags, or

(c) sift-proof bags conforming to marginal 3533 for textiles, marginal 3534 for woven plastics, marginal 3535 for plastics film or marginal 3536 for paper.

• (3) 

  Substances classified under (c) of 6°, 11° to 14°, 16° and 17° with a melting-point above 45 °C or are pasty according to the criteria of the penetrometer test (see Appendix A.3, marginal 3310), or are not liquid according to the ASTM D 4359-90 test method may also be packed in:

(a) flexible IBCs conforming to marginal 3623, excluding types 13H1, 13L1 and 13M1, or

(b) fibreboard IBCs conforming to marginal 3626, or

(c) wooden IBCs conforming to marginal 3627, or

(d) composite IBCs with plastics inner receptacle of type 11HZ2 conforming to marginal 3625.

2408 Celluloid in sheets of 3° (c) may also be carried unpackaged on pallets, wrapped in plastics film and secured by appropriate means, such as steel bands, as a full load in closed vehicles. A pallet shall not weigh more than 1 000 kg.

2409-

2410

• 3. 

  Mixed packing

2411 (1) Substances which come under the same item may be packed together in a combination packaging conforming to marginal 3538.

• (2) 

  Substances of 21° to 26° and 31° to 50° shall not be packed with other goods.

• (3) 

  Except for the substances mentioned in paragraph (2) and unless special conditions to the contrary are prescribed under paragraph (7), substances of Class 4.1 in quantities not exceeding 5 kg per receptacle may be packed together in a combination packaging conforming to marginal 3538 with substances or articles of other classes - provided that mixed packing is also permitted for substances and articles of these classes - and or with goods not subject to the provisions of this Directive, provided they do not react dangerously with one another.

• (4) 

  The following shall be considered dangerous reactions:

(a) combustion and or giving off considerable heat,

(b) emission of flammable and/or toxic gases,

(c) formation of corrosive liquids,

(d) formation of unstable substances.

• (5) 

  The provisions of marginals 2001 (7), 2002 (6) and (7) and 2402 shall be observed.

• (6) 

  Where a wooden or fibreboard box is used, a package shall not weigh more than 100 kg.

• (7) 

  Substances classified under (b) or (c) of 1° to 5° and 11° to 14° shall not be packed together with substances of Class 5.1 classified under (a) or (b) of the various items of marginal 2501.

• 4. 

  Marking and danger labels on packages (see Appendix A.9)

Marking

2412 (1) Each package shall be clearly and durably marked with the identification number of the goods to be entered in the transport document, preceded by the letters 'UN`.

Danger labels

• (2) 

  Packages containing substances of Class 4.1 shall bear a label conforming to model No 4.1.

• (3) 

  Packages containing substances of 7°, 16°, 22° or 25° shall, in addition, bear a label conforming to model No 6.1 and packages containing substances of 8° and 17° a label conforming to model No 8.

• (4) 

  Packages containing self-reactive substances of items 31°, 32°, 41° and 42° shall in addition bear a label conforming to model No 01 unless the competent authority has permitted this label to be dispensed with for the type of packaging tested because the results have proved that the selfreactive substance in such a packaging does not exhibit explosive behaviour [see marginal 2414 (4)].

• (5) 

  Packages containing fragile receptacles not visible from the outside shall bear on two opposite sides a label conforming to model No 12.

• (6) 

  Packages containing liquids in packagings the closures of which are not visible from the outside, packages containing vented packagings or vented packagings without outer packagings shall in addition bear on two opposite sides a label conforming to model No 11.

2413

• B. 

  Particulars in the transport document

2414 (1) The description of the goods in the transport document shall conform to one of the identification numbers and names printed in italics in marginal 2401.

If the substance is not mentioned by name, but is assigned to an n.o.s. entry or collective entry, the description of the goods shall consist of the identification number and the n.o.s. designation or collective entry, followed by the chemical or technical name of the substance ();.

The description of the goods shall be followed by particulars of the class, the item number, if applicable, the letter, and the initials 'ADR` (or 'RID`), e.g. '4.1, 6°(b), ADR`.

For the carriage of wastes [see marginal 2000 (4)] the description of the goods shall be: 'Waste containing `, the component(s) used for the classification of the waste under marginal 2002 (8) to be entered under its/their chemical name(s), e.g. 'Waste, earth containing toluene 4.1, 4° (c), ADR`.

For the carriage of solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) containing several components subject to the provisions of this Directive, it will not in general be necessary to refer to more than two components which most predominantly contribute to the danger or dangers of the solutions and mixtures.

If a named substance in accordance with marginal 2400 (9) is not subject to the conditions of this Class, the consignor may enter in the transport document: 'Not goods of Class 4.1.`

• (2) 

  When substances are carried under conditions fixed by the competent authority (see marginals

2400 (16) and 2405 (4), the following statement shall be included in the transport document:

'Carriage in accordance with marginal 2414 (2).`

• (3) 

  When a sample of a self-reactive substance is carried in accordance with marginals 2400 (18) and 2405 (6), the following statement shall be included in the transport document:

'Carriage in accordance with marginal 2414 (3).`

• (4) 

  When, by permission of the competent authority in accordance with marginal 2412 (4), a label conforming to model No 01 is not required, the following statement shall be included in the transport document:

'The danger label conforming to model No 01 is not required.`

• (5) 

  When self-reactive substances type G [see Appendix A.1 marginal 3104 (2) (g)] are carried, the following statement may be given in the transport document:

'Not a self-reactive substance of Class 4.1.`

• (6) 

  For self-reactive substances requiring temperature control during carriage, the following statement shall be given in the transport document:

'Control temperature: °C Emergency temperature: °C`

• (7) 

  For the solutions and mixtures containing only one component subject to the provisions of this Directive, the word 'solution` or 'mixture` shall be added as part of the name in the transport document [see marginal 2002 (8) (a)].

• (8) 

  When a solid is handed over for carriage in the molten state the description of the goods shall further specify 'molten`, unless the term already appears in the name.

2415-

2421

• C. 

  Empty packagings

2422 (1) Uncleaned empty packagings, including empty IBCs, except those referred to in paragraph (2), uncleaned, of 51°, shall be closed in the same way and present the same degree of leakproofness as if they were full.

• (2) 

  Uncleaned empty packagings, including empty IBCs, of 51°, to the outside of which residues of their previous contents have adhered, shall be carried in leakproof packagings.

• (3) 

  Uncleaned empty packagings, including empty IBCs, which have contained water-wetted substances of 13° (b) or substances of 21° to 25° are not to be accepted for carriage unless the residues are so packed that the content of water or other phlegmatizers added to the substances to render them inert cannot diminish.

Uncleaned empty packagings which have contained substances of 31° to 50° are not to be accepted for carriage unless steps have been taken to prevent dangerous decomposition.

• (4) 

  Uncleaned empty packagings, including empty IBCs, of 51°, and packagings conforming to (2) shall bear the same danger labels as if they were full.

• (5) 

  The description of the goods in the transport document shall conform to one of the names printed in italics in 51°, e.g. 'Empty packaging, 4.1, 41°, ADR`. In the case of uncleaned empty tank-vehicles, empty demountable tanks, empty tank-containers and empty small containers, the description shall be completed by adding the words 'Last load` together with the name and item number of the goods last loaded, e.g. 'Last load: 2304 naphthalene, molten, 5°`.

2423-

2424

• D. 

  Transitional measures

2425 Substances and articles of Class 4.1 may be carried until 30 June 1995 in accordance with the provision of Class 4.1 applicable until 31 December 1994. The transport document shall, in such cases, bear the inscription: 'Carriage in accordance with the ADR in force before 1 January 1995`.

2426-

2429

CLASS 4.2 SUBSTANCES LIABLE TO SPONTANEOUS COMBUSTION

• 1. 

  List of substances

2430 (1) Among the substances and articles covered by the title of Class 4.2, those which are listed in marginal 2431 or are covered by a collective heading in that marginal are subject to the conditions set out in marginals 2430 (2) to 2452 and to the provisions of this Annex and of Annex B. They are then considered as substances and articles of this Directive.

• (2) 

  The title of Class 4.2 covers:

• - 

  substances, including mixtures and solutions (liquids or solids), which even in small quantities ignite on contact with air within five minutes. They are described as substances liable to spontaneous combustion (pyrophoric substances);

• - 

  substances and articles, including mixtures and solutions, which, on contact with air, are liable to heat up without any energy input. These substances can ignite only in large quantities (kilograms) and after a long period of time (hours or days). They are described as self-heating substances.

• (3) 

  The substances and articles of Class 4.2 are subdivided as follows:

• A. 

  Organic substances liable to spontaneous combustion.

• B. 

  Inorganic substances liable to spontaneous combustion.

• C. 

  Organometallic compounds liable to spontaneous combustion.

• D. 

  Empty packagings.

Substances and articles of Class 4.2 classified under the various items of marginal 2431, shall be assigned to one of the following groups designated by letters (a), (b) or (c), according to their degree of danger:

(a) liable to spontaneous combustion (pyrophoric),

(b) self-heating,

(c) slightly self-heating.

• (4) 

  The assignment of substances and articles not specifically named to 3° to 5°, 12°, 15°, 16°, 31° and 32° of marginal 2431, as well as within these items to the letters, can be based on experience or the results of the test procedure in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3330 to 3333.

Assignment to 6° to 10°, 14°, 17° to 21° and 33°, as well as within these to the letters, shall be based on the results of the test procedure in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3330 to 3333; experience shall also be taken into account when it leads to a more strictly based assignment.

• (5) 

  When substances or articles not specifically named are assigned to the items of marginal 2431 on the basis of test procedures in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3330 to 3333, the following criteria apply:

(a) Solids liable to spontaneous combustion (pyrophoric) shall be assigned to Class 4.2 when they ignite on falling from a height of 1 m or within five minutes;

(b) Liquids liable to spontaneous combustion (pyrophoric) shall be assigned to Class 4.2 when:

(i) on being poured on an inert carrier, they ignite within five minutes, or

(ii) in the event of a negative result of the test according to (i), when poured on a dry, indented filter paper (Whatman No 3 filter), they ignite or carbonize it within five minutes;

(c) Substances in which, in a 10 cm sample cube, at 140 °C test temperature, spontaneous combustion or a rise in temperature to over 200 °C is observed within 24 hours shall be assigned to Class 4.2. This criterion is based on the temperature of the spontaneous combustion of charcoal, which is at 50 °C for a sample cube of 27 m3. Substances with a temperature of spontaneous combustion higher than 50 °C for a volume of 27 m3 are not to be assigned to Class 4.2.

• (6) 

  When substances and articles not specifically named are assigned to the letters of the items of marginal 2431 on the basis of test procedures in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3330 to 3333, the following criteria shall apply:

(a) Substances liable to spontaneous combustion (pyrophoric) shall be assigned to letter (a);

(b) Self-heating substances and articles in which, in a 2.5 cm sample cube, at 140 °C test temperature, spontaneous combustion or a rise in temperature to over 200 °C is observed within 24 hours, shall be assigned to letter (b);

(c) Slightly self-heating substances in which, in a 2.5 cm sample cube, the phenomena referred to under (b) are not observed, in the given conditions, but in which in a 10 cm sample cube at 140 °C test temperature spontaneous combustion or a rise in temperature to over 200 °C is observed within 24 hours, shall be assigned to letter (c).

• (7) 

  If substances of Class 4.2, as a result of admixtures, come into different categories of risk from those to which the substances of marginal 2431 belong, these mixtures shall be assigned to the items and letters to which they belong on the basis of their actual degree of danger.

Note: For the classification of solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes), see also marginal 2002 (8).

• (8) 

  When substances are specifically named under more than one letter of the same item in marginal 2431, the relevant letter may be determined on the basis of the results of the test procedure in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3330 to 3333, and the criteria set out in (6).

• (9) 

  On the basis of the test procedure in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3330 to 3333, and the criteria set out in (6), it may also be determined whether the nature of a specifically named substance is such that the substance is not subject to the provisions for this Class (see marginal 2444).

• (10) 

  Substances and mixtures of substances having a melting point higher than 45 °C shall be considered to be solids as defined in the packaging requirements of marginals 2435 (2), 2436 (2) and 2437 (3) and (4).

• (11) 

  Self-heating solids, oxidizing, assigned to identification number 3127 of the United Nations Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, shall not be accepted for carriage (see, however, marginal 2002 (8), footnote (¹) to the table in paragraph 2.3.1).

• A. 

  Organic substances liable to spontaneous combustion

2431 1° Carbon, powdered, in grains or in pieces

(b) 1361 carbon or 1361 carbon black, animal or vegetable origin

(c) 1361 carbon or 1361 carbon black, animal or vegetable origin, 1362 carbon, activated.

Notes: 1. Carbons made by a steam activation process and non-activated carbon black of mineral origin are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• 2. 

  Non-activated carbons of mineral origin and carbon dust in a state not liable to self-heating are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

2° Animal and vegetable substances:

(b) 1374 fishmeal, (fish scrap), unstabilized;

(c) 1363 copra, 1386 seedcake containing more than 1,5 % (mass) oil and with not more than 11 % (mass) moisture, 2217 seedcake containing not more than 1,5 % (mass) oil and having not more than 11 % (mass) moisture.

3° Industrially-produced fibres, fabrics and similar products:

(c) 1364 cotton waste, oily, 1365 cotton, wet, 1379 paper, unsaturated oil treated, incompletely dried (including carbon paper), 1373 fibres, animal or vegetable or synthetic, n.o.s. impregnated with oil, or 1373 fabrics, animal or vegetable or synthetic, n.o.s. impregnated with oil.

4° Substances made from weakly nitrated cellulose:

(c) 2002 celluloid, scrap, 2006 plastics, nitrocellulose-based, self-heating, n.o.s.

Note: 1353 fibres or fabrics impregnated with weakly nitrated cellulose, non-self heating, and 2000 celluloid are articles of Class 4.1 [see marginal 2401, 3° (c)].

5° Solid organic spontaneously combustible non-toxic and non-corrosive substances, and mixtures of solid organic spontaneously combustible non-toxic and non-corrosive substances (such as preparations and wastes), which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(a) 2846 pyrophoric solid, organic, n.o.s.;

(b) 1369 p-nitrosodimethylaniline, 2940 9-phosphabicyclononanes (cyclooctadiene phosphines), self-heating solid, organic, n.o.s.;

(c) 3088 self-heating solid, organic, n.o.s.

6° Liquid organic spontaneously combustible non-toxic and non-corrosive substances, and solutions of organic spontaneously combustible non-toxic and non-corrosive substances (such as preparations and wastes), which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(a) 2845 pyrophoric liquid, organic, n.o.s.;

Note: Special packing conditions are applicable to this substance (see marginal 2433).

(b) 3183 self-heating liquid, organic, n.o.s.;

(c) 3183 self-heating liquid, organic, n.o.s.

7° Solid organic spontaneously combustible toxic substances, and mixtures of solid organic spontaneously combustible toxic substances (such as preparations and wastes), which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(b) 3128 self-heating solid, toxic, organic, n.o.s.;

(c) 3128 self-heating solid, toxic, organic, n.o.s.

Note: For toxicity criteria, see marginal 2600 (3).

8° Liquid organic spontaneously combustible toxic substances, and solutions of organic spontaneously combustible toxic substances (such as preparations and wastes), which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(b) 3184 self-heating liquid, toxic, organic, n.o.s.;

(c) 3184 self-heating liquid, toxic, organic, n.o.s.

Note: For toxicity criteria, see marginal 2600 (3).

9° Organic spontaneously combustible corrosive solids, and mixtures of organic spontaneously combustible corrosive solids (such as preparations and wastes), which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(b) 3126 self-heating solid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s.;

(c) 3126 self-heating solid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s.

Note: For corrosivity criteria, see marginal 2800 (3).

10° Organic spontaneously combustible corrosive liquids, and solutions of organic spontaneously combustible corrosive substances (such as preparations and wastes), which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(b) 3185 self-heating liquid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s.;

(c) 3185 self-heating liquid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s.

Note: For corrosivity criteria, see marginal 2800 (3).

• B. 

  Inorganic substances liable to spontaneous combustion

11° Phosphorus

(a) 1381 phosphorus, white or yellow, dry or 1381 phosphorus, white or yellow, under water or 1381 phosphorus, white or yellow, in solution.

Note: 2447 phosphorus, white or yellow, molten is a substance of 22°.

12° Metals and metal alloys in powder, dust or granular form or in another spontaneously combustible form:

(a) 1854 barium alloys, pyrophoric, 1855 calcium, pyrophoric or 1855 calcium alloys, pyrophoric, 2008 zirconium powder, dry, 2545 hafnium powder, dry, 2546 titanium powder, dry, 2881 metal catalyst, dry, 1383 pyrophoric metal, n.o.s. or 1383 pyrophoric alloy, n.o.s.;

(b) 1378 metal catalyst, wetted with a visible excess of liquid, 2008 zirconium powder, dry, 2545 hafnium powder, dry, 2546 titanium powder, dry, 2881 metal catalyst, dry, 3189 self-heating metal powder, n.o.s.;

Note to (a) and (b): The identification numbers 1378 and 2881 include only metal catalysers with a base of nickel, cobalt, copper, manganese or their compounds.

(c) 1932 zirconium scrap, 2008 zirconium powder, dry, 2009 zirconium, dry, finished sheets, strip or coiled wire (less than 18 ìm thick), 2545 hafnium powder, dry, 2546 titanium powder, dry, 2793 ferrous metal borings, shavings, turnings or cuttings in a self-heating form, 2881 metal catalyst, dry, 3189 self-heating metal powder, n.o.s.

Notes: 1. 2858 finished zirconium products of a thickness of 18 ìm or more are substances of Class 4.1 [see marginal 2401, 13° (c)].

• 2. 

  1326 hafnium powders, 1352 titanium powders or 1358 zirconium powders, wetted, with not less than 25 % water, are substances of Class 4.1 (see marginal 2401, 13°).

• 3. 

  Dust and powder of metals in non-spontaneously combustible form, which nevertheless, in contact with water, emit flammable gases, are substances of Class 4.3 (see marginal 2471, 13°).

13° Sulphides, hydrosulphides and dithionites in spontaneously combustible form:

(b) 1382 potassium sulphide, anhydrous or 1382 potassium sulphide with less than 30 % water of crystallization, 1384 sodium dithionite (sodium hydrosulphite), 1385 sodium sulphide, anhydrous or 1385 sodium sulphide with less than 30 % water of crystallization, 1923 calcium dithionite (calcium hydrosulphite), 1929 potassium dithionite (potassium hydrosulphite), 2318 sodium hydrosulphide with less than 25 % water of crystallization;

Note: 1847 potassium sulphide, hydrated with not less than 30 % water of crystallization and 2949 sodium hydrosulphide with not less than 25 % water of crystallization are substances of Class 8 [see marginal 2801, 45° (b) 1.].

(c) 3174 titanium disulphide

14° Metallic salts and alcoholates, non-toxic and non-corrosive, in spontaneously combustible form:

(b) 3205 alkaline earth metal alcoholates, n.o.s.;

(c) 3205 alkaline earth metal alcoholates, n.o.s.

15° Metallic salts and alcoholates, corrosive, in spontaneously combustible form:

(a) 2441 titanium trichloride, pyrophoric or 2441 titanium trichloride mixtures, pyrophoric;

(b) 1431 sodium methylate, 3206 alkali metal alcoholates, self-heating, corrosive, n.o.s.;

(c) 3206 alkali metal alcoholates, self-heating, corrosive, n.o.s.

Note: 2869 titanium trichloride or titanium trichloride mixture, not pyrophoric, is a substance of Class 8 [see marginal 2801, 11° (b) or (c)].

16° Spontaneously combustible, non-toxic and non-corrosive inorganic solids and mixtures of spontaneously combustible non-toxic and non-corrosive inorganic solids (such as preparations and wastes), which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(a) 3200 pyrophoric solid, inorganic, n.o.s.;

(b) 2004 magnesium diamide, 3190 self-heating solid, inorganic, n.o.s.;

(c) 1376 iron oxide, spent, or 1376 iron sponge, spent, obtained from coal gas purification, 2210 maneb (manganese ethylene 1,2-bis (dithiocarbamate)) or 2210 maneb preparation with not less than 60 % maneb, 3190 self-heating solid, inorganic, n.o.s.

Note: 2968 maneb or 2968 maneb preparations which are stabilized against self-heating and which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases, are substances of Class 4.3 [see marginal 2471, 20° (c)].

17° Inorganic spontaneously combustible, non-toxic and non-corrosive liquids, and solutions of spontaneously combustible inorganic non-toxic and non-corrosive substances (such as preparations and wastes), which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(a) 2870 aluminium borohydride or 2870 aluminium borohydride contained in devices, 3194 pyrophoric liquid, inorganic, n.o.s.;

Notes: 1. Special packing conditions are applicable to these substances (see marginal 2433).

• 2. 

  Other metal hydrides in flammable form are substances of Class 4.1 (see marginal 2401, 14°).

• 3. 

  Metal hydrides which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases, are substances of Class 4.3 (see marginal 2471, 16°).

(b) 3186 self-heating liquid, inorganic, n.o.s.;

(c) 3186 self-heating liquid, inorganic, n.o.s.

18° Inorganic spontaneously combustible toxic solids and mixtures of inorganic spontaneously combustible toxic solids (such as preparations and wastes), which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(b) 3191 self-heating solid, toxic, inorganic, n.o.s.;

(c) 3191 self-heating solid, toxic, inorganic, n.o.s.

Note: For toxicity criteria, see marginal 2600 (3).

19° Inorganic spontaneously combustible toxic liquids and solutions of inorganic spontaneously combustible toxic substances (such as preparations and wastes), which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(a) 1380 pentaborane;

Note: Special packing conditions are applicable to this substance (see marginal 2433).

(b) 3187 self-heating liquid, toxic, inorganic, n.o.s.;

(c) 3187 self-heating liquid, toxic, inorganic, n.o.s.

Note: For toxicity criteria, see marginal 2600 (3).

20° Inorganic spontaneously combustible corrosive solids and mixtures of inorganic spontaneously combustible corrosive solids (such as preparations and wastes), which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(b) 3192 self-heating solid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s.;

(c) 3192 self-heating solid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s.

Note: For corrosivity criteria, see marginal 2800 (3).

21° Inorganic spontaneously combustible corrosive liquids and solutions of inorganic spontaneously combustible corrosive substances (such as preparations and wastes), which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(b) 3188 self-heating liquid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s.;

(c) 3188 self-heating liquid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s.

Note: For corrosivity criteria, see marginal 2800 (3).

22° 2447 phosphorus, white molten.

• C. 

  Organometallic compounds liable to spontaneous combustion

Notes: 1. Organometallic compounds and their solutions which are not liable to spontaneous combustion but, in contact with water, emit flammable gases, are substances of Class 4.3 (see marginal 2471, 3°).

• 2. 

  Flammable solutions with organometallic compounds which are not liable to spontaneous combustion and, in contact with water, do not emit flammable gases, are substances of Class 3.

• 3. 

  Special packing conditions are applicable to the substances of 31° to 33° (see marginal 2433).

31° Spontaneously combustible metal alkyls and metal aryls

(a) 1366 diethylzinc, 1370 dimethylzinc, 2005 magnesium diphenyl, 2445 lithium alkyls, 3051 aluminium alkyls, 3053 magnesium alkyls, 2003 metal alkyls, n.o.s. or 2003 metal aryls, n.o.s.,

32° Other spontaneously combustible organometallic compounds

(a) 3052 aluminium alkyl halides, 3076 aluminium alkyl hydrides, 3049 metal alkyl halides, n.o.s. or 3049 metal aryl halides, n.o.s., 3050 metal alkyl hydrides, n.o.s. or 3050 metal aryl hydrides, n.o.s.

33° Spontaneously combustible organometallic compounds

(a) 3203 pyrophoric organometallic compound, n.o.s.

• D. 

  Empty packagings

41° Empty packagings, including empty intermediate bulk containers (IBCs), empty tank-vehicles, empty demountable tanks, empty vehicles and empty tank-containers, uncleaned, as well as empty vehicles for carriage in bulk and empty small bulk containers, uncleaned, which have contained substances of Class 4.2.

Note: Uncleaned empty packagings, including empty intermediate bulk containers (IBCs), empty tank-vehicles, empty demountable tanks, empty tank-containers and empty small containers which have contained substances of 4° (c), identification No 2002, of 12° (c), identification Nos. 1932, 2009 and 2793, and of 16° (c), identification No 1376, are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• 2. 

  Provisions

• A. 

  Packages

• 1. 

  General conditions of packing

2432 (1) Packagings shall satisfy the conditions of Appendix A.5, unless special conditions for the packing of certain substances are prescribed in marginal 2433. Intermediate bulk containers (IBCs) shall satisfy the conditions of Appendix A.6.

• (2) 

  With the exception of the packagings referred to in marginal 2436 (2) (a) and (b) and (3) and in marginal 2437 (3) (a) and (b), (4) and (5), (inner) packagings shall be hermetically closed.

• (3) 

  In accordance with the provisions of marginals 2430 (3) and 3511 (2) or 3611 (2) respectively, the following shall be used:

• - 

  packagings of packing group I, marked with the letter 'X`, for substances liable to spontaneous combustion (pyrophoric) classified under (a) of each item,

• - 

  packagings of packing group II or I, marked with the letter 'Y` or 'X`, or IBCs of packing group II, marked with the letter 'Y`, for self-heating substances classified under (b) of each item,

• - 

  packagings of packing groups III, II or I, marked with the letter 'Z`, 'Y` or 'X`, or IBCs of packing groups III or II, marked with the letter 'Z` or 'Y`, for self-heating substances classified under (c) of each item.

Note: For the carriage of substances of Class 4.2 in tank-vehicles, demountable tanks and tank-containers, as well as for carriage in bulk, see Annex B.

• 2. 

  Packing of individual substances

2433 (1) Pyrophoric liquids of 6° (a), 17° (a) with the exception of aluminium borohydride in devices, 19° (a) and 31° to 33°, shall be packed in hermetically closing metal receptacles which are not affected by the contents and have a capacity of not more than 450 litres. The receptacles shall be subjected to the initial test and periodic tests every five years at a pressure of not less than 1MPa (10 bar) (gauge pressure). The receptacles shall not be filled to more than 90 % of their capacity; however, a space of at least 5 % shall remain empty for safety when the liquid is at an average temperature of 50 °C. During carriage, the liquid shall be under a layer of inert gas the gauge pressure of which shall be not less than 50 kPa (0,5 bar). The receptacles shall carry a data plate with the following particulars entered in a durable form:

• - 

  substance or substances () accepted for carriage;

• - 

  tare () of the receptacle, including accessories;

• - 

  test pressure () (gauge pressure);

• - 

  date (month, year) of the last test undergone;

• - 

  stamp of the expert who carried out the test;

• - 

  capacity () of the receptacle;

• - 

  maximum mass of filling allowed ().

• (2) 

  These substances may also be packed in combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538 with a glass inner packaging and a steel or aluminium outer packaging conforming to marginal 3532. Receptacles shall not be filled to more than 90 % of their capacity. A package shall contain only a single inner packaging. Such combination packagings shall conform to a design type which has been tested and approved in accordance with Appendix A.5 for packing group I.

2434 Phosphorus of 22° shall be carried only in tank-vehicles and demountable tanks (see Appendix B.1a) or in tank-containers (see Appendix B.1b).

2435 (1) Substances classified under (a) of 5°, 12°, 15° and 16° shall be packed in:

(a) non-removable head steel drums conforming to marginal 3520, or

(b) non-removable head aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521, or

(c) non-removable head steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522, or

(d) non-removable head plastics drums with a maximum capacity of 60 litres and in non-removable head plastics jerricans conforming to marginal 3526, or

(e) composite packagings (plastics material) conforming to marginal 3537, or

(f) combination packagings with glass, plastics material or metal inner packagings conforming to marginal 3538.

• (2) 

  Solids as defined in marginal 2430 (10) may also be packed: in removable head drums conforming to marginal 3520 for steel, marginal 3521 for aluminium, or marginal 3526 for plastics material, or in removable head jerricans conforming to marginal 3522 for steel or marginal 3526 for plastics material.

• (3) 

  White or yellow phosphorus of 11° (a) shall be packed in:

(a) non-removable head steel drums conforming to marginal 3520;

(b) non-removable head steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522;

(c) combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538 with metal inner packagings.

• (4) 

  Aluminium borohydride contained in devices of 17° (a) shall be packed in:

(a) removable-head steel drums conforming to marginal 3520, or

(b) removable-head aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521, or

(c) removable-head plastics drums conforming to marginal 3526, or

(d) steel or aluminium boxes conforming to marginal 3532.

2436 (1) Substances classified under (b) of the various items shall be packed in:

(a) steel drums conforming to marginal 3520, or

(b) aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521, or

(c) steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522, or

(d) plastics drums and jerricans conforming to marginal 3526, or

(e) composite packagings (plastics material) conforming to marginal 3537, or

(f) combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538, or

(g) composite packagings (glass, porcelain, stoneware) conforming to marginal 3539, or

(h) metal IBCs conforming to marginal 3622, or

(i) rigid plastics IBCs conforming to marginal 3624, or

(j) composite IBCs with plastics inner receptacle conforming to marginal 3625, with the exception of types 11HZ2 and 31HZ2.

• (2) 

  Solids as defined in marginal 2430 (10) may also be packed in:

(a) plywood drums conforming to marginal 3523 or in fibre drums conforming to marginal 3525, if necessary with one or more sift-proof inner bags, or

(b) plastics film bags conforming to marginal 3535, provided that they make up a full load or are loaded on pallets.

• (3) 

  Fishmeal of 2° (b) may also be packed in flexible IBCs conforming to marginal 3623, with the exception of types 13H1, 13L1 and 13M1, provided that they make up a full load or the flexible IBCs are loaded on pallets.

2437 (1) Substances classified under (c) of the various items shall be packed in:

(a) steel drums conforming to marginal 3520, or

(b) aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521, or

(c) steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522, or

(d) plastics drums and jerricans conforming to marginal 3526, or

(e) composite packagings (plastics material) conforming to marginal 3537, or

(f) combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538, or

(g) composite packagings (glass, porcelain or stoneware) conforming to marginal 3539, or

(h) light-gauge metal packagings conforming to marginal 3540.

Note: Metal packagings for substances of 4° shall be so constructed and closed as to yield when the internal pressure reaches a value not greater than 300 kPa (3 bar).

• (2) 

  With the exception of substances of 4°, substances may also be packed in:

(a) metal IBCs conforming to marginal 3622, or

(b) rigid plastics IBCs conforming to marginal 3624, or

(c) composite IBCs with plastics inner receptacle conforming to marginal 3625 with the exception of types 11HZ2 and 31HZ2.

• (3) 

  Solids as defined in marginal 2430 (10) may also be packed in:

(a) plywood drums conforming to marginal 3523, or in fibre drums conforming to marginal 3525, if necessary with one or more sift-proof inner bags, or

(b) plastics film bags conforming to marginal 3535.

• (4) 

  With the exception of substances of 4°, solids as defined in marginal 2430 may also be packed in flexible IBCs conforming to marginal 3623, with the exception of types 13H1, 13L1 and 13M1.

• (5) 

  Substances of 2° (c) and 3° (c) may also be packed in untested packagings, which need only meet the provisions of marginal 3500 (1), (2) and (4) to (7). Cotton waste with an oil content less than 5 % (mass) and cotton of 3° (c) may also be carried in firmly secured balls.

2438 (1) The openings of receptacles for the carriage of liquids having a viscosity, at 23 °C, of less than 200 mm2/s, with the exception of glass ampoules and pressure cylinders, shall be hermetically sealed by means of two devices in series, one of which shall be screwed shut or secured in an equivalent manner.

Note: For IBCs, however, see marginal 3621 (8).

• (2) 

  Steel drums conforming to marginal 3520 containing wetted metal catalyst of 12° (b) shall be fitted with a vent in accordance with marginal 3500 (8).

2439-

2440

• 3. 

  Mixed packing

2441 (1) Substances classified under the same item may be packed together in a combination packaging conforming to marginal 3538.

• (2) 

  Substances of 6° (a), 11°, 17° (a), 19° (a), and 31° to 33° shall not be packed together with substances or articles of other items of Class 4.2, with substances or articles of other classes or with goods which are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• (3) 

  With the exception of the substances referred to in (2) above, substances of Class 4.2, in quantities not exceeding 3 litres for liquids and/or 6 kg for solids, per receptacle, may be packed together in a combination packaging conforming to marginal 3538, with substances or articles of other classes - provided that mixed packing is also permitted for substances and articles of those classes - and/or with goods which are not subject to the provisions of this Directive, provided they do not react dangerously with one another.

For substances classified in group (a), the net quantity per package shall not exceed 3 kg for solids 3 litres for liquids.

• (4) 

  The following shall be considered dangerous reactions:

(a) combustion and/or giving off considerable heat,

(b) emission of flammable and/or toxic gases,

(c) formation of corrosive liquids,

(d) formation of unstable substances.

• (5) 

  The provisions of marginals 2001 (7), 2002 (6) and (7) and 2432 shall be observed.

• (6) 

  A package shall not weigh more than 100 kg when wooden or fibreboard cases are used.

• 4. 

  Marking and danger labels on packages (see Appendix A.9)

Marking

2442 (1) Each package shall be clearly and durably marked with the identification number of the goods to be entered in the transport document, preceded by the letters 'UN`.

Danger labels

• (2) 

  Packages containing substances of Class 4.2 shall bear a label conforming to model No 4.2.

• (3) 

  Packages containing substances of 17° (a), maneb or maneb preparations of 16° (c), and substances of 31° to 33° shall in addition bear a label conforming to model No 4.3.

• (4) 

  Packages containing substances of 7°, 8°, 11°, 18° and 19° shall in addition bear a label conforming to model No 6.1.

• (5) 

  Packages containing substances of 9°, 10°, 15°, 20° and 21° shall in addition bear a label conforming to model No 8.

• (6) 

  Packages containing fragile receptacles not visible from the outside shall bear on two opposite sides a label conforming to model No 12.

• (7) 

  Packages containing liquids, the closures of which are not visible from the outside, packages containing receptacles fitted with vents or receptacles fitted with vents without outer packaging and packages containing phosphorus covered with water of 11° (a) shall bear on two opposite sides a label conforming to model No 11.

2443

• B. 

  Particulars in the transport document

2444 The description of the goods in the transport document shall conform to one of the identification numbers and names printed in italics in marginal 2431.

If the substance is not mentioned by name, but is assigned to an n.o.s. entry, the description of the goods shall consist of the identification number and the n.o.s designation, followed by the chemical or technical name of the substance ().

The description of the goods shall be followed by particulars of the class, the item number, if applicable, the letter, and the initials 'ADR` (or 'RID`), e.g. '4.2. 13° (b), ADR`.

For the carriage of wastes [see marginal 2000 (5)] the description of the goods shall be: 'Waste containing `, the component(s) used for the classification of the waste under marginal 2002 (8) to be entered under its/their chemical name(s), e.g. 'Waste earth containing 1381 white phosphorus under water 4.2, 11° (a) ADR`.

For the carriage of solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) containing several components subject to the provisions of this Directive, it will not in general be necessary to refer to more than two components which predominantly contribute to the danger or dangers of the solutions and mixtures.

If a named substance in accordance with marginal 2430 (9) is not subject to the conditions of this Class, the consignor may enter in the transport document: 'Not goods of Class 4.2`.

For the solutions and mixtures containing only one component subject to the provisions of this Directive, the word 'solution` or 'mixture` shall be added as part of the name in the transport document [see marginal 2002 (8) (a)].

When a solid is handed over for carriage in the molten state the description of the goods shall further specify 'molten`, unless the term already appears in the name.

2445-

2451

• C. 

  Empty packagings

2452 (1) Uncleaned empty packagings, including empty IBCs of 41° shall be closed in the same manner and be leakproof to the same degree as if they were full.

• (2) 

  Uncleaned empty packagings, including empty IBCs of 41° shall bear the same danger labels as if they were full.

• (3) 

  The description of the goods in the transport document shall conform to one of the names printed in italics in 41°, e.g. 'Empty packaging, 4.2, 41°, ADR`. In the case of empty tank-vehicles, empty demountable tanks, empty tank-containers or empty small containers, uncleaned, this description shall be accompanied by the words 'Last load` and the name and item number of the goods last loaded e.g. 'Last load: 1381 white phosphorus, dry, 11° (a)`.

2453-

2469

CLASS 4.3 SUBSTANCES WHICH, IN CONTACT WITH WATER, EMIT FLAMMABLE GASES

• 1. 

  List of substances

2470 (1) Among the substances covered by the title of Class 4.3, those which are listed in marginal 2471 or covered by a collective heading of that marginal are subject to the conditions set out in marginals 2470 (2) to 2492 and to the provisions of this Annex and of Annex B. They are then considered as substances of this Directive.

Note: For the quantities of substances listed in marginal 2471 which are not subject to the provisions for this Class, either in this Annex or in Annex B, see marginal 2471a.

• (2) 

  The title of Class 4.3 covers substances which react with water to emit flammable gases liable to form explosive mixtures with air.

Note: The term 'water-reactive` used in the n.o.s. entries of marginal 2471 denotes a substance which in contact with water emits flammable gases.

• (3) 

  Substances of Class 4.3 are subdivided as follows:

• A. 

  Organic substances, organometallic compounds and substances in organic solvents, which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases;

• B. 

  Inorganic substances which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases;

• C. 

  Empty packagings.

Substances of Class 4.3 classified under the various items of marginal 2471 shall be assigned to one of the following groups, designated by the letter (a), (b) or (c), according to their degree of danger:

(a) very dangerous,

(b) dangerous,

(c) less dangerous.

• (4) 

  Assignment of substances not mentioned by name to marginal 2471, 1°, 3°, 11°, 13°, 14°, 16° and 20° to 25°, and within these items to the letters, shall be based on the results of the test procedure in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3340 and 3341; experience shall also be taken into account when it leads to a more strictly based assignment.

• (5) 

  When substances not specifically named are assigned to the items of marginal 2471 on the basis of the test procedure in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3340 and 3341, the following criteria apply:

A substance shall be assigned to Class 4.3 if:

(a) during any stage of the test the gas emitted ignites spontaneously, or

(b) the rate of emission of flammable gas per hour is equal to or greater than 1 litre per kilogramme per hour of the substance to be tested.

• (6) 

  When substances not specifically named are assigned to the letters of the items in marginal 2471 on the basis of the test procedure in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3340 and 3341, the following criteria shall apply:

(a) Any substance which reacts vigorously with water at ambient temperature to produce gas which ignites spontaneously, or one which reacts readily with water at ambient temperatures such that the rate of emission of flammable gas within one minute is equal to or greater than 10 litres per kilogramme of substance, shall be assigned to letter (a);

(b) Any substance which reacts readily with water at ambient temperature such that the maximum rate of emission of flammable gas per hour is equal to or greater than 20 litres per kilogramme of substance, and which does not meet the criteria of letter (a), shall be assigned to letter (b);

(c) Any substance which reacts slowly with water at ambient temperature such that the maximum rate of emission of flammable gas per hour is equal to or greater than 1 litre per kilogramme of substance, and which does not meet the criteria of letters (a) or (b), shall be assigned to letter (c).

• (7) 

  If substances of Class 4.3, as a result of admixtures, come into different categories of risk from those to which the substances of marginal 2471 belong, these mixtures shall be assigned to the items and letters to which they belong on the basis of their actual degree of danger.

Note: For the classification of solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) see also marginal 2002 (8).

• (8) 

  When substances are specifically named under more than one letter of the same item of marginal 2471, the relevant letter may be determined on the basis of the results of the test procedure in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3340 and 3341, and the criteria set out in paragraph (6).

• (9) 

  On the basis of the test procedure in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3340 and 3341, and the criteria set out in paragraph (6), it may also be determined whether the nature of a specifically named substance is such that the substance is not subject to the provisions for this Class (see marginal 2484).

• (10) 

  Substances and mixtures of substances having a melting point hìgher than 45 °C shall be considered as solids for the purposes of the conditions of packing in marginals 2474 (2), 2475 (3) and 2476 (2).

• (11) 

  Water-reactive solids, flammable, assigned to identification number 3132, water-reactive solids, oxidizing, assigned to identification number 3133 and water-reactive solids, self-heating, assigned to identification number 3135 of the United Nations Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods shall not be accepted for carriage (see, however, marginal 2002 (8), footnote (¹) in the table in paragraph 2.3.1).

• A. 

  Organic substances, organometallic compounds and substances in organic solvents

which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases

2471 1° Chlorosilanes:

(a) 1183 ethyldichlorosilane, 1242 methyldichlorosilane, 1295 trichlorosilane, 2988 chlorosilanes, water-reactive, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s.

Note: 1. Special packing conditions are applicable to these substances [see marginal 2473 (1)].

• 2. 

  Chlorosilanes having a flash point of less than 23 °C and which, in contact with water, do not emit flammable gases are substances of Class 3 [see marginal 2301, 21° (a)].

• 3. 

  Chlorosilanes having a flash point equal to or greater than 23 °C and which, in contact with water, do not emit flammable gases are substances of Class 8 (see marginal 2801, 37°).

2° The following boron trifluoride complex:

(a) 2965 boron trifluoride dimethyletherate.

3 ° Organometallic compounds and their solutions:

(a) 1928 methylmagnesium bromide in ethyl ether, 3207 organometallic compound, water-reactive, flammable, n.o.s. or 3207 solution of organometallic compound, water-reactive, flammable, n.o.s. or 3207 dispersion of organometallic, compound, water-reactive, flammable, n.o.s.;

Note: Special packing conditions are applicable to these substances [see marginal 2473 (2)].

(b) 3207 organometallic compound, water-reactive, flammable, n.o.s. or 3207 solution of organometallic compound, water-reactive, flammable, n.o.s. or 3207 dispersion of organometallic compound, water-reactive, flammable, n.o.s.;

(c) 3207 organometallic compound, water-reactive, flammable, n.o.s. or 3207 solution of organometallic compound, water-reactive, flammable, n.o.s. or 3207 dispersion of organometallic compound, water-reactive, flammable, n.o.s.

Note: 1. Organometallic compounds and their solutions which ignite spontaneously are substances of Class 4.2 (see marginal 2431, 31° to 33°).

• 2. 

  Flammable solutions with organometallic compounds in concentrations which, in contact with water, neither emit flammable gases in dangerous quantities nor ignite spontaneously are substances of Class 3.

• B. 

  Inorganic substances which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases

Note: 1. The term 'alkali metals` includes the elements lithium, sodium, potassium, rubidium and caesium.

• 2. 

  The term 'alkaline-earth` metals includes the elements magnesium, calcium, strontium and barium.

11° Alkali metals and alkaline-earth metals and their alloys and metallic compounds:

(a) 1389 alkali metal amalgam, 1391 alkali metal dispersion or 1391 alkaline-earth metal dispersion, 1392 alkaline-earth metal amalgam, 1407 caesium, 1415 lithium, 1420 potassium metal alloys, 1422 potassium sodium alloys, 1423 rubidium, 1428 sodium, 2257 potassium, 1421 alkali metal alloy, liquid, n.o.s.;

(b) 1400 barium, 1401 calcium, 1393 alkaline-earth metal alloy, n.o.s.;

(c) 2950 magnesium granules, coated with a particle size not less than 149 microns.

Note: 1. Alkaline-earth metals and alkaline-earth metal alloys in pyrophoric form are substances of Class 4.2 (see marginal 2431, 12°).

• 2. 

  1869 magnesium or 1869 magnesium alloys containing more than 50 % magnesium as pellets, shavings or strips, are substances of Class 4.1 [see marginal 2401, 13° (c)].

• 3. 

  1418 magnesium powder and 1418 magnesium alloys in powder form are substances of 14°.

12° Silicon alloys and metal silicides:

(b) 1405 calcium silicide, 1417 lithium silicon, 2624 magnesium silicide, 2830 lithium ferrosilicon;

(c) 1405 calcium silicide, 2844 calcium manganese silicon.

Note: For substances of (c) see also marginal 2471a.

13° Other metals, metal alloys and mixtures, non-toxic, which in contact with water, emit flammable gases:

(a) 3208 metallic substance, water-reactive, n.o.s.;

(b) 1396 aluminium powder, uncoated, 3078 cerium, turnings or gritty powder, 3170 aluminium processing by-products, 3208 metallic substance, water-reactive, n.o.s.;

(c) 1398 aluminium silicon powder, uncoated, 1435 zinc ashes, 3170 aluminium processing by-products, 3208 metallic substance, water-reactive, n.o.s.

Note: 1. Dust and powder of metals in pyrophoric form are substances of Class 4.2 (see marginal 2431, 12°).

• 2. 

  Aluminium silicon powder, coated, is not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• 3. 

  1333 cerium in slabs, rods or ingots is a substance of Class 4.1 [see marginal 2401, 13° (b)].

14° Metals and metal alloys in the form of powder or in any other form, which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases and are capable of self-heating:

(a) 1436 zinc powder or 1436 zinc dust, 3209 metallic substance, water-reactive, self-heating, n.o.s.;

(b) 1418 magnesium powder or 1418 magnesium alloys powder, 1436 zinc powder or 1436 zinc dust, 3209 metallic substance, water-reactive, self-heating, n.o.s.;

(c) 1436 zinc powder or 1436 zinc dust, 3209 metallic substance, water-reactive, self-heating, n.o.s.

Note: 1. Metals and metal alloys in pyrophoric form are substances of Class 4.2 (see marginal 2431, 12°).

• 2. 

  Metals and metal alloys which, in contact with water, do not emit flammable gases and are not pyrophoric or self-heating, but which are easily ignited, are substances of Class 4.1 (see marginal 2401, 13°).

15° Metals and metal alloys, toxic:

(b) 1395 aluminium ferrosilicon powder;

(c) 1408 ferrosilicon with 30 % or more but less than 90 % silicon.

Note: Ferrosilicon containing less than 30 % or not less than 90 % (mass) silicon is not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

16° Metal hydrides:

(a) 1404 calcium hydride, 1410 lithium aluminium hydride, 1411 lithium aluminium hydride, ethereal, 1413 lithium borohydride, 1414 lithium hydride, 1426 sodium borohydride, 1427 sodium hydride, 1870 potassium borohydride, 2010 magnesium hydride, 2463 aluminium hydride, 1409 metal hydrides, water-reactive, n.o.s.;

(b) 2805 lithium hydride, solid, castings, 2835 sodium aluminium hydride, 1409 metal hydrides, water-reactive, n.o.s.

Note: 1. 1871 titanium hydride and 1437 zirconium hydride are substances of Class 4.1 (see marginal 2401, 14°).

• 2. 

  2870 aluminium borohydride is a substance of Class 4.2 [see marginal 2431, 17° (a)].

17° Metal carbides and metal nitrides:

(a) 2806 lithium nitride;

(b) 1394 aluminium carbide, 1402 calcium carbide.

18° Metal phosphides, toxic:

(a) 1360 calcium phosphide, 1397 aluminium phosphide, 1419 magnesium aluminium phosphide, 1432 sodium phosphide, 1433 stannic phosphides, 1714 zinc phosphide, 2011 magnesium phosphide, 2012 potassium phosphide, 2013 strontium phosphide.

Note: 1. Compounds of phosphorus with heavy metals such as iron, copper, etc., are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• 2. 

  3048 aluminium phosphide pesticides, with additives inhibiting the emission of flammable gases are substances of Class 6.1 [see marginal 2601, 43°, (a)].

19° Metal amides and metal cyanamides:

(b) 1390 alkali metal amides;

(c) 1403 calcium cyanamide with more than 0.1 % (mass) calcium carbide.

Note: 1. Calcium cyanamide containing not more than 0.1 % (mass) calcium carbide is not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• 2. 

  2004 magnesium diamide is a substance of Class 4.2 [see marginal 2431, 16° (b)].

20° Inorganic solid substances and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases, non-toxic and non-corrosive, and which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(a) 2813 water-reactive solid, n.o.s.;

(b) 1340 phosphorus pentasulphide (P2S5) free from yellow and white phosphorus, 2813 water-reactive solid, n.o.s.;

Note: Phosphorus pentasulphide not free from yellow and white phosphorus is not to be accepted for carriage.

(c) 2968 maneb [manganese ethylene 1,2-bis(dithiocarbamate)], stabilized against self-heating, or 2968 maneb preparation, stabilized against self-heating, 2813 water-reactive solid, n.o.s.

Note: 2210 maneb or 2210 maneb preparations in self-heating form are substances of Class 4.2 [see marginal 2431, 16° (c)], however, see also marginal 2471a, (c).

21° Inorganic liquid substances and solutions of inorganic substances (such as preparations and wastes) which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases, non-toxic and non-corrosive, and which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(a) 3148 water-reactive liquid, n.o.s.;

Note: Special packing conditions are applicable to this substance [see marginal 2473 (2)].

(b) 3148 water-reactive liquid, n.o.s.;

(c) 3148 water-reactive liquid, n.o.s.

22° Inorganic solid substances and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases, toxic, and which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(a) 3134 water-reactive solid, toxic, n.o.s.;

(b) 3134 water-reactive solid, toxic, n.o.s.;

(c) 3134 water-reactive solid, toxic, n.o.s.

Note: For toxicity criteria, see marginal 2600 (3).

23° Inorganic liquid substances and solutions of inorganic substances (such as preparations and wastes) which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases, toxic, and which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(a) 3130 water-reactive liquid, toxic, n.o.s.;

Note: Special packing conditions are applicable to this substance [see marginal 2473 (2)].

(b) 3130 water-reactive liquid, toxic, n.o.s.;

(c) 3130 water-reactive liquid, toxic, n.o.s.

Note: For toxicity criteria, see marginal 2600 (3).

24° Inorganic solid substances and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases, corrosive, and which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(a) 3131 water-reactive solid, corrosive, n.o.s.;

(b) 3131 water-reactive solid, corrosive, n.o.s.;

(c) 3131 water-reactive solid, corrosive. n.o.s.

Note: For corrosivity criteria, see marginal 2800 (3).

25° Inorganic liquid substances and solutions of inorganic substances (such as preparations and wastes) which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases, corrosive, and which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(a) 3129 water-reactive liquid, corrosive, n.o.s.;

Note: Special packing conditions are applicable to this substance [see marginal 2473 (2)].

(b) 3129 water-reactive liquid, corrosive, n.o.s.;

(c) 3129 water-reactive liquid, corrosive, n.o.s.

Note: For corrosivity criteria, see marginal 2800 (3).

• C. 

  Empty packagings

31° Empty packagings, including empty intermediate bulk containers (IBCs), empty tank-vehicles, empty demountable tanks and empty tank-containers, uncleaned, as well as empty vehicles for carriage in bulk and empty small bulk containers, uncleaned, which have contained substances of Class 4.3.

2471a Substances of the various items carried under the following conditions are not subject to the provisions for this Class contained in this Annex and in Annex B:

(a) Substances classified under (a) of each item are not covered by this marginal;

(b) Substances classified under (b) of each item:

liquids: up to 500 ml per inner packaging;

aluminium powder of 13° (b): up to 1 kg per inner packaging;

other solids: up to 500 g per inner packaging;

(c) Substances classified under (c) of each item:

liquids: up to 1 litre per inner packaging;

solids: up to 1 kg per inner packaging.

These quantities of substances shall be carried in combination packagings which at least meet the conditions of marginal 3538. A package shall not weigh more than 30 kg.

The 'General packing conditions` of marginal 3500 (1), (2) and (5) to (7) shall be observed.

• 2. 

  Provisions

• A. 

  Packages

• 1. 

  General conditions of packing

2472 (1) Packagings shall satisfy the conditions of Appendix A.5, unless special conditions for the packing of certain substances are prescribed in marginal 2473.

Intermediate bulk containers (IBCs) shall satisfy the conditions of Appendix A.6.

• (2) 

  Packagings shall be hermetically closed so as to prevent any infiltration of humidity or any loss of the contents. They shall not have vents in accordance with marginals 3500 (8) or 3601 (6).

• (3) 

  In accordance with the provisions of marginals 2470 (3) and 3511 (2) or 3611 (2) respectively, the following shall be used:

• - 

  packagings of packing group I, marked with the letter 'X`, for very dangerous substances classified under (a) of each item,

• - 

  packagings of packing group II or I, marked with the letter 'Y` or 'X`, or IBCs of packing group II, marked with the letter 'Y`, for dangerous substances classified under (b) of each item,

• - 

  packagings of packing group III, II or I, marked with the letter 'Z`, 'Y` or 'X`, or IBCs of packing group III or II, marked with the letter 'Z` or 'Y`, for less dangerous substances classified under (c) of each item.

Note: For the carriage of substances of Class 4.3 in tank-vehicles, demountable tanks or tank-containers, and for carriage in bulk, see Annex B.

• 2. 

  Special conditions for packing of certain substances

2473 (1) Chlorosilanes of 1° (a) shall be packed in corrosion-resistant steel receptacles with a maximum capacity of 450 litres. The receptacles shall be subjected to the initial test and periodic tests every five years at a pressure of not less than 0.4 MPa (4 bar) (gauge pressure). The closing device of the receptacle shall be protected by a cap. The maximum permissible mass of filling per litre of capacity for trichlorosilane, ethyldichlorosilane and methyldichlorosilane shall not exceed 1.14 kg, 0.93 kg or 0.95 kg respectively, if the filling is carried out by mass; if the filling is by volume, the degree of filling shall not exceed 85 %. Receptacles shall also carry a plate showing the following particulars in a durable form:

• - 

  chlorosilanes, Class 4.3;

• - 

  description of the chlorosilane(s) accepted for carriage;

• - 

  tare () of the receptacle, including accessories;

• - 

  test pressure () (gauge pressure);

• - 

  date (month, year) of the last test undergone;

• - 

  stamp of the expert who carried out the test;

• - 

  capacity () of the receptacle;

• - 

  maximum degree of filling allowed by mass () for each substance accepted for carriage.

• (2) 

  Substances of 3° (a), 21° (a), 23° (a) and 25° (a) shall be packed in hermetically closing metal receptacles which are not affected by the contents and have a capacity of not more than 450 litres. The receptacles shall be subjected to the initial test and periodic tests every five years at a pressure of at least 1 MPa (10 bar) (gauge pressure).

The receptacles shall not be filled to more than 90 % of their capacity; however, a space of 5 % shall remain empty for safety when the liquid is at an average temperature of 50 °C. During carriage, the liquid shall be under a layer of inert gas, the gauge pressure of which shall be not less than 50 kPa (0.5 bar). The receptacles shall carry a plate showing the following particulars in a durable form:

• - 

  substance or substances () accepted for carriage;

• - 

  tare () of the receptacle, including accessories;

• - 

  test pressure () (gauge pressure);

• - 

  date (month, year) of the last test undergone;

• - 

  stamp of the expert who carried out the test;

• - 

  capacity () of the receptacle;

• - 

  maximum mass of filling allowed ().

• (3) 

  Substances referred to in paragraph (2) above may also be packed combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538 with a glass inner packaging and a steel or aluminium outer packaging conforming to marginal 3532.

Receptacles shall not be filled to more than 90 % of their capacity. A package shall contain only a single inner packaging. Such combination packagings shall conform to a design type which has been tested and approved in accordance with Appendix A.5 for packing group I.

2474 (1) Substances classified under (a) of 2°, 11°, 13°, 14°, 16° to 18°, 20°, 22° and 24°, shall be packed in:

(a) non-removable head steel drums conforming to marginal 3520, or

(b) non-removable head aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521, or

(c) non-removable head steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522, or

(d) non-removable head plastics drums with a maximum capacity of 60 litres and non-removable head plastics jerricans conforming to marginal 3526, or

(e) composite packagings (plastics material) conforming to marginal 3537, or

(f) combination packagings with glass, plastics material or metal inner receptacles conforming to marginal 3538.

• (2) 

  Solids as defined in marginal 2470 (10) may also be packed in:

(a) removable head drums conforming to marginal 3520 for steel, marginal 3521 for aluminium, marginal 3526 for plastics material, or in removable head jerricans conforming to marginal 3522 for steel or marginal 3526 for plastics material, or

(b) combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538 with one or more sift-proof inner bags.

2475 (1) Substances classified under (b) of the various items shall be packed in:

(a) steel drums conforming to marginal 3520, or

(b) aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521, or

(c) steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522, or

(d) plastics drums and jerricans conforming to marginal 3526, or

(e) composite packagings (plastics material) conforming to marginal 3537, or

(f) combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538, or

(g) composite packagings (glass, porcelain, stoneware) conforming to marginal 3539.

• (2) 

  Substances of 12° to 17° and 20° may also be packed in:

(a) metal IBCs conforming to marginal 3622, or

(b) rigid plastics IBCs conforming to marginal 3624, or

(c) composite IBCs with plastics inner receptacle conforming to marginal 3625, with the exception of types 11HZ2 and 31HZ2.

• (3) 

  Solids as defined in marginal 2470 (10) may also be packed in:

(a) plywood drums conforming to marginal 3523 or in fibre drums conforming to marginal 3525, if necessary with one or more sift-proof inner bags, or

(b) plastics film bags conforming to marginal 3535, provided that they make up a full load or are loaded on pallets.

2476 (1) Substances classified under (c) of the various items shall be packed in:

(a) steel drums conforming to marginal 3520, or

(b) aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521, or

(c) steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522, or

(d) plastics drums and jerricans conforming to marginal 3526, or

(e) composite packagings (plastics material) conforming to marginal 3537, or

(f) combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538, or

(g) composite packagings (glass, porcelain, stoneware) conforming to marginal 3539, or

(h) light gauge metal packagings conforming to marginal 3540, or

(i) metal IBCs conforming to marginal 3622, or

(j) rigid plastics IBCs conforming to marginal 3624, or

(k) composite IBCs with plastics inner receptacle conforming to marginal 3625 with the exception of types 11HZ2 and 31HZ2.

• (2) 

  Solids as defined in marginal 2470 (10) may also be packed in:

(a) plywood drums conforming to marginal 3523 or fibre drums conforming to marginal 3525, if necessary with one or more sift-proof inner bags, or

(b) plastics film bags conforming to marginal 3535, or

(c) flexible IBCs conforming to marginal 3623, with the exception of types 13H1, 13L1 and 13M1.

Note: Substances of 15° (c) may also be packed in packagings, which need only meet the requirement of marginal 3500 (1), (2) and (5) to (7), and they may in addition be packed in IBCs of type 13H1.

2477 The openings of receptacles for substances of 23° shall be tightly closed by means of two devices in series, one of which shall be screwed or secured in an equivalent manner.

Note: For IBCs, see, however, marginal 3621 (8).

2478-

2480

• 3. 

  Mixed packing

2481 (1) Substances classified under the same item may be packed together in a combination packaging conforming to marginal 3538.

• (2) 

  Substances classified under (a) of the various items may not be packed together with substances of the various items of Class 4.3, with substances and articles of other classes or with goods which are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• (3) 

  With the exception of the substances referred to in (2), substances of the various items of Class 4.3, in quantities not exceeding 3 litres for liquids and/or 6 kg for solids per receptacle, may be packed together in a combination packaging conforming to marginal 3538 with each other, with substances or articles of other classes - provided that mixed packing is also permitted for substances and articles of those classes - and/or with goods not subject to the provisions of this Directive, provided they do not react dangerously with one another.

• (4) 

  The following shall be considered dangerous reactions:

(a) combustion and/or giving off considerable heat;

(b) emission of flammable and/or toxic gases;

(c) formation of corrosive liquids;

(d) formation of unstable substances.

• (5) 

  The provisions of marginals 2001 (7), 2002 (6) and (7) and 2472 shall be observed.

• (6) 

  If wooden or fibreboard cases are used, a package shall not weigh more than 100 kg.

• 4. 

  Marking and danger labels on packages (see Appendix A.9)

Marking

2482 (1) Each package shall be clearly and durably marked with the identification number of the goods to be entered in the transport document, preceded by the letters 'UN`.

Danger labels

• (2) 

  Packages containing substances of Class 4.3 shall bear a label conforming to model No 4.3.

• (3) 

  Packages containing substances of 1° and 2° shall, in addition, bear a label conforming to models Nos. 3 and 8.

• (4) 

  Packages containing substances of 3° and lithium aluminium hydride, ethereal, of 16° (a) shall, in addition, bear a label conforming to model No 3.

• (5) 

  Packages containing substances of 14° shall, in addition, bear a label conforming to model No 4.2.

• (6) 

  Packages containing substances of 15°, 18°, 22° and 23° shall, in addition, bear a label conforming to model No 6.1.

• (7) 

  Packages containing substances of 24° and 25° shall, in addition, bear a label conforming to model No 8.

• (8) 

  Packages containing fragile receptacles not visible from the outside shall, in addition, bear on two opposite sides a label conforming to model No 12.

• (9) 

  Packages containing liquids in receptacles the closures of which are not visible from the outside shall bear on two opposite sides a label conforming to model No 11.

2483

• B. 

  Particulars in the transport document

2484 The description of the goods in the transport document shall conform to one of the identification numbers and names printed in italics in marginal 2471.

If the substance is not mentioned by name, but is assigned to an n.o.s. entry, the description of the goods shall consist of the identification number and the n.o.s. designation, followed by the chemical or technical name of substance ().

The description of the goods shall be followed by particulars of the class, the item number, if applicable, the letter, and the initials 'ADR` (or 'RID`) e.g. '4.3, 1° (a), ADR`.

For the carriage of wastes [see marginal 2000 (5)], the description of the goods shall be: 'Waste containing `, the component(s) used for the classification of the waste under marginal 2002 (8) to be entered under its/their chemical name(s), e.g. 'Waste, earth containing 1428 sodium, 4.3, 11° (a), ADR.`

For the carriage of solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) containing several components subject to the provisions of this Directive, it will not in general be necessary to refer to more than two components which predominantly contribute to the danger or dangers of the solutions and mixtures.

If a named substance in accordance with marginal 2470 (9) is not subject to the conditions of this Class, the consignor may enter in the transport document: 'Not goods of Class 4.3`.

For the solutions and mixtures containing only one component subject to the provisions of this Directive, the word 'solution` or 'mixture` shall be added as part of the name in the transport document [see marginal 2002 (8) (a)].

When a solid is handed over for carriage in the molten state the description of the goods shall further specify 'molten`, unless the term already appears in the name.

2485-

2491

• C. 

  Empty packagings

2492 (1) Uncleaned empty packagings, including empty IBCs, of 31° shall be closed in the same manner and be leakproof to the same degree as if they were full.

• (2) 

  Uncleaned empty packagings, including empty IBCs, of 31° shall bear the same danger labels as if they were full.

• (3) 

  The description in the transport document shall conform to one of the names printed in italics in 31°, e.g. 'Empty packaging, 4.3, 31°, this Directive`.

In the case of empty tank-vehicles, empty demountable tanks, empty tank-containers and empty small containers, uncleaned, this description shall be completed by the words 'Last load` together with the name and item number of the goods last loaded, e.g. 'Last load: 1295 trichlorosilane, 1° (a)`.

2493-

2499

CLASS 5.1 OXIDIZING SUBSTANCES

• 1. 

  List of substances

2500 (1) Among the substances covered by the title of Class 5.1, those which are listed in marginal 2501 or are covered by a collective heading in that marginal are subject to the conditions set out in marginals 2500 (2) to 2522 and to the provisions of this Annex and of Annex B. They are then considered as substances of this Directive.

Note: For the quantities of substances listed in marginal 2501 which are not subject to the provisions for this Class, either in this Annex or in Annex B, see marginal 2501a.

• (2) 

  The title of Class 5.1 covers substances which, while in themselves not necessarily combustible, may, generally by yielding oxygen, cause or contribute to the combustion of other material.

• (3) 

  The substances of Class 5.1 are subdivided as follows:

• A. 

  Liquid oxidizing substances and their aqueous solutions

• B. 

  Solid oxidizing substances and their aqueous solutions

• C. 

  Empty packagings

Substances of Class 5.1 (other than the substances of 5° and 20°) which are classified under the various items of marginal 2501 shall be assigned to one of the following groups designated by the letter (a), (b) or (c) according to their degree of danger.

(a) highly oxidizing;

(b) oxidizing;

(c) slightly oxidizing.

• (4) 

  Solid oxidizing substances not specifically named may be assigned to Class 5.1 either on the basis of experience, or in accordance with the test method, procedure and criteria set out in Appendix A.3, marginals 3350 and 3351. In the event of divergence between test results and known experience, judgement based on known experience shall take precedence over test results. Liquid oxidizing substances not specifically named shall be assigned to Class 5.1 on the basis of experience.

• (5) 

  When substances not specifically named are assigned to the items of marginal 2501 on the basis of the test procedure in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3350 and 3351, the following criterion applies:

A substance shall be assigned to Class 5.1 if, in either concentration tested, the mean burning time of the sawdust, established from three tests, is equal to or less than that of the average of the three tests with ammonium persulphate mixture.

• (6) 

  When substances not specifically named are assigned to the letters of the items of marginal 2501 on the basis of the test procedure in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3350 and 3351, the following criteria apply:

• - 

  a substance shall be assigned to letter (a) when, in either concentration tested, it exhibits a burning time less than with potassium bromate;

• - 

  a substance shall be assigned to letter (b) when, in either concentration tested, it exhibits a burning time equal to or less than with potassium perchlorate and the criteria for letter (a) are not met;

• - 

  a substance shall be assigned to letter (c) when, in either concentration tested, it exhibits a burning time equal to or less than with ammonium persulphate and the criteria for groups letters (a) or (b) are not met.

• (7) 

  If substances of Class 5.1, as a result of admixtures, come into different categories of risk from those to which the substances of marginal 2501 belong, these mixtures or solutions shall be assigned to the items and letters to which they belong on the basis of their actual degree of danger.

Note: For the classification of solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes), see also marginal 2002 (8).

• (8) 

  When substances are specifically named under more than one letter of the same item of marginal 2501, the relevant letter may be determined on the basis of the results of the test procedure in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3350 and 3351, and the criteria set out in paragraph (6).

• (9) 

  On the basis of the test procedure in accordance with Appendix A.3, marginals 3350 and 3351, and the criteria set out in paragraph (6), it may also be determined whether the nature of a specifically named substance is such that the substance is not subject to the provisions for this Class (see marginal 2514).

• (10) 

  For the packaging requirements of marginals 2506 (2), 2507 (2) and 2508 (2), substances or mixtures of substances having a melting point above 45 °C are considered to be solids.

• (11) 

  The chemically unstable substances of Class 5.1 shall be accepted for carriage only if the necessary steps have been taken to prevent their dangerous decomposition or polymerization during carriage. To this end it shall in particular be ensured that receptacles do not contain any material liable to promote these reactions.

• (12) 

  Oxidizing solids, self-heating, assigned to identification number 3100, oxidizing solids, water-reactive, assigned to identification number 3121 and oxidizing solids, flammable, assigned to identification number 3137 of the United Nations Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods shall not be accepted for carriage (see, however, marginal 2002 (8), footnote (¹) to the table contained in paragraph 2.3.1).

• A. 

  Liquid oxidizing substances and their aqueous solutions

2501 1° Hydrogen peroxide and its solutions, or mixtures of hydrogen peroxide with another liquid in aqueous solution:

• a) 

  2015 hydrogen peroxide, stabilized, or 2015 hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solution, stabilized with more than 60 % hydrogen peroxide;

Notes: 1. Special packing conditions are applicable to these substances (see marginal 2503).

• 2. 

  Hydrogen peroxide, not stabilized or hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions, not stabilized containing more than 60 % hydrogen peroxide, are not to be accepted for carriage.

• b) 

  2014 hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solution with not less than 20 % but not more than 60 % hydrogen peroxide (stabilized as necessary); 3149 hydrogen peroxide and peroxyacetic acid mixture, stabilized, with acid(s), water and not more than 5 % peroxyacetic acid;

Note: This mixture of hydrogen peroxide and peroxyacetic acid (No 3149) shall, in laboratory testing (), neither detonate in the cavitated state nor deflagrate at all and shall show no effect when heated under confinement nor any explosive power. The formulation shall be thermally stable (self-accelerating decomposition temperature 60 °C or higher for a 50 kg package), and a liquid compatible with peroxyacetic acid shall be used for desensitization. Formulations not meeting these criteria are to be regarded as substances of Class 5.2 [see Appendix A.1, marginal 3106 (2) (g)].

• c) 

  2984 hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions, with not less than 8 % but less than 20 % hydrogen peroxide (stabilized as necessary).

Note: Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions containing less than 8 % hydrogen peroxide are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

2° Tetranitromethane:

• a) 

  1510 tetranitromethane.

Note: Tetranitromethane not free from combustible impurities is not to be accepted for carriage.

3° Perchloric acid solution:

• a) 

  1873 perchloric acid in aqueous solution with more than 50 % but not more than 72 % acid, by mass.

Notes: 1. Perchloric acid solutions containing more than 72 % (mass) acid, or mixtures of perchloric acid with any liquid other than water, are not to be accepted for carriage.

• 2. 

  1802 perchloric acid with not more than 50 %, by mass, in aqueous solution, acid is a substance of Class 8 [see marginal 2801, 4° (b)].

4° Chloric acid solution:

• b) 

  2626 chloric acid, aqueous solution, with not more than 10 % chloric acid.

Note: Chloric acid solution containing more than 10 % chloric acid or mixtures of chloric acid with any liquid other than water is not to be accepted for carriage.

5° The following halogenated compounds of fluorine:

1745 bromine pentafluoride, 1746 bromine trifluoride, 2495 iodine pentafluoride.

Notes: 1. Special packing conditions are applicable to these substances (see marginal 2504).

• 2. 

  Other halogenated compounds of fluorine are not to be accepted for carriage as substances of Class 5.1.

• B. 

  Solid oxidizing substances and their aqueous solutions

11° Chlorates and mixtures of chlorates with borates or hygroscopic chlorides (such as magnesium chloride or calcium chloride):

• b) 

  1452 calcium chlorate, 1458 chlorate and borate mixture, 1459 chlorate and magnesium chloride mixture, 1485 potassium chlorate, 1495 sodium chlorate, 1506 strontium chlorate, 1513 zinc chlorate, 2427 potassium chlorate, aqueous solution, 2428 sodium chlorate, aqueous solution, 2429 calcium chlorate, aqueous solution, 2721 copper chlorate, 2723 magnesium chlorate, 1461 chlorates, inorganic, n.o.s., 3210 chlorates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s.

Notes: 1. See also 29°.

• 2. 

  Ammonium chlorate and mixtures of a chlorate with an ammonium salt are not to be accepted for carriage.

12° Ammonium perchlorate:

• b) 

  1442 ammonium perchlorate.

Note: Classification of this substance shall be in accordance with the results of the tests under Appendix A.1. Depending on the particle size and the packaging of the substance, see also Class 1 (marginal 2101, 4°, No 0402).

13° Perchlorates (with the exception of ammonium perchlorate, see 12°):

• b) 

  1455 calcium perchlorate, 1475 magnesium perchlorate, 1489 potassium perchlorate, 1502 sodium perchlorate, 1508 strontium perchlorate, 1481 perchlorates, inorganic, n.o.s., 3211 perchlorates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s.

Note: See also 29°.

14° Chlorites:

• b) 

  1453 calcium chlorite, 1496 sodium chlorite, 1462 chlorites, inorganic, n.o.s.

Notes: 1. 1908 chlorite solution is a substance of Class 8 [see marginal 2801, 61° (b) or (c)].

• 2. 

  Ammonium chlorite and mixtures of a chlorite with an ammonium salt are not to be accepted for carriage.

15° Hypochlorites:

• b) 

  1471 lithium hypochlorite, dry or 1471 lithium hypochlorite mixtures, 1748 calcium hypochlorite, dry or 1748 calcium hypochlorite mixture, dry with more than 39 % available chlorine (8,8 % available oxygen), 2880 calcium hypochlorite, hydrated or 2880 calcium hypochlorite, hydrated mixture with not less than 5,5 % but not more than 10 % water, 3212 hypochlorites, inorganic, n.o.s.;

• c) 

  2208 calcium hypochlorite mixture, dry with more than 10 % but not more than 39 % available chlorine.

Notes: 1. Calcium hypochlorite mixtures, dry, containing not more than 10 % available chlorine are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• 2. 

  1791 hypochlorite solution is a substance of Class 3 [see marginal 2801, 61° (b) or (c)].

• 3. 

  Mixtures of a hypochlorite with an ammonium salt are not to be accepted for carriage.

• 4. 

  See also 29°.

16° Bromates:

• b) 

  1473 magnesium bromate, 1484 potassium bromate, 1494 sodium bromate, 1450 bromates, inorganic, n.o.s., 3213 bromates, inorganic, aqueous solutions, n.o.s.;

• c) 

  2469 zinc bromate, 3213 bromates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s.

Notes: 1. Ammonium bromate and mixtures of a bromate with an ammonium salt are not to be accepted for carriage.

• 2. 

  See also 29°.

17° Permanganates:

• b) 

  1456 calcium permanganate, 1490 potassium permanganate, 1503 sodium permanganate, 1515 zinc permanganate, 1482 permanganates, inorganic, n.o.s., 3214 permanganates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s.

Note: 1. Ammonium permanganate and mixtures of a permanganate with an ammonium salt are not to be accepted for carriage.

• 2. 

  See also 29°.

18° Persulphates:

• c) 

  1444 ammonium persulphate, 1492 potassium persulphate, 1505 sodium persulphate, 3215 persulphates, inorganic, n.o.s., 3216 persulphates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s.

19° Percarbonates:

• c) 

  2467 sodium percarbonates, 3217 percarbonates, inorganic, n.o.s.

Note: Sodium carbonate peroxyhydrate is not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

20° Ammonium nitrate solutions:

2426 ammonium nitrate, liquid, hot concentrated solution, in a concentration of more than 80 % but not more than 93 %, provided that:

• 1. 

  the pH is between 5 and 7 measured in an aqueous solution of 10 % of the substance carried,

• 2. 

  the solution does not contain more than 0,2 % combustible material or chlorine compounds in quantities such that the chlorine level exceeds 0,02 %.

Note: Aqueous solutions of ammonium nitrate, in a concentration not exceeding 80 %, are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

21° Ammonium nitrate and ammonium nitrate fertilizers ():

• c) 

  1942 ammonium nitrate with not more than 0,2 % combustible substances, including any organic substance calculated as carbon, to the exclusion of any other added substance,

2067 ammonium nitrate fertilizers, type A1: uniform non-segregating mixtures of ammonium nitrate with added matter which is inorganic and chemically inert towards ammonium nitrate, with not less than 90 % ammonium nitrate and not more than 0,2 % combustible material (including organic material calculated as carbon), or with more than 70 % but less than 90 % ammonium nitrate and not more than 0,4 % total combustible material,

2068 ammonium nitrate fertilizers, type A2: uniform non-segregating mixtures of ammonium nitrate with calcium carbonate and/or dolomite, with more than 80 % but less than 90 % ammonium nitrate and not more than 0,4 % total combustible material,

2069 ammonium nitrate fertilizers, type A3: uniform non-segregating mixtures of ammonium nitrate and ammonium sulphate, with more than 45 % but not more than 70 % ammonium nitrate and not more than 0,4 % total combustible material,

2070 ammonium nitrate fertilizers, type A4: uniform non-segregating mixtures of nitrogen phosphate or nitrogen potash types or complete fertilizers of nitrogen phosphate potash type, with more than 70 % but less than 90 % ammonium nitrate and not more than 0,4 % total combustible material.

Notes: 1. Ammonium nitrate containing more than 0,2 % combustible substances (including any organic substance calculated as carbon) is not to be accepted for carriage unless it is a constituent of a substance or article of Class 1.

• 2. 

  In determining the ammonium nitrate content, all nitrate ions for which a molecular equivalent of ammonium ions is present in the mixture shall be calculated as ammonium nitrate.

• 3. 

  Fertilizers having an ammonium nitrate content or a content in combustible substances exceeding the values shown are not to be accepted for carriage except under the conditions applicable to Class 1. See also Note 5.

• 4. 

  Fertilizers having an ammonium nitrate content below the limit values indicated are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• 5. 

  Ammonium nitrate fertilizers, uniform non-segregating mixtures of nitrogen phosphate or nitrogen potash types or complete fertilizers of nitrogen phosphate potash type whose molecular excess of nitrate ions over ammonium ions (calculated as potassium nitrate) is less than 10 % are not subject to the provisions of this Directive, provided that:

• a) 

  their ammonium nitrate content is not more than 70 % and their total content of combustible material is not more than 0,4 %, or

• b) 

  their ammonium nitrate content is not more than 45 % irrespective of their content of combustible material.

22° Nitrates (with the exception of substances of 20°, 21° and 29°):

• b) 

  1493 silver nitrate, 1514 zinc nitrate, 1477 nitrates, inorganic, n.o.s., 3218 nitrates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s.;

• c) 

  1438 aluminium nitrate, 1451 caesium nitrate, 1454 calcium nitrate, 1465 didymium nitrate, 1466 ferric nitrate, 1467 guanidine nitrate, 1474 magnesium nitrate, 1486 potassium nitrate, 1498 sodium nitrate, 1499 sodium nitrate and potassium nitrate mixtures, 1507 strontium nitrate, 2720 chromium nitrate, 2722 lithium nitrate, 2724 manganese nitrate, 2725 nickel nitrate, 2728 zirconium nitrate, 1477 nitrates, inorganic, n.o.s., 3218 nitrates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s.

Notes: 1. 1625 mercuric nitrate, 1627 mercurous nitrate and 2727 thallium nitrate are substances of Class 6.1 [see marginal 2601, 52° (b) and 68° (b)]. 2976 thorium nitrate, solid, 2980 uranyl nitrate hexahydrate solution and 2981 uranyl nitrate, solid are substances of Class 7 (see marginal 2704, schedules 5, 6, 9, 10, 11 and 13).

• 2. 

  The commercial grade of calcium nitrate fertilizer, consisting mainly of a double salt (calcium nitrate and ammonium nitrate) and containing not more than 10 % ammonium nitrate and at least 12 % water of crystallization, is not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

23° Nitrites:

• b) 

  1488 potassium nitrite, 1512 zinc ammonium nitrite, 2627 nitrites, inorganic, n.o.s., 3219 nitrites, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s.;

• c) 

  1500 sodium nitrite, 2726 nickel nitrite, 3219 nitrites, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s.

Notes: 1. Ammonium nitrite and mixtures of an inorganic nitrite with an ammonium salt are not to be accepted for carriage.

• 2. 

  Zinc ammonium nitrite is not permitted for carriage on sea routes.

24° Mixtures of nitrates and nitrites of items 22° and 23°.

• b) 

  1487 potassium nitrate and sodium nitrite mixture.

Note: Mixtures with an ammonium salt are not to be accepted for carriage.

25° Peroxides and superoxides:

• a) 

  1491 potassium peroxide, 1504 sodium peroxide, 2466 potassium superoxide, 2547 sodium superoxide;

• b) 

  1457 calcium peroxide, 1472 lithium peroxide, 1476 magnesium peroxide, 1509 strontium peroxide, 1516 zinc peroxide, 1483 peroxides, inorganic, n.o.s.

Note: See also 29°.

26° Chloroisocyanuric acids and their salts:

• b) 

  2465 dichloroisocyanuric acid, dry or 2465 dichloroisocyanuric acid salts, 2468 trichloroisocyanuric acid, dry.

Note: The dihydrated sodium salt of dichloroisocyanuric acid is not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

27° Solid oxidizing substances, non-toxic, non-corrosive, and mixtures of these substances (such as preparations and wastes) which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(a) 1479 oxidizing solid, n.o.s.;

(b) 1439 ammonium dichromate, 3247 sodium peroxoborate, anhydrous, 1479 oxidizing solid, n.o.s.;

(c) 1479 oxidizing solid, n.o.s.

28° Aqueous solutions of solid oxidizing substances, non-toxic, non-corrosive, and of mixtures of these substances (such as preparations and wastes) which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(b) 3139 oxidizing liquid, n.o.s.;

(c) 3139 oxidizing liquid, n.o.s.

29° Solid oxidizing substances, toxic, and mixtures of these substances (such as preparations and wastes) which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(a) 3087 oxidizing solid, toxic, n.o.s.;

(b) 1445 barium chlorate, 1446 barium nitrate, 1447 barium perchlorate, 1448 barium permanganate, 1449 barium peroxide, 1469 lead nitrate, 1470 lead perchlorate, 2464 beryllium nitrate, 2573 thallium chlorate, 2719 barium bromate, 2741 barium hypochlorite with more than 22 % available chlorine, 3087 oxidizing solid, toxic, n.o.s.;

(c) 1872 lead dioxide, 3087 oxidizing solid, toxic, n.o.s.

Note: For toxicity criteria, see marginal 2600 (3).

30° Aqueous solutions of solid oxidizing substances, toxic, and of mixtures of these substances (such as preparations and wastes) which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(a) 3099 oxidizing liquid, toxic, n.o.s.;

(b) 3099 oxidizing liquid, toxic, n.o.s.;

(c) 3099 oxidizing liquid, toxic, n.o.s.

Note: For toxicity criteria, see marginal 2600 (3).

31° Solid oxidizing substances, corrosive, and mixtures of these substances (such as preparations and wastes) which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(a) 3085 oxidizing solid, corrosive, n.o.s.;

(b) 1463 chromium trioxide, anhydrous (solid chromic acid), 3085 oxidizing solid, corrosive, n.o.s.;

(c) 1511 urea hydrogen peroxide, 3085 oxidizing solid, corrosive, n.o.s.

Notes: 1. For corrosivity criteria, see marginal 2800 (3).

• 2. 

  1755 chromic acid solution is a substance of Class 8 [see marginal 2801, 17° (b) or (c)].

32° Aqueous solutions of solid oxidizing substances, corrosive, and of mixtures of these substances (such as preparations and wastes) which cannot be classified under other collective headings:

(a) 3098 oxidizing liquid, corrosive, n.o.s.;

(b) 3098 oxidizing liquid, corrosive, n.o.s.;

(c) 3098 oxidizing liquid, corrosive, n.o.s.

Note: For corrosivity criteria, see marginal 2800 (3).

• C. 

  Empty packagings

Note: Empty packagings with residues from their previous contents adhering to the outside are not to be accepted for carriage.

41° Empty packagings, including empty intermediate bulk containers (IBCs), empty tank-vehicles, empty demountable tanks and empty tank-containers, uncleaned as well as empty vehicles for carriage in bulk and empty small bulk containers, uncleaned, which have contained substances of Class 5.1.

2501a Substances of the various items, carried in conformity with the following provisions, are subject neither to the provisions for this Class contained in this Annex nor to those contained in Annex B:

(a) Substances classified under (a) of each item are not covered by this marginal.

(b) Substances classified under (b) of each item:

liquids: not more than 500 ml per inner packaging;

solids: not more than 500 g per inner packaging;

(c) Substances classified under (c) of each item:

liquids: not more than 1 litre per inner packaging;

solids: not more than 1 kg per inner packaging.

These quantities of substances shall be carried in combination packagings which at least meet the conditions of marginal 3538. A package shall not weigh more than 30 kg.

The 'General conditions of packing` of marginal 3500(1), (2) and (5) to (7) shall be observed.

• 2. 

  Provisions

• A. 

  Packages

• 1. 

  General conditions of packing

2502 (1) Packagings shall satisfy the conditions of Appendix A.5, unless special conditions for the packing of certain substances are prescribed in marginals 2503 and 2504.

• (2) 

  Intermediate bulk containers (IBCs) shall satisfy the conditions of Appendix A.6.

• (3) 

  In accordance with the provisions of marginals 2500(3) and 3511(2) or 3611(2) respectively the following shall be used:

• - 

  packagings of packing group I, marked with the letter 'X` for the strongly oxidizing substances classified under the letter (a) of each item;

• - 

  packagings of packing group II or I, marked with the letter 'Y` or 'X`, or IBCs of packing group II, marked with the letter 'Y`, for the oxidizing substances classified under the letter (b) of each item;

• - 

  packagings of packing group III, II or I, marked with the letter 'Z`, 'Y`, or 'X`, or IBCs of packing group III or II, marked with the letter 'Z` or 'Y`, for the slightly oxidizing substances classified under the letter (c) of each item.

Note: For the carriage of substances of Class 5.1 in tank-vehicles,demountable tanks or tank-containers, and for the carriage in bulk of solids of this Class, see Annex B.

• 2. 

  Special conditions for packing of certain substances

2503 (1) Substances of 1° (a) shall be packed in:

(a) non-removable head drums of aluminium of at least 99.5 % purity, conforming to marginal 3521, or in non-removable head drums of special steel not liable to cause decomposition of the hydrogen peroxide, conforming to marginal 3520; or

(b) combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538 with inner packagings of glass, plastics or metal not liable to cause decomposition of the hydrogen peroxide. An inner packaging made of glass or plastics shall not contain more than 2 litres: one of metal not more than 5 litres.

Packagings shall be fitted with a vent conforming to marginal 3500 (8). These combination packagings shall conform to a design type which has been tested and approved in accordance with Appendix A.5 for packing group I.

• (2) 

  Packagings shall not be filled to more than 90 % of their capacity.

• (3) 

  A package shall not weigh more than 125 kg.

2504 Substances of 5° shall be carried in cylinders with a capacity of not more than 150 litres, or receptacles with a capacity of not more than 1 000 litres (e.g. cylindrical receptacles with rolling hoops or spherical receptacles), made of carbon steel or of a suitable alloy steel.

(a) The receptacles shall comply with the relevant provisions of Class 2 [see marginals 2211 and 2213(1) and (2)]. The receptacles shall be designed for a calculation pressure of not less than 2,1 MPa (21 bar) (gauge pressure). The wall thickness of the receptacles shall not, however, be less than 3 mm. Before their first use, the receptacles shall be subjected to a hydraulic pressure test with a gauge pressure of not less than 1 MPa (10 bar). This test shall be repeated every 8 years, accompanied by an internal inspection of the receptacles and a check of the fittings. The receptacles shall in addition be inspected for corrosion every 2 years by means of suitable measuring apparatus (e.g. ultrasound) and also with regard to the condition of the fittings. For the tests and inspections the relevant provisions of Class 2 shall be applicable (see marginals 2215 and 2216).

(b) The receptacles shall not be filled to more than 92 % of their capacity.

(c) The following particulars shall be shown on receptacles in a clearly legible and permanent manner:

• - 

  name of the manufacturer or the manufacturing mark and the number of the receptacle,

• - 

  description of the substance conforming to marginal 2501, 5°,

• - 

  tare mass of the receptacle and the permissible maximum mass of the filled receptacle,

• - 

  date (month, year) of the initial test and of the latest periodical test,

• - 

  stamp of the expert who carried out the tests and inspections.

2505 Ammonium nitrate solutions of 20° shall be carried only in tank-vehicles and demountable tanks (see Appendix B.1a) or in tank-containers (see Appendix B.1b).

2506 (1) Substances classified under (a) of the various items, other than 1° (a), of marginal 2501 shall be packed in:

(a) non-removable head steel drums conforming to marginal 3520, or

(b) non-removable head aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521, or

(c) non-removable head steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522, or

(d) non-removable head plastics drums of a capacity not exceeding 60 litres or non-removable head plastics jerricans conforming to marginal 3526, or

(e) composite packagings (plastics material) conforming to marginal 3537, or

(f) combination packagings with inner packagings of glass, plastics or metal conforming to marginal 3538.

• (2) 

  Perchloric acid of 3° (a) may also be packed in composite packagings (glass) conforming to marginal 3539.

• (3) 

  Solid substances within the meaning of marginal 2500 (10) may also be packed in:

(a) removable head drums conforming to marginals 3520 for steel, 3521 for aluminium, 3523 for plywood, 3525 for fibreboard, or 3526 for plastics material, or in removable-head jerricans conforming to marginals 3522 for steel or 3526 for plastics material, if necessary with one or more sift-proof inner bags; or

(b) combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538, with one or more sift-proof inner bags.

2507 (1) Substances classified under (b) of the various items of marginal 2501 shall be packed in:

(a) steel drums conforming to marginal 3520, or

(b) aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521, or

(c) steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522, or

(d) plastics drums or plastics jerricans conforming to marginal 3526, or

(e) composite packagings (plastics material) conforming to marginal 3537, or

(f) combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538, or

(g) composite packagings (glass, porcelain or stoneware) conforming to marginal 3539, or

(h) metal IBCs conforming to marginal 3622, or

(i) rigid plastics IBCs conforming to marginal 3624, or

(j) composite IBCs with plastics inner receptacle conforming to marginal 3625 with the exception of types 11HZ2 and 31HZ2.

Note to (a), (b), (c) and (d): Simplified conditions are applicable to removable head drums and jerricans for viscous substances having a viscosity of more than 200 mm2/s at 23 °C and for solid substances (see marginals 3512, 3553, 3554 and 3560).

• (2) 

  Solid substances within the meaning of marginal 2500 (10) may also be packed in:

(a) drums conforming to marginal 3523 for plywood or 3525 for fibreboard, if necessary with one or more sift-proof inner bags, or

(b) sift-proof bags conforming to marginals 3533 for textile material, 3534 for woven plastics material or 3535 for plastics film or 3536 for water-resistant paper, provided the goods are carried as a full load or the bags secured on pallets, or

(c) flexible IBCs conforming to marginal 3623 with the exception of types 13H1, 13L1 and 13M1, provided that carriage is limited to full loads.

2508 (1) Substances classified under (c) of the various items of marginal 2501 shall be packed in:

(a) steel drums conforming to marginal 3520, or

(b) aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521, or

(c) steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522, or

(d) plastics drums or plastics jerricans conforming to marginal 3526, or

(e) composite packagings (plastics material) conforming to marginal 3537, or

(f) combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538, or

(g) composite packagings (glass, porcelain or stoneware) conforming to marginal 3539, or

(h) light gauge metal packagings conforming to marginal 3540, or

(i) metal IBCs conforming to marginal 3622, or

(j) rigid plastics IBCs conforming to marginal 3624, or

(k) composite IBCs with plastics inner receptacle conforming to marginal 3625, with the exception of types 11HZ2 and 31HZ2.

Note to (a), (b), (c), (d) and (h): Simplified conditions are applicable to removable head drums, jerricans and light gauge metal packagings for viscous substances having a viscosity of more than 200 mm2/s at 23 °C and for solid substances (see marginals 3512, 3552 to 3554 and 3560).

• (2) 

  Solid substances within the meaning of marginal 2500 (10) may also be packed in:

(a) drums conforming to marginal 3523 for plywood or 3525 for fibreboard, if necessary with one or more sift-proof inner bags, or

(b) sift-proof bags conforming to marginals 3533 for textile material, 3534 for woven plastics material or 3535 for plastics film or 3536 for water-resistant paper, or

(c) flexible intermediate bulk containers (IBCs) with the exception of types 13H1, 13L1 and 13M1, conforming to marginal 3623. Substances of 21° and 22° (c) may be carried in all types of flexible IBCs conforming to marginal 3623.

2509 Packagings or IBCs containing substances of 1° (b) or 1° (c) shall be fitted with a vent conforming to marginal 3500 (8) or 3601 (6) respectively.

2510

• 3. 

  Mixed packing

2511 (1) Substances covered by the same item number may be packed together in a combination packaging conforming to marginal 3538.

• (2) 

  Substances of different items of this Class in quantities not exceeding, per receptacle, 3 litres for liquids and/or 5 kg for solids, may be packed together and/or with goods not subject to the provisions of ADR, in a combination packaging conforming to marginal 3538 provided they do not react dangerously with one another.

• (3) 

  Except as otherwise specially provided under paragraph (7), substances of this Class, in quantities not exceeding, per receptacle, 3 litres for liquids and/or 5 kg for solids, may be packed together in a combination packaging conforming to marginal 3538, with substances or articles of other classes, provided that mixed packing is also permitted for the substances and articles of these classes, and/or with goods which are not subject to the provisions of this Directive, provided they do not react dangerously with one another.

• (4) 

  The following are considered dangerous reactions:

(a) combustion and/or giving off considerable heat,

(b) emission of flammable and/or toxic gases,

(c) formation of corrosive liquids,

(d) formation of unstable substances.

• (5) 

  The provisions of marginals 2001 (7), 2002 (6) and (7) and 2502 shall be complied with.

• (6) 

  If wooden or fibreboard boxes are used, a package shall not weigh more than 100 kg.

• (7) 

  For substances of 1° (a), 2°, 4°, 5°, 11°, 12°, 13°, 14°, 16° (b), 17°, 25° and 27° to 32° and substances classified under (a) in the remaining items, mixed packing is not allowed. However, for perchloric acid with more than 50 % acid of 3° (a), mixed packing is permitted with perchloric acid of Class 8, marginal 2801, 4° (b).

• 4. 

  Marking and danger labels on packages (see Appendix A.9)

Marking

2512 (1) Each package shall be clearly and durably marked with the identification number of the goods to be entered in the transport document, preceded by the letters 'UN`.

Danger labels

• (2) 

  Packages containing substances of Class 5.1 shall bear a label conforming to model No 5.1.

• (3) 

  Packages containing substances of 2°, 5°, 29° or 30° shall in addition bear a label conforming to model No 6.1. Packages containing substances of 1° (a), 1° (b), 3° (a), 5°, 31° or 32° shall in addition bear a label conforming to model No 8.

• (4) 

  Packages containing fragile receptacles not visible from the outside shall bear on two lateral opposite sides a label conforming to model No 12.

• (5) 

  Packages containing liquid substances in receptacles, the closures of which are not visible from the outside, as well as packages containing vented receptacles or vented receptacles without outer packaging, shall bear on two opposite sides a label conforming to model No 11.

2513

• B. 

  Particulars in the transport document

2514 The description of the goods in the transport document shall conform to one of the identification numbers and one of the names printed in italics in marginal 2501.

If the substance is not mentioned by name but is assigned to an n.o.s. entry the description of the goods shall consist of the identification number and the n.o.s. designation, followed by the chemical or technical name of the substance ().

The description of the goods shall be followed by particulars of the class, the item number, if applicable, the letter, and the initials 'ADR` (or 'RID`.), e.g.'5.1, 11° (b), ADR`.

For the carriage of wastes [see marginal 2000 (4)] the description of the goods shall be: 'Waste, containing `, the component(s) used for the classification of the waste under marginal 2002 (8) to be entered under its/their chemical name(s) e.g. 'Waste earth containing 1513 zinc chlorate, 5.1, 11° (b), ADR`.

For the carriage of solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) containing several components subject to the provisions of this Directive, it will not in general be necessary to refer to more than two components which predominantly contribute to the danger or dangers of the solutions and mixtures.

If a named substance in accordance with marginal 2500 (9), is not subject to the conditions of this Class, the consignor may enter in the transport document: 'Not goods of Class 5.1`.

For the solutions and mixtures containing only one component subject to the provisions of this Directive, the word 'solution` or 'mixture` shall be added as part of the name in the transport document [see marginal 2002 (8) (a)].

When a solid is handed over for carriage in the molten state the description of the goods shall further specify 'molten`, unless the term already appears in the name.

2515-

2521

• C. 

  Empty packagings

2522 (1) Uncleaned empty packagings, including empty IBCs, of 41° shall be closed in the same manner and with the same degree of leakproofness as if they were full.

• (2) 

  Uncleaned empty packagings, including empty IBCs, of 41° shall bear the same danger labels as if they were full.

• (3) 

  The description in the transport document shall conform to one of the names printed in italics in 41°, e.g. 'Empty packagings, 5.1, 41°, ADR`. In the case of empty tank-vehicles, empty demountable tanks, empty tank containers and empty small bulk containers, uncleaned, this description shall be completed by adding the words 'Last load` together with the name and item number of the goods last loaded, e.g. 'Last load: 2015 hydrogen peroxide, inhibited 1° (a)`.

2523-

2549

CLASS 5.2 ORGANIC PEROXIDES

• 1. 

  List of substances

2550 (1) Among the substances and articles covered by the title of Class 5.2, only those which are listed in marginal 2551 or are covered by a collective heading of that marginal are subject to the conditions set out in marginals 2550 (4) to 2567 and to the provisions of this Annex and of Annex B. They are then considered as substances and articles of this Directive ().

Note: For the classification of solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes), see also marginal 2002 (8).

• (2) 

  Organic peroxides and formulations of organic peroxides are not considered to be substances of Class 5.2, if:

• - 

  they contain not more than 1,0 % available oxygen from the organic peroxides when containing not more than 1,0 % hydrogen peroxide;

• - 

  they contain not more than 0,5 % available oxygen from the organic peroxides when containing more than 1,0 % but not more than 7,0 % hydrogen peroxide; or

• - 

  tests have proved that they are of type G [see paragraph (6)].

Note: The available oxygen content ( %) of an organic peroxide formulation is given by the formula 16 × Ó (ni × ci/mi) where:

ni

• - 

  number of peroxygen groups per molecule of organic peroxide i;

Ci

• - 

  concentration (mass %) of organic peroxide i; and

mi

• - 

  molecular mass of organic peroxide i.

• (3) 

  The following organic peroxides are not to be permitted for carriage under the provisions of Class 5.2:

• - 

  organic peroxides type A [see Appendix A.1, marginal 3104 (2)(a)].

Definition

• (4) 

  Class 5.2 covers organic substances which contain the bivalent -O-O- structure and may be considered derivatives of hydrogen peroxide, where one or both of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by organic radicals.

Properties

• (5) 

  Organic peroxides are thermally unstable substances which are liable to exothermic self-accelerating decomposition at normal or elevated temperatures. The decomposition can be initiated by heat, contact with impurities (e.g. acids, heavy-metal compounds, amines), friction or impact. The rate of decomposition increases with temperature and varies with the organic peroxide formulation. Decomposition may result in the evolution of harmful, or flammable, gases or vapours. Some organic peroxides may decompose explosively, particularly if confined. This characteristic may be modified by the addition of diluents or by the use of appropriate packagings. Many organic peroxides burn vigorously. Contact of organic peroxides with the eyes shall be avoided. Some organic peroxides will cause serious injury to the cornea, even after brief contact, or will be corrosive to the skin.

Classification of organic peroxides

• (6) 

  Organic peroxides are classified into seven types according to the degree of danger. The principles to be applied to the classification of substances not listed in marginal 2551 are set out in Appendix A.1, marginal 3104. The types of organic peroxide range from type A, which is not accepted for carriage in the packaging in which it is tested, to type G, which is not subject to the provisions of Class 5.2 [see marginal 2561 (5)]. The classification of types B to F is directly related to the maximum quantity allowed in one packaging.

• (7) 

  Organic peroxides and formulations of organic peroxides listed in marginal 2551 are assigned to collective headings:

• - 

  1° to 20°, identification numbers 3101 to 3120.

The collective headings specify:

• - 

  the type (B to F) of organic peroxide, see paragraph (6);

• - 

  physical state (liquid/solid), see marginal 2553 (1); and

• - 

  temperature control (when required), see paragraph (16) to (19).

Mixtures of these formulations may be classified as the same type of organic peroxide as that of the most dangerous component and be transported under the conditions of transport given for this type. However, as two stable components can form a thermally less stable mixture, the selfaccelerating decomposition temperature of the mixture should be determined and, if necessary, the control and emergency temperature derived from the SADT in accordance with marginal 2550 (17).

• (8) 

  Classification of organic peroxides, formulations or mixtures of organic peroxides not listed in marginal 2551 and assignment to a collective heading shall be made by the competent authority of the country of origin.

• (9) 

  Samples of organic peroxides or formulations of organic peroxides not listed in marginal 2551, for which a complete set of test results in not available and which are to be carried for further testing or evaluation, shall be assigned to one of the appropriate entries for organic peroxides type C provided the following conditions are met:

• - 

  the available data indicate that the sample whould be no more dangerous than organic peroxides type B;

• - 

  the sample is packaged in accordance with packing method OP2A or OP2B and the quantity per transport unit is limited to 10 kg;

• - 

  the available data indicate that the control temperature, if any, is sufficiently low to prevent any dangerous decomposition and sufficiently high to prevent any dangerous phase separation.

Desensitization of organic peroxides

• (10) 

  In order to ensure safety during carriage, organic peroxides are in many cases desensitized by organic liquids or solids, inorganic solids or water. Where a percentage of a substance is stipulated, this refers to the percentage by mass, rounded to the nearest whole number. In general, desensitization shall be such that, in case of spillage, the organic peroxide will not concentrate to a dangerous extent.

• (11) 

  Unless otherwise stated for the individual organic peroxide formulation, the following definition(s) shall apply to diluents used for desensitization:

• - 

  diluents type A are organic liquids which are compatible with the organic peroxide and which have a boiling point of not less than 150 °C. Type A diluents may be used for desensitizing all organic peroxides,

• - 

  diluents type B are organic liquids which are compatible with the organic peroxide and which have a boiling point of less than 150 °C but not less than 60 °C and a flash-point of not less than 5 °C.

Type B diluents may only be used for desensitization of organic peroxides for which temperature control is required. The boiling point of the liquid shall be at least 50 °C higher than the control temperature of the organic peroxide.

• (12) 

  Diluents, other than type A or B, may be added to organic peroxide formulations as listed in marginal 2551 provided that they are compatible and do not change the classification.

• (13) 

  Water may only be used for the desensitization of organic peroxides which are listed in marginal 2551 or in the competent authority decision according to paragraph (8) as being 'with water` or 'as a stable dispersion in water`. Samples of organic peroxides or formulations of organic peroxides not listed in marginal 2551 may also be desensitised with water provided the requirements of paragraph (9) are met.

• (14) 

  Organic and inorganic solids may be used for desensitization of organic peroxides provided that they are compatible.

• (15) 

  Compatible liquids and solids are those which have no detrimental influence on the thermal stability and hazard type of the organic peroxide formulation.

Temperature control provisions

• (16) 

  Certain organic peroxides may only be carried under temperature-controlled conditions. The control temperature is the maximum temperature at which the organic peroxide can be safely carried. It is assumed that the temperature of the immediate surroundings of a package only exceeds 55 °C during carriage for a relatively short time in a 24 hour period. In the event of loss of temperature control, it may be necessary to implement emergency procedures. The emergency temperature is the temperature at which such procedures shall be implemented.

• (17) 

  The control and emergency temperatures are derived from the self-accelerating decomposition temperature (SADT) which is defined as the lowest temperature at which self-accelerating decomposition may occur with a substance in the packaging as used during carriage (see Table 1). The SADT shall be determined in order to decide whether a substance shall be subjected to temperature control during carriage. Provisions for the determination of the SADT are given in Appendix A.1, marginal 3103.

>TABLE>

• (18) 

  The following organic peroxides shall be subject to temperature control during carriage:

• - 

  organic peroxides types B and C with an SADT ≤ 50 °C;

• - 

  organic peroxides type D showing a violent or medium effect when heated under confinement with an SADT ≤ 50 °C or showing a low or no effect when heated under confinement with an SADT ≤ 45 °C; and

• - 

  organic peroxides types E and F with an SADT ≤ 45 °C.

Note: Provisions for the determination of the effects of heating under confinement are given in Appendix A.1, marginal 3103.

• (19) 

  Where applicable, control and emergency temperatures are listed in marginal 2551. The actual temperature during carriage may be lower than the control temperature but shall be selected so as to avoid dangerous separation of phases.

2551 A. Organic peroxides not requiring temperature control

1° (b) 3101 organic peroxide type B, liquid, such as:

>TABLE>

2° (b) 3102 organic peroxide type B, solid, such as:

>TABLE>

3° (b) 3103 organic peroxide type C, liquid, such as:

>TABLE>

4° (b) 3104 organic peroxide type C, solid, such as:

>TABLE>

5° (b) 3105 organic peroxide type D, liquid, such as:

>TABLE>

6° (b) 3106 organic peroxide type D, solid, such as:

>TABLE>

7° (b) 3107 organic peroxide type E, liquid, such as:

>TABLE>

8° (b) 3108 organic peroxide type E, solid, such as:

>TABLE>

9° (b) 3109 organic peroxide type F, liquid, such as:

>TABLE>

10° (b) 3110 organic peroxide type F, solid, such as:

>TABLE>

• B. 

  Organic peroxides requiring temperature control

Note: Substances of 11° to 20° are organic peroxides which decompose easily at normal temperatures and shall therefore be carried only under conditions of adequate refrigeration. For these organic peroxides, the maximum temperature during carriage shall not exceed the control temperature indicated.

11° (b) 3111 organic peroxide type B, liquid, temperature controlled, such as:

>TABLE>

12° (b) 3112 organic peroxide type B, solid, temperature controlled, such as:

>TABLE>

13° (b) 3113 organic peroxide type C, liquid, temperature controlled, such as:

>TABLE>

14° (b) 3114 organic peroxide type C, solid, temperature controlled, such as:

>TABLE>

15° (b) 3115 organic peroxide type D, liquid, temperature controlled, such as:

>TABLE>

16° (b) 3116 organic peroxide type D, solid, temperature controlled, such as:

>TABLE>

17° (b) 3117 organic peroxide type E, liquid, temperature controlled, such as:

>TABLE>

18° (b) 3118 organic peroxide type E, solid, temperature controlled, such as:

>TABLE>

19° (b) 3119 organic peroxide type F, liquid, temperature controlled, such a:

>TABLE>

20° (b) 3120 organic peroxide type F, solid, temperature controlled

No organic peroxides are currently included under this item.

• C. 

  Empty packagings

31° Empty packagings, including empty intermediate bulk containers (IBCs), empty tank-vehicles, empty demountable tanks and empty tank-containers, uncleaned, having contained substances of Class 5.2.

2551a Test or repair kits, or other articles, containing small quantities of substances indicated below, carried in conformity with the following provisions, are not subject to the provisions for this Class contained in this Annex or in Annex B:

(a) liquids of 1°, 3°, 5°, 7°, or 9°: not more than 25 ml per inner packaging;

(b) solids of 2°, 4°, 6°, 8°, or 10°: not more than 100 g per inner packaging.

These quantities of substances shall be carried in combination packagings which at least meet the conditions of marginal 3538. The total gross mass of the package shall not exceed 30 kg. These quantities of substances may be packed together with other articles or substances provided that they will not interact dangerously in the event of leakage.

The following are considered dangerous reactions:

(a) combustion and/or giving off considerable heat;

(b) emission of flammable and/or toxic gases;

(c) formation of corrosive liquids;

(d) formation of unstable substances.

The 'General conditions of packing` of marginal 3500 (1), (2) and (5) to (7) shall be observed.

• 2. 

  Provisions

• A. 

  Packages

• 1. 

  General conditions of packing

2552 (1) Packagings shall satisfy the conditions of Appendix A.5 and shall be so constructed that none of the materials which are in contact with the contents will dangerously affect the contents. The degree of filling shall not exceed 93 %. For conbination packagings, cushioning materials shall not be readily combustible and shall not cause decomposition of the organic peroxide if leakage occurs.

• (2) 

  Intermediate bulk containers (IBCs) shall satisfy the conditions of Appendix A.6.

• (3) 

  In accordance with the provisions of marginals 3511 (2) or 3611 (2), packagings of packing groups II or I marked with the letter 'Y` or 'X` or IBCs of packing group II, marked with the letter 'Y`, shall be used. Metal packagings of packing group I, however, shall not be used.

Note: For the carriage of substances of Class 5.2 in tank vehicles, demountable tanks or tank-containers, see Annex B.

• 2. 

  Special conditions for packing of certain substances and articles

2553 (1) The packing methods for substances of Class 5.2 are listed in Table 2 and are designated OP1A to OP8A for liquids and OP1B to OP8B for solids. Viscous substances with an outflow time from a DIN-CUP with 4 mm Ø outlet at 20 °C exceeding 10 minutes (corresponding to an outflow time of more than 690 seconds at 20 °C from a Ford cup 4, or to more than 2,68 × 10-3 m2/s) shall be considered as solids.

• (2) 

  Substances and articles shall be packed as indicated in marginal 2551 and as set out in detail in Table 2(A) and 2(B). A packing method for a package of a smaller size (i.e. with a lower OP number) may be used; this provision is not applicable, however, to a packing method for a package of a larger size (i.e. with a higher OP number).

• (3) 

  Packages bearing a label conforming to model No. 01 shall comply with the provisions of marginal 2102 (4) and (6).

• (4) 

  Receptacles or IBCs, containing substances of 1° (b), 3° (b), 5° (b), 7° (b), 9° (b), 11° (b), 13° (b), 15° (b), 17° (b) or 19° (b), which give off small quantities of gases, shall be vented, in accordance with marginal 3500 (8) or 3601 (6).

2554 (1) For organic peroxides or formulations of organic peroxides not listed in marginal 2551, the following procedure shall be used to assign the appropriate packing method:

(a) Organic peroxides type B:

Substances and articles shall be assigned packing method OP5A or OP5B provided that they satisfy the criteria of Appendix A.1, marginal 3104 (2) (b) in one of the packagings indicated. If the organic peroxide can only satisfy these criteria in a smaller packaging than those listed for packing method OP5A or OP5B (i.e. one of the packagings listed for OP1A to OP4A or OP1B to OP4B), then the corresponding packing method with the lower OP number shall be assigned.

(b) Organic peroxides type C:

Substances and articles shall be assigned packing method OP6A or OP6B provided that they satisfy the criteria of Appendix A.1, marginal 3104 (2)(c) in one of the packagings indicated. If the organic peroxide can only satisfy these criteria in a smaller packaging than those listed for packing method OP6A or OP6B then the corresponding packing method with the lower OP number shall be assigned.

(c) Organic peroxides type D:

Packing method OP7A or OP7B shall be assigned.

(d) Organic peroxides type E:

Packing method OP8A or OP8B shall be assigned.

(e) Organic peroxides type F:

Packing method OP8A or OP8B shall be assigned.

>TABLE>

>TABLE>

2555 (1) The substances of marginal 2551, 9° (b), 10° (b), 19° (b) or 20° (b) may be carried in IBCs under conditions laid down by the competent authority of the country of origin when, on the basis of testing, the competent authority is satisfied that such carriage may be safely conducted. The tests shall include those necessary:

• - 

  to prove that the organic peroxide complies with the principles for classification given in Appendix A.1, marginal 3104 (2) (f);

• - 

  to prove the compatibility with all materials normally in contact with the substance during carriage;

• - 

  to determine, when applicable, the control and emergency temperatures associated with the carriage of the substance in the IBC concerned as derived from the SADT;

• - 

  to design, when applicable, emergency-relief devices; and

• - 

  to determine if any special requirements are necessary.

• (2) 

  The following organic peroxides of type F may be carried in IBCs of the type shown, without complying with the conditions of paragraph (1):

>TABLE>

• (3) 

  To prevent explosive rupture of metal IBCs or composite IBCs with full wall metal casing, the emergency-relief devices shall be designed to vent all the decomposition products and vapours evolved during a period of not less than one hour of fire engulfment (heat load 110 kW/m2) or self-accelerating decomposition.

2556-

2557

• 3. 

  Mixed packing

2558 Substances of Class 5.2 shall not be packed together with substances or articles of other classes or with goods which are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• 4. 

  Marking and danger labels on packages (see Appendix A.9)

Marking

2559 (1) Each package shall be clearly and durably marked with the identification number of the goods to be entered in the transport document preceded by the letters 'UN`.

Danger labels

• (1) 

  Packages containing substances of Class 5.2 shall bear a label conforming to model No 5.2.

• (2) 

  Packages containing organic peroxides of 1°, 2°, 11° and 12° shall in addition bear a label conforming to model No. 01 unless the competent authority has permitted this label to be dispensed with for the type of packaging tested because the results have proved that the organic peroxide in such a packaging does not exhibit explosive behaviour [see marginal 2561 (4)].

• (3) 

  When a substance is highly corrosive or corrosive according to the criteria of Class 8 [see marginal 2800 (1)], packages shall, in addition, bear a label conforming to model No 8. This is indicated in marginal 2551 (additional labelling) or, when required, in the approved conditions of carriage [see marginal 2550 (8)].

• (4) 

  Packages containing fragile receptacles not visible from the outside shall bear on two opposite sides a label conforming to model No 12.

• (5) 

  Packages containing liquids in packagings the closures of which are not visible from the outside, packages containing vented packagings or vented packagings without outer packagings shall bear on two opposite sides a label conforming to model No 11.

2560

• B. 

  Particulars in the transport document

2561 (1) The description of the goods in the transport document shall conform to one of the identification numbers and the corresponding collective heading printed in italics in marginal 2551 followed by the chemical name (in brackets).

This description shall be followed by particulars of the class, the item number, if applicable, the letter and the initials 'ADR` (or 'RID`), e.g. '3108, organic peroxide type E, solid, (dibenzoyl peroxide), 5.2, 8° (b), ADR`.

For the carriage of wastes [see marginal 2000 (5)], the description of the goods shall be: 'Waste, containing `, the component(s) which has/have been used for the classification of the waste under marginal 2002 (8) to be entered under its/their chemical name(s), e.g. 'Waste, containing 3107 organic peroxide type E, liquid, (peroxyacetic acid), 5.2, 7° (b), ADR`. In general, not more than the two components which predominantly contribute to the danger or dangers of the waste need be shown.

• (2) 

  When substances and articles are carried under conditions fixed by the competent authority (see marginals 2550 (8), 2555 (1), 211 511 and 212 511, the following statement shall be included in the transport document:

'Carriage in accordance with marginal 2561 (2)`.

A copy of the decision of the competent authority with the conditions of carriage shall be attached to the transport document.

• (3) 

  When a sample of an organic peroxide is carried in accordance with marginal 2550 (9), the following statement shall be included in the transport document:

'Carriage in accordance with marginal 2561 (3)`.

• (4) 

  When, by permission of the competent authority in accordance with marginal 2559 (2), a label conforming to model No. 01 is not required, the following statement shall be included in the transport document:

'The danger label conforming to model No. 01 is not required`.

• (5) 

  When organic peroxides type G [see Appendix A.1, marginal 3104 (2)(g)] are carried, the following statement may be given in the transport document:

'Not a substance of Class 5.2`.

• (6) 

  For organic peroxides requiring temperature control during carriage, the following statement shall be given in the transport document:

'Control temperature: °C

Emergency temperature: °C`.

2562-

2566

• C. 

  Empty packagings

2567 (1) Empty packagings, including empty IBCs, uncleaned, of 31° shall be closed in the same manner and with the same degree of leakproofness as if they were full.

• (2) 

  Empty packagings including empty IBCs, uncleaned, of 31° shall bear the same danger labels as if they were full.

• (3) 

  The description in the transport document shall conform to one of the names printed in italics in 31°, e.g. 'Empty packagings, 5.2, 31°, ADR`. In the case of empty tank-vehicles, empty demountable tanks, empty tank-containers, uncleaned, this description shall be completed by adding the words 'Last load` together with the chemical name and item number of the goods last loaded, e.g. 'Last load: 3109 organic peroxide type F, liquid, (tert-butyl hydroperoxide), 9° (b)`.

2568-

2599

CLASS 6.1 TOXIC SUBSTANCES

• 1. 

  List of substances

2600 (1) Among the substances and articles covered by the title of Class 6.1, those which are listed in marginal 2601 or are covered by a collective heading of that marginal are subject to the conditions set out in marginals 2600(2) to 2622 and to the provisions of this Annex and of Annex B. They are then considered as substances and articles of this Directive.

Note: For the quantities of substances of marginal 2601 which are not subject to the provisions for this class either in this Annex or in Annex B, see marginal 2601a.

• (2) 

  The title of Class 6.1 covers the toxic substances of which it is known by experience or regarding which it is presumed from experiments on animals that in relatively small quantity they are able by a single action or by action of short duration to cause damage to human health, or death, by inhalation, by cutaneous absorption or by ingestion.

Substances of Class 6.1 are subdivided as follows:

• A. 

  Substances which are highly toxic on inhalation with a flash-point below 23 °C which are not substances of Class 3;

• B. 

  Organic substances which have a flash-point of not less than 23 °C or non-flammable organic substances;

• C. 

  Organometallic compounds or carbonyls;

• D. 

  Inorganic substances which may release toxic gases on contact with water (or atmospheric humidity), aqueous solutions or acids and other toxic water-reactive () substances;

• E. 

  Other inorganic substances and metallic salts of organic substances;

• F. 

  Substances and preparations used as pesticides;

• G. 

  Substances intended for laboratories and experiments and for the manufacture of pharmaceutical products, if not listed in other items of this Class;

• H. 

  Empty packagings.

• (3) 

  Substances and articles of Class 6.1, other than the substances of 1° to 5°, which are classified under the various items of marginal 2601, shall be assigned to one of the following groups designated by the letters (a), (b) or (c), according to their degree of toxicity:

(a) highly toxic substances

(b) toxic substances

(c) slightly toxic substances

Substances, mixtures and solutions, including pesticides of 71° to 87°, not expressly mentioned shall be classified under the appropriate item and letter according to the following criteria:

1 To assess the degree of toxicity, account shall be taken of human experience of instances of accidental poisoning, as well as special properties possessed by any individual substances: liquid state, high volatility, any special likelihood of cutaneous absorption, and special biological effects.

• 2. 

  In the absence of observations on humans, the degree of toxicity shall be assessed using the available data from animal experiments in accordance with the table below:

>TABLE>

2.1. Where a substance exhibits different degrees of toxicity for two or more kinds of exposure, it shall be classified under the highest such degree of toxicity.

2.2. Substances meeting the criteria of Class 8 and with an inhalation toxicity of dusts and mists (LC50) leading to Packing Group I shall only be accepted for an allocation to class 6.1 if the toxicity through oral ingestion or dermal contact is at least in the range of Group (a) or (b). Otherwise an assignment to Class 8 shall be made if appropriate (see footnote 1) marginal 2800).

LD50 value for acute oral toxicity

2.3. That dose of the substance administered which is most likely to cause death within 14 days in one half of both male and female young adult albino rats. The number of animals tested shall be sufficient to give a statistically significant result and shall be in conformity with good pharmacological practices. The result is expressed in mg per kg body mass.

LD50 value for acute dermal toxicity

2.4. That dose of the substance which, administered by continuous contact for 24 hours with the bare skin of albino rabbits, is most likely to cause death within 14 days in one half of the animals tested. The number of animals tested shall be sufficient to give a statistically significant result and shall be in conformity with good pharmacological practices. The result is expressed in mg per kg body mass.

LC50 value for acute toxicity on inhalation

2.5. That concentration of vapour, mist or dust which, administered by continuous inhalation for one hour to both male and female young adult albino rats, is most likely to cause death within 14 days in one half of the animals tested. If the substance is administered to the animals as dust or mist, more than 90 % of the particles available for inhalation in the testshall have a diameter of 10 ìm or less, provided that it is reasonably foreseeable that such concentrations could be encountered by humans during carriage. The result is expressed in mg per litre of air for dusts and mists and in ml per m3 of air (ppm) for vapours.

2.6. These criteria for inhalation toxicity of dusts and mists are based on LC50 data relating to 1-hour exposure, and where such information is available it shall be used. However, where only LC50 data relating to 4-hour exposure are available, such figures can be multiplied by four and the product substituted in the above criteria, i.e. LC50 value multiplied by four (4 hour) is considered the equivalent of LC50 (1 hour).

Inhalation toxicity of vapours

• 3. 

  Liquids giving off toxic vapours shall be classified into the following groups where 'V` is the saturated vapour concentration (in ml/m3 of air) (volatility) at 20 °C and standard atmospheric pressure:

>TABLE>

These criteria for inhalation toxicity of vapours are based on LC50 data relating to 1-hour exposure, and where such information is available, it shall be used.

However, where only LC50 data relating to 4-hour exposure to the vapours are available, such figures can be multiplied by two and the product substituted in the above criteria, i.e. LC50 (4 hour) × 2 is considered the equivalent of LC50 (1 hour).

Inhalation toxicity of vapours

Group borderlines

>REFERENCE TO A FILM>

In this figure, the criteria are expressed in graphical form, as an aid to easy classification. However, due to approximations inherent in the use of graphs, substances falling on or near group borderlines shall be checked using numerical criteria.

Mixtures of liquids

• 4. 

  Mixtures of liquids which are toxic on inhalation shall be assigned to danger categories according to the following criteria:

4.1. If LC50 is known for each of the toxic substances constituting the mixture, the group may be determined as follows:

(a) calculation of the LC50 of the mixture:

LC50 (mixture) = where

fi = molar fraction of constituent i of the mixture.

LC50i = average lethal concentration of constituent i in ml/m3.

(b) calculation of volatility of each mixture constituent:

Vi = Pi × >NUM>106

>DEN>101,3

ml/m3

where

Pi = partial pressure of constituent i in kPa at 20 °C and at standard atmospheric pressure.

(c) calculation of the ratio of volatility to LC50:

R = (d) the values calculated for LC50 (mixture) and R are then used to determine the group of the mixture:

Group (a): R ≥ 10 and LC50 (mixture) ≤ 1 000 ml/m3.

Group (b): R ≥ and LC50 (mixture) ≤ 3 000 ml/m3, if the mixture does not meet the criteria for (a)

Group (c): R ≥ 1/5 and LC50 (mixture) ≤ 5 000 ml/m3, if the mixture does not meet the criteria of group (a) or group (b).

4.2. In the absence of LC50 data on the toxic constituent substances, the mixture may be assigned to a group based on the following simplified threshold toxicity tests. When these threshold tests are used, the most restrictive group shall be determined and used for carrying the mixture.

4.3. A mixture is assigned to group (a) only if it meets both of the following criteria:

(i) A sample of the liquid mixture is vaporized and diluted with air to create a test atmosphere of 1 000 ml/m3 vaporized mixture in air. Ten albino rats (5 male and 5 female) are exposed to the test atmosphere for 1 hour and observed for 14 days. If five or more of the animals die within the 14-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have an LC50 equal to or less than 1 000 ml/m3.

(ii) A sample of vapour in equilibrium with the liquid mixture is diluted with 9 equal volumes of air to form a test atmosphere. Ten albino rats (5 male and 5 female) are exposed to the test atmosphere for 1 hour and observed for 14 days. If five or more of the animals die within the 14-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have a volatility equal to or greater than 10 times the mixture LC50.

4.4. A mixture is assigned to group (b) only if it meets both of the following criteria, and does not meet the criteria for group (a):

(i) A sample of the liquid mixture is vaporized and diluted with air to create a test atmosphere of 3 000 ml/m3 vaporized mixture in air. Ten albino rats (5 male and 5 female) are exposed to the test atmosphere for 1 hour and observed for 14 days. If five or more of the animals die within the 14-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have an LC50 equal to or less than 3 000 ml/m3.

(ii) A sample of the vapour in equilibrium with the liquid mixture is used to form a test atmosphere. Ten albino rats (5 male and 5 female) are exposed to the test atmosphere for 1 hour and observed for 14 days. If five or more of the animals die within the 14-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have a volatility equal to or greater than the mixture LC50.

4.5. A mixture is assigned to group (c) only if it meets both of the following criteria, and does not meet the criteria for groups (a) or (b):

(i) A sample of the liquid mixture is vaporized and diluted with air to create a test atmosphere of 5 000 ml/m3 vaporized mixture in air. Ten albino rats (5 male and 5 female) are exposed to the test atmosphere for 1 hour and observed for 14 days. If five or more of the animals die within the 14-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have an LC50 equal to or less than 5 000 ml/m3.

(ii) The vapour concentration (volatility) of the liquid mixture is measured and if the vapour concentration is equal to or greater than 1 000 ml/m3, the mixture is presumed to have a volatility equal to or greater than 1/5 the mixture LC50.

• (4) 

  When, as a result of additions, substances of Class 6.1 pass into other danger categories than those to which the substances mentioned by name in marginal 2601 belong, these mixtures or solutions shall be listed under the items and letters to which they belong, based on their actual degree of danger.

Note: For classification of solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes), see also marginal 2002 (8).

• (5) 

  On the basis of the criteria of paragraph (3), it may also be determined whether the nature of a solution or mixture mentioned by name or containing a substance mentioned by name is such that the solution or mixture is not subject to the requirements for this Class.

• (6) 

  Flammable liquids which are toxic on inhalation, having a flash-point below 23 °C, except substances of 1° to 10°, are substances of Class 3 (see marginal 2301, 11° to 19°).

• (7) 

  Flammable liquids slightly toxic, with the exception of substances and preparations used as pesticides, having a flash-point between 23 °C to 61 °C, inclusive, are substances of Class 3 (see marginal 2301).

• (8) 

  Self-heating substances slightly toxic are substances of Class 4.2 (see marginal 2431).

• (9) 

  Water-reactive substances slightly toxic are substances of Class 4.3 (see marginal 2471).

• (10) 

  Oxidizing substances slightly toxic are substances of Class 5.1 (see marginal 2501).

• (11) 

  Substances slightly toxic and slightly corrosive are substances of Class 8 (see marginal 2801).

• (12) 

  Chemically unstable substances of Class 6.1 shall not be accepted for carriage unless the necessary steps have been taken to prevent their dangerous decomposition or polymerization during carriage. To this end, it shall in particular be ensured that receptacles do not contain any substance(s) likely to cause such a reaction.

• (13) 

  Substances and mixtures of substances having a melting point above 45 °C are considered as solids within the meaning of the packing requirements of marginals 2606 (2), 2607 (4) and

• (14) 

  The flash-point referred to below shall be determined in the manner described in Appendix A.3.

• A. 

  Highly toxic substances having a flash-point below 23 °C

which are not substances of Class 3

2601 1° Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized:

1051 hydrogen cyanide, stabilized, containing not more than 3 % water, 1614 hydrogen cyanide, stabilized, containing not more than 3 % water and absorbed in a porous inert material.

Notes: 1. Special conditions of packing are applicable to this substance [see marginal 2603 (1)].

• 2. 

  Anhydrous hydrogen cyanide not satisfying these conditions is not to be accepted for carriage.

• 3. 

  Hydrogen cyanide (Hydrocyanic acid) containing less than 3 % water is stable, if the pH-value is 2,5 ± 0,5 and the liquid is clear and colourless.

2° Hydrogen cyanide solutions:

1613 hydrogen cyanide, aqueous solution (hydrocyanic acid), with not more than 20 % hydrogen cyanide, 3294 hydrogen cyanide, solution in alcohol, with not more than 45 % hydrogen cyanide.

Notes: 1. Special conditions of packing are applicable to these substances [see marginal 2603 (2)].

• 2. 

  Solutions of hydrogen cyanide which do not conform to these conditions are not to be accepted for carriage.

3° Metal carbonyls:

1259 nickel carbonyl, 1994 iron pentacarbonyl.

Notes: 1. Special conditions of packing are applicable to these substances (see marginal 2604).

• 2. 

  Other metal carbonyls having a flash-point below 23 °C are not to be accepted for carriage.

4° 1185 ethyleneimine, inhibited.

Note: Special conditions of packing are applicable to this substance [see marginal 2605 (1)].

5° 2480 methyl isocyanate.

Note: Special conditions of packing are applicable to this substance [see marginal 2605 (2)].

6° Other isocyanates having a flash-point below 23 °C:

(a) 2482 n-propyl isocyanate, 2484 tert-butyl isocyanate, 2485 n-butyl isocyanate.

7° Nitrogenous substances:

(a) 1. 1163 dimethylhydrazine, unsymmetrical, 1244 methylhydrazine;

• 2. 

  2334 allylamine, 2382 dimethylhydrazine, symmetrical.

8° Oxygenated substances:

(a) 1092 acrolein, inhibited, 1098 allyl alcohol, 1143 crotonaldehyde, stabilized, 2606 methyl orthosilicate.

9° Halogenated substances:

(a) 1239 methyl chloromethyl ether.

10° Corrosive halogenated substances:

(a) 1182 ethyl chloroformate, 1238 methyl chloroformate, 2407 isopropyl chloroformate, 2438 trimethylacetyl chloride.

• B. 

  Organic substances which have a flash-point of 23 °C or over

or non-flammable organic substances

Note: Organic substances and preparations used as pesticides are substances of 71° to 78° and 81° to 87°.

11° Nitrogenous substances having a flash-point between 23 °C and 61 °C inclusive:

(a) 3275 nitriles, toxic, flammable, n.o.s.;

(b) 2668 chloroacetonitrile, 3073 vinylpyridines, inhibited, 3275 nitriles, toxic, flammable, n.o.s.

12° Nitrogenous substances having a flash-point above 61 °C:

(a) 1541 acetone cyanohydrin, stabilized, 3276 nitriles, toxic, n.o.s.;

(b) 1547 aniline, 1577 chlorodinitrobenzenes, 1578 chloronitrobenzenes, 1590 dichloroanilines, 1596 dinitroanilines, 1597 dinitrobenzenes, 1598 dinitro-o-cresol, 1599 dinitrophenol solution, 1650 beta-naphthylamine, 1652 naphthylurea, 1661 nitroanilines (o-,m-,p-), 1662 nitrobenzene, 1664 nitrotoluenes (o-,m-,p-), 1665 nitroxylenes, (o-,m-,p-) 1708 toluidines, 1711 xylidines, 1843 ammonium dinitro-o-cresolate, 1885 benzidine, 2018 chloroanilines, solid, 2019 chloroanilines, liquid, 2038 dinitrotoluenes, 2224 benzonitrile, 2253 N,N-dimethylaniline, 2306 nitrobenzotrifluorides, 2307 3-nitro-4-chlorobenzotrifluoride, 2522 dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, 2572 phenylhydrazine, 2647 malononitrile, 2671 aminopyridines (o-,m-,p-), 2673 2-amino-4-chlorophenol, 2690 N,n-butylimidazole, 2738 N-butylaniline, 2754 N-ethyltoluidines, 2822 2-chloropyridine, 3276 nitriles, toxic, n.o.s.;

(c) 1548 aniline hydrochloride, 1599 dinitrophenol solution, 1663 nitrophenols (o-,m-,p-), 1673 phenylenediamines (o-,m-,p-), 1709 2,4-toluylenediamine, 2074 acrylamide, 2077 alpha-naphthylamine, 2205 adiponitrile, 2272 N-ethylaniline, 2273 2-ethylaniline, 2274 N-ethyl-Nbenzylaniline, 2294 N-methylaniline, 2300 2-methyl-5-ethylpyridine, 2311 phenetidines, 2431 anisidines, 2432 N,N-diethylaniline, 2446 nitrocresols, 2470 phenylacetonitrile, liquid, 2512 aminophenols (o-,m-,p-), 2651 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2656 quinoline, 2660 nitrotoluidines (mono), 2666 ethyl cyanoacetate, 2713 acridine, 2730 nitroanisole, 2732 nitrobromobenzene, 2753 N-ethylbenzyltoluidines, 2873 dibutylaminoethanol, 2941 fluoroanilines, 2942 2-trifluoromethylaniline, 2946 2-amino-5-diethylaminopentane, 3276 nitriles, toxic, n.o.s.

Note: Isocyanates having a flash-point above 61 °C are substances of 19°.

13° Oxygenated substances having a flash-point between 23 °C and 61 °C inclusive:

(a) 2521 diketene, inhibited.

14° Oxygenated substances having a flash-point above 61 °C:

(b) 1594 diethyl sulphate, 1671 phenol, solid, 2261 xylenols, 2587 benzoquinone, 2669 chlorocresols, 2821 phenol solution, 2839 aldol;

(c) 2369 ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, 2525 ethyl oxalate, 2609 triallyl borate, 2662 hydroquinone, 2716 1,4-butynediol, 2821 phenol solution, 2874 furfuryl alcohol, 2876 resorcinol, 2937 alpha-methylbenzyl alcohol, 2938 methyl benzoate.

15° Halogenated hydrocarbons:

(a) 1605 ethylene dibromide, 1647 methyl bromide and ethylene dibromide mixture, liquid, 2646 hexachlorocyclopentadiene;

Note: Mixtures of ethylene dibromide (sym-dibromoethane) with methyl bromide having, at 50 °C, a vapour pressure greater than 300 kPa (3 bar) are substances of Class 2 [see marginal 2201, 4° (bt)].

(b) 1669 pentachloroethane, 1701 xylyl bromide, 1702 1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane, 1846 carbon tetrachloride, 1886 benzylidene chloride, 1891 ethyl bromide, 2322 trichlorobutene, 2644 methyl iodide, 2653 benzyl iodide;

(c) 1591 o-dichlorobenzene, 1593 dichloromethane (methylene chloride), 1710 trichloroethylene, 1887 bromochloromethane, 1888 chloroform, 1897 tetrachloroethylene, 2279 hexachlorobutadiene, 2321 trichlorobenzenes, liquid, 2504 tetrabromoethane, 2515 bromoform, 2516 carbon tetrabromide, 2664 dibromoethane, 2688 1-bromo-3-chloropropane, 2729 hexachlorobenzene, 2831 1,1,1-trichloroethane, 2872 dibromochloropropanes.

Note: Mixtures of methyl chloride with methylene chloride (dichloromethane) having, at 50 °C, a vapour pressure greater than 300 kPa (3 bar) are substances of Class 2 [see marginal 2201, 4° (bt)].

16° Other halogenated substances having a flash-point between 23 °C and 61 °C inclusive:

(a) 1135 ethylene chlorohydrin, 2558 epibromohydrin;

(b) 1181 ethyl chloroacetate, 1569 bromoacetone, 1603 ethyl bromoacetate, 1916 2,2'-dichlorodiethyl ether, 2023 epichlorohydrin, 2295 methyl chloroacetate, 2589 vinyl chloroacetate, 2611 propylene chlorohydrin.

17° Other halogenated substances having a flash-point above 61 °C:

(a) 1580 chloropicrin, 1670 perchloromethyl mercaptan, 1672 phenylcarbylamine chloride, 1694 bromobenzyl cyanides, 2232 chloroacetaldehyde, 2628 potassium fluoroacetate, 2629 sodium fluoroacetate, 2642 fluoroacetic acid, 1583 chloropicrin mixture, n.o.s., 1610 halogenated irritating liquid, n.o.s.;

Note: Mixtures of methyl bromide or methyl chloride with chloropicrin , having, at 50 °C, a vapour pressure greater than 300 kPa (3 bar) are substances of Class 2 [see marginal 2201, 4° (at) or 4° (bt)].

(b) 1695 chloroacetone, stabilized, 1697 chloroacetophenone, 2075 chloral, anhydrous, inhibited, 2490 dichloroisopropyl ether, 2552 hexafluoroacetone hydrate, 2567 sodium pentachlorophenate, 2643 methyl bromoacetate, 2645 phenacyl bromide, 2648 1,2-dibromobutan-3-one, 2649 1,3-dichloroacetone, 2650 1,1-dichloro-1-nitroethane, 2750 1,3-dichloropropanol-2, 2948 3-trifluoromethylaniline, 3155 pentachlorophenol, 1583 chloropicrin mixture, n.o.s., 1610 halogenated irritating liquid, n.o.s.;

(c) 1579 4-chloro-o-toluidine hydrochloride, 2020 chlorophenols, solid, 2021 chlorophenols, liquid, 2233 chloroanisidines, 2235 chlorobenzyl chlorides, 2237 chloronitroanilines, 2239 chlorotoluidines, 2299 methyl dichloroacetate, 2433 chloronitrotoluenes, 2533 methyl trichloroacetate, 2659 sodium chloroacetate, 2661 hexachloroacetone, 2689 glycerol alpha-monochlorohydrin, 2747 tert-butylcyclohexyl chloroformate, 2849 3-chloropropoanol-1, 2875 hexachlorophene, 3241 2-bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol, 1583 chloropicrin mixture, n.o.s., 1610 halogenated irritating liquid, n.o.s.

Note: Chloroformates having predominantly corrosive properties are substances of Class 8 (see marginal 2801, 64°).

18° Isocyanates having a flash-point between 23 °C and 61 °C inclusive:

(b) 2285 isocyanatobenzotrifluorides, 2487 phenyl isocyanate, 2488 cyclohexyl isocyanate, 3080 isocyanates, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. or 3080 isocyanate solution, toxic, flammable, n.o.s.

Note: Solutions of these isocyanates having a flash-point below 23 °C are substances of Class 3 [see marginal 2301, 14° (b)].

19° Isocyanates having a flash-point above 61 °C:

(b) 2078 toluene diisocyanate and isomer mixtures, 2236 3-chloro-4-methylphenyl isocyanate, 2250 dichlorophenyl isocyanates, 2281 hexamethylene diisocyanate, 2206 isocyanates, toxic, n.o.s. or 2206 isocyanate solution, toxic, n.o.s.;

Notes: 1. Solutions of these isocyanates having a flash-point below 23 °C are substances of Class 3 (see marginal 2301, 14°).

• 2. 

  Solutions of these isocyanates having a flash-point between 23 °C and 61 °C inclusive are substances of 18° (b).

(c) 2290 isophoronediisocyanate, 2328 trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate and isomer mixtures, 2489 diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate, 2206 isocyanates, toxic, n.o.s. or 2206 isocyanate solution, toxic, n.o.s.

20° Substances containing sulphur and having a flash-point between 23 °C and 61 °C inclusive:

(a) 2337 phenyl mercaptan;

(b) 1545 allyl isothiocyanate, inhibited, 2477 methyl isothiocyanate, 3023 tert-octyl mercaptan, 3071 mercaptans, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. or 3071 mercaptan mixture, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s.

21° Substances containing sulphur and having a flash-point above 61 °C:

(b) 1651 naphthylthiourea, 2474 thiophosgene, 2936 thiolactic acid, 2966 thioglycol;

(c) 2785 4-thiapentanal.

22° Substances containing phosphorus and having a flash-point between 23 °C and 61 °C inclusive:

(a) 3279 organophosphorus compound, toxic, flammable, n.o.s.;

(b) 3279 organophosphorus compound, toxic, flammable, n.o.s.

23° Substances containing phosphorus and having a flash-point above 61 °C:

(a) 3278 organophosphorus compound, toxic, n.o.s.;

(b) 1611 hexaethyl tetraphosphate, 1704 tetraethyl dithiopyrophosphate, 2501 tris-(1-aziridinyl) phosphine oxide, solution, 2574 tricresyl phosphate with more than 3 % ortho isomer, 3278 organophosphorus compound, toxic, n.o.s.;

(c) 2501 tris-(1-aziridinyl) phosphine oxide, solution, 3278 organophosphorus compound, toxic, n.o.s.

24° Toxic organic substances carried in the molten state:

(b) 1. 1600 dinitrotoluenes, molten, 2312 phenol, molten;

• 2. 

  3250 chloroacetic acid, molten.

25° Organic substances and articles and solutions and mixtures of organic substances (such as preparations and wastes) which cannot be classified under another collective heading:

(a) 1601 disinfectant, solid, toxic, n.o.s., 1602 dye, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. or 1602 dye intermediate, liquid, toxic, n.o.s., 1693 tear gas substance, liquid orsolid, n.o.s., 3142 disinfectant, liquid, toxic, n.o.s., 3143 dye, solid, toxic, n.o.s. or 3143 dye intermediate, solid, toxic, n.o.s., 2810 toxic liquid, organic, n.o.s., 2811 toxic solid, organic, n.o.s.;

Note: 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD) in concentrations considered highly toxic according to the criteria in marginal 2600(3) is not to be accepted for carriage.

(b) 2016 ammunition, toxic, non-explosive without burster or expelling charge, non-fused, 1601 disinfectant, solid, toxic, n.o.s., 1602 dye, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. or 1602 dye intermediate, liquid, toxic, n.o.s., 1693 tear gas substance, liquid or solid, n.o.s., 3142 disinfectant, liquid, toxic, n.o.s., 3143 dye, solid, toxic, n.o.s., or 3143 dye intermediate, solid, toxic, n.o.s., 2810 toxic liquid, organic, n.o.s., 2811 toxic solid, organic, n.o.s.;

(c) 2518 1,5,9-cyclododecatriene, 2667 butyltoluenes, 1601 disinfectant, solid, toxic, n.o.s., 1602 dye, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. or 1602 dye intermediate, liquid, toxic, n.o.s., 3142 disinfectant, liquid, toxic, n.o.s., 3143 dye, solid, toxic, n.o.s. or 3143 dye intermediate, solid, toxic, n.o.s., 2810 toxic liquid, organic, n.o.s., 2811 toxic solid, organic, n.o.s.;

26° Flammable toxic organic substances, articles containing flammable toxic organic substances and solutions and mixtures of flammable toxic organic substances (such as preparations and wastes), which cannot be classified under another collective heading:

(a) 1. 2929 toxic liquid, flammable, organic, n.o.s.;

• 2. 

  2930 toxic solid, flammable, organic, n.o.s.;

Note: Dichloromethyl ether, symmetrical, (identification No 2249), is not to be accepted for carriage.

(b) 1. 2929 toxic liquid, flammable, organic, n.o.s.;

• 2. 

  1700 tear gas candles, 2930 toxic solid, flammable, organic, n.o.s.;

27° Corrosive toxic organic substances, articles containing such substances and solutions and mixtures of corrosive toxic organic substances (such as preparations and wastes):

(a) 1595 dimethyl sulphate, 1752 chloroacetyl chloride, 1889 cyanogen bromide,3246 methanesulphonyl chloride, 2927 toxic liquid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s., 2928 toxic solid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s;

(b) 1737 benzyl bromide, 1738 benzyl chloride, 1750 chloroacetic acid solution, 1751 chloroacetic acid, solid, 2017 ammunition, tear-producing, non-explosive without burster or expelling charge, non-fuzed, 2022 cresylic acid, 2076 cresols (o-,m-,p-), 2267 dimethyl thiophosphoryl chloride, 2745 chloromethyl chloroformate, 2746 phenyl chloroformate, 2748 2-ethylhexyl chloroformate, 3277 chloroformates, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s., 2927 toxic liquid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s., 2928 toxic solid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s.

Note: Chloroformates having predominantly corrosive properties are substances of Class 8 (see marginal 2801, 64°).

28° Flammable corrosive toxic chloroformates:

(a) 1722 allyl chloroformate, 2740 n-propyl chloroformate;

(b) 2743 n-butyl chloroformate, 2744 cyclobutyl chloroformate, 2742 chloroformates, toxic, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s.

Note: Chloroformates having predominantly corrosive properties are substances of Class 8 (see marginal 2801, 64°).

• C. 

  Organometallic compounds and carbonyls

Notes: 1. Toxic organometallic compounds used as pesticides are substances of 75° and 76°.

• 2. 

  Spontaneously combustible organometallic compounds are substances of Class 4.2 (see marginal 2431, 31° to 33°).

• 3. 

  Water-reactive organometallic compounds, flammable, are substances of Class 4.3 (see marginal 2471, 3°).

31° Organic lead compounds:

(a) 1649 motor fuel anti-knock mixture (tetraethyl lead, tetramethyl lead).

32° Organic tin compounds:

(a) 2788 organotin compound, liquid, n.o.s., 3146 organotin compound, solid, n.o.s.;

(b) 2788 organotin compound, liquid, n.o.s., 3146 organotin compound, solid, n.o.s.;

(c) 2788 organotin compound, liquid, n.o.s., 3146 organotin compound, solid, n.o.s.

33° Organic mercury compounds:

(a) 2026 phenylmercuric compound, n.o.s.;

(b) 1674 phenylmercuric acetate, 1894 phenylmercuric hydroxide, 1895 phenylmercuric nitrate, 2026 phenylmercuric compound, n.o.s.;

(c) 2026 phenylmercuric compound, n.o.s.

34° Organic arsenic compounds:

(a) 1698 diphenylamine chloroarsine, 1699 diphenylchloroarsine, 1892 ethyldichloroarsine, 3280 organoarsenic compound, n.o.s.;

(b) 3280 organoarsenic compound, n.o.s.;

(c) 2473 sodium arsanilate, 3280 organoarsenic compound, n.o.s.

35° Other organometallic compounds:

(a) 3282 organometallic compound, toxic, n.o.s.;

(b) 3282 organometallic compound, toxic, n.o.s.;

(c) 3282 organometallic compound, toxic, n.o.s.

36° Carbonyls:

(a) 3281 metal carbonyls, n.o.s.;

(b) 3281 metal carbonyls, n.o.s.;

(c) 3281 metal carbonyls, n.o.s.

• D. 

  Inorganic substances which, on contact with water (or atmospheric humidity), may emit (cont'd) toxic gases, aqueous solutions or acids and other toxic water-reactive substances

41° Inorganic cyanides:

(a) 1565 barium cyanide, 1575 calcium cyanide, 1626 mercuric potassium cyanide, 1680 potassium cyanide, 1689 sodium cyanide, 1713 zinc cyanide, 2316 sodium cuprocyanide,solid, 2317 sodium cuprocyanide, solution, 1588 cyanides, inorganic, solid, n.o.s., 1935 cyanide solution, n.o.s.;

(b) 1587 copper cyanide, 1620 lead cyanide, 1636 mercury cyanide, 1642 mercury oxycyanide, desensitized, 1653 nickel cyanide, 1679 potassium cuprocyanide, 1684 silver cyanide, 1588 cyanides, inorganic, solid, n.o.s.; 1935 cyanide solution, n.o.s.;

(c) 1588 cyanides, inorganic, solid, n.o.s., 1935 cyanide solution, n.o.s.

Notes: 1. Ferricyanides, ferrocyanides, alkaline thiocyanates and ammonium thiocyanate are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• 2. 

  Solutions of inorganic cyanides with a total cyanide ion content of more than 30 % shall be classified under letter (a), solutions with a total cyanide ion content of more than 3 % and not more than 30 % under letter (b) and solutions with a cyanide ion content of more than 0.3 % and not more than 3 % under letter (c).

42° Azides:

(b) 1687 sodium azide.

Notes: 1. 1571 barium azide, wetted, is a substance of Class 4.1 (see marginal 2401, 25°).

• 2. 

  Barium azide in the dry state or with less than 50 % water or alcohol is not to be accepted for carriage.

43° Preparations of phosphides containing additives inhibiting the emission of flammable gases:

(a) 3048 aluminium phosphide pesticide.

Notes: 1. These preparations are not to be accepted for carriage unless they contain additives inhibiting the emission of flammable gases.

• 2. 

  1397 aluminium phosphide, 2011 magnesium phosphide, 1714 zinc phosphide, 1432 sodium phosphide, 1360 calcium phosphide and 2013 strontium phosphide are substances of Class 4.3 (see marginal 2471, 18°).

44° Other water-reactive toxic substances:

(b) 3123 toxic liquid, water-reactive, n.o.s., 3125 toxic solid, water-reactive, n.o.s.;

(c) 3123 toxic liquid, water-reactive, n.o.s., 3125 toxic solid, water-reactive, n.o.s.

Note: The term 'water-reactive` denotes a substance which, in contact with water, emits flammable gases.

• E. 

  Other inorganic substances and metallic salts of organic substances

51° Arsenic and arsenical compounds:

(a) 1553 arsenic acid, liquid, 1560 arsenic trichloride, 1556 arsenic compound, liquid, n.o.s., (arsenates, arsenites, and arsenic sulphides), 1557 arsenic compound, solid, n.o.s., (arsenates, arsenites, and arsenic sulphides);

(b) 1546 ammonium arsenate, 1554 arsenic acid, solid, 1555 arsenic bromide, 1558 arsenic, 1559 arsenic pentoxide, 1561 arsenic trioxide, 1562 arsenical dust, 1572 cacodylic acid, 1573 calcium arsenate, 1574 calcium arsenate and calcium arsenite mixture, solid, 1585 copper acetoarsenite, 1586 copper arsenite, 1606 ferric arsenate, 1607 ferric arsenite, 1608 ferrous arsenate, 1617 lead arsenates, 1618 lead arsenites, 1621 london purple, 1622 magnesium arsenate, 1623 mercuric arsenate, 1677 potassium arsenate, 1678 potassium arsenite, 1683 silver arsenite, 1685 sodium arsenate, 1686 sodium arsenite, aqueous solution, 1688 sodium cacodylate, 1691 strontium arsenite, 1712 zinc arsenate or 1712 zinc arsenite or 1712 zinc arsenate and zinc arsenite mixture, 2027 sodium arsenite, solid, 1556 arsenic compound, liquid, n.o.s. (arsenates, arsenites, and arsenic sulphides), 1557 arsenic compound, solid, n.o.s. (arsenates, arsenites, and arsenic sulphides);

(c) 1686 sodium arsenite, aqueous solution, 1556 arsenic compound, liquid, n.o.s. (arsenates, arsenites, and arsenic sulphides), 1557 arsenic compound, solid, n.o.s. (arsenates, arsenites, and arsenic sulphides).

Note: Substances and preparations containing arsenic and used as pesticides are substances of 79°.

52° Mercury compounds:

(a) 2024 mercury compound, liquid, n.o.s., 2025 mercury compound, solid, n.o.s.;

(b) 1624 mercuric chloride, 1625 mercuric nitrate, 1627 mercurous nitrate, 1629 mercury acetate, 1630 mercury ammonium chloride, 1631 mercury benzoate, 1634 mercury bromides, 1637 mercury gluconate, 1638 mercury iodide, 1639 mercury nucleate, 1640 mercury oleate, 1641 mercury oxide, 1643 mercury potassium iodide, 1644 mercury salicylate, 1645 mercury sulphate, 1646 mercury thiocyanate, 2024 mercury compound, liquid, n.o.s., 2025 mercury compound, solid, n.o.s.;

(c) 2024 mercury compound, liquid, n.o.s., 2025 mercury compound, solid, n.o.s.

Notes: 1. Substances and preparations containing mercury and used as pesticides are substances of 75°.

• 2. 

  Mercurous chloride (calomel) is a substance of Class 9 [see marginal 2901, 12 °(c)]. Cinnabar is not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• 3. 

  Fulminates of mercury are not to be accepted for carriage.

53° Thallium compounds:

(b) 1707 thallium compound, n.o.s.

Notes: 1. Substances and preparations containing thallium and used as pesticides are substances of 85°.

• 2. 

  2727 thallium nitrate is a substance of 68°.

54° Beryllium and beryllium compounds:

(b) 1. 1567 beryllium, powder;

• 2. 

  1566 beryllium compound, n.o.s.;

(c) 1566 beryllium compound, n.o.s.

Note: 2464 beryllium nitrate is a substance of Class 5.1 [see marginal 2501, 29° (b)].

55° Selenium and selenium compounds:

(a) 2630 selenates or 2630 selenites, 3283 selenium compound, n.o.s.;

(b) 2657 selenium disulphide, 3283 selenium compound, n.o.s.;

(c) 2658 selenium powder, 3283 selenium compound, n.o.s.

Note: 1905 selenic acid is a substance of Class 8 [see marginal 2801, 16° (a)].

56° Osmium compounds:

(a) 2471 osmium tetroxide.

57° Tellurium compounds:

(b) 3284 tellurium compound, n.o.s.;

(c) 3284 tellurium compound, n.o.s.

58° Vanadium compounds:

(b) 2859 ammonium metavanadate, 2861 ammonium polyvanadate, 2862 vanadium pentoxide, non-fuzed form, 2863 sodium ammonium vanadate, 2864 potassium metavanadate, 2931 vanadyl sulphate, 3285 vanadium compound, n.o.s.;

(c) 3285 vanadium compound, n.o.s.

Notes: 1. 2443 vanadium oxytrichloride, 2444 vanadium tetrachloride and 2475 vanadium trichloride are substances of Class 8 (see marginal 2801, 11° and 12°).

• 2. 

  Vanadium pentoxide, fused and solidified, is not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

59° Antimony and antimony compounds:

(c) 1550 antimony lactate, 1551 antimony potassium tartrate, 2871 antimony powder, 1549 antimony compound, solid, n.o.s., 3141 antimony compound, inorganic, liquid, n.o.s.

Notes: 1. 1730 antimony pentafluoride, liquid, 1731 antimony pentafluoride solution, 1733 antimony trichloride and 1732 antimony pentafluoride are substances of Class 8 (see marginal 2801, 10°, 11° and 12°).

• 2. 

  Antimony oxides and antimony sulphide with an arsenic content not exceeding 0,5 % of the total mass, are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

60° Barium compounds:

(b) 1564 barium compound, n.o.s.;

(c) 1884 barium oxide, 1564 barium compound, n.o.s.

Notes: 1. 1445 barium chlorate, 1446 barium nitrate, 1447 barium perchlorate, 1448 barium permanganate and 1449 barium peroxide are substances of Class 5.1 (see marginal 2501, 29°).

• 2. 

  1571 barium azide, wetted, is a substance of Class 4.1 (see marginal 2401, 25°).

• 3. 

  Barium stearate, barium sulphate and barium titanate are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

61° Cadmium compounds:

(a) 2570 cadmium compound;

(b) 2570 cadmium compound;

(c) 2570 cadmium compound.

Note: Cadmium pigments, such as cadmium sulphides, cadmium sulphoselenides and cadmium salts of higher fatty acids (e.g. cadmium stearate), are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

62° Lead compounds:

(c) 1616 lead acetate, 2291 lead compound, soluble, n.o.s.

Notes: 1. 1469 lead nitrate and 1470 lead perchlorate are substances of Class 5.1 (see marginal 2501, 29°).

• 2. 

  Lead salts and lead pigments which, when mixed in a ratio of 1:1 000 with 0,07 M hydrochloric acid and stirred for one hour at a temperature of 23 °C ± 2 °C, exhibit a solubility of 5 % or less are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

63° Fluorides soluble in water:

(c) 1690 sodium fluoride, 1812 potassium fluoride, 2505 ammonium fluoride.

Note: Corrosive fluorides are substances of Class 8 (see marginal 2801, 6° to 10°).

64° Fluorosilicates:

(c) 2655 potassium fluorosilicate, 2674 sodium fluorosilicate, 2853 magnesium fluorosilicate, 2854 ammonium fluorosilicate, 2855 zinc fluorosilicate, 2856 fluorosilicates, n.o.s.

65° Inorganic substances and solutions and mixtures of inorganic substances (such as preparations and wastes) which cannot be classified under another collective heading:

(a) 3287 toxic liquid, inorganic, n.o.s., 3288 toxic solid, inorganic, n.o.s.;

(b) 3243 solids containing toxic liquid, n.o.s., 3287 toxic liquid, inorganic, n.o.s., 3288 toxic solid, inorganic, n.o.s.;

Note: Mixtures of solids and toxic liquids which are not subject to the provisions of this Directive may be carried under number 3243 without the classification criteria for Class 6.1 being applied to them, provided that no liquid overflow is visible during loading or when the packaging or transport unit is closed. Each packaging shall correspond to a design type which has passed the leakproofness test for packing group II. This number shall not be used for solids containing a liquid classified under letter (a).

(c) 3293 hydrazine aqueous solution, with not more than 37 % hydrazine by mass, 3287 toxic liquid, inorganic, n.o.s., 3288 toxic solid, inorganic, n.o.s.

Note: 2030 hydrazine hydrate and 2030 hydrazine aqueous solution, with not less than 37 % and not more than 64 % hydrazine, by mass, are substances of Class 8 [see marginal 2801, 44°(b)].

66° Toxic, self-heating substances:

(a) 3124 toxic solid, self-heating, n.o.s.;

(b) 3124 toxic solid, self-heating, n.o.s.

67° Toxic substances, corrosive:

(a) 3289 toxic liquid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s., 3290 toxic solid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s.;

(b) 3289 toxic liquid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s., 3290 toxic solid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s.

68° Toxic substances, oxidizing:

(a) 3086 toxic solid, oxidizing, n.o.s., 3122 toxic liquid, oxidizing, n.o.s.;

(b) 2727 thallium nitrate, 3086 toxic solid, oxidizing, n.o.s., 3122 toxic liquid, oxidizing, n.o.s.

• F. 

  Substances and preparations used as pesticides

Notes: 1. Flammable liquid substances and preparations, used as pesticides, which are highly toxic, toxic or harmful and have a flash-point below 23 °C, are substances of Class 3 (see marginal 2301, 41° to 57°).

• 2. 

  (a) Articles impregnated with substances and preparations used as pesticides of 71° to 87°, such as fibreboard plates, paper strips, cotton-wool balls, sheets of plastics material, etc., in airtight, hermetically closed wrappings are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

(b) Substances such as baits and cereals impregnated with substances and preparations used as pesticides of 71° to 87° or other substances of Class 6.1 shall be classified according to their toxicity (see marginal 2600(3) and Note 3 below).

71° to 87°: In these items, substances and preparations used as pesticides are tabulated under groups designated by the letters (a), (b), (c):

(a) highly toxic substances and preparations;

(b) toxic substances and preparations;

(c) slightly toxic substances and preparations.

Notes: 1. All active substances and their preparations used as pesticides shall be classified under 71° to 87° (a), (b) and (c) in accordance with marginal 2600 (3).

• 2. 

  If only the LD50 value of the active substance is known and not that of the preparations of the active substance, the preparations may be classified under 71° to 87° (a), (b) or (c) using the following tables, where the figures shown in columns (a), (b) and (c) of 71° to 87° represent the percentage of active pesticide substance in the preparations.

• 3. 

  The aim of the following tables is to show the range of pesticides and their preparations corresponding to the different packing groups according to the concentration of active substance. If the LD50 of the preparation is known and if the packing groups determined by applying the criteria in marginal 2600 (3) do not correspond to the packing groups indicated in the following tables based on the concentration of active substance in the preparation, the packing group determined in accordance with the criteria in marginal 2600 (3) shall take precedence.

• 4. 

  For substances which are not named in the list, and for which only the LD50 value of the active substance is known and not the LD50 value of the various preparations, the classification of a preparation may be determined from the table in marginal 2600 (3), using an LD50 value obtained by multiplying the LD50 value of the active substance by: 100/X, X being the percentage of active substance by mass according to the following formula:

LD50-of the preparation = LD50-value of the activa substance × 100

% of active substance by mass

• 5. 

  The classification according to Notes 2, 3 and 4 above shall not be used when the preparations contain additives which affect the toxicity of the active substance or when a preparation contains more than one active substance. In such cases, the classification shall be based on the LD50 value of the preparation in question according to the criteria in marginal 2600 (3). If the LD50 value is not known, the substance shall be classified under (a) of 71° to 87°.

71° 2783 organophosphorus pesticide, solid, toxic, 3017 organophosphorus pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 °C, 3018 organophosphorus pesticide, liquid, toxic, such as:

>TABLE>

72° 2761 organochlorine pesticide, solid, toxic,

2995 organochlorine pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash-point not less than 23 °C,

2996 organochlorine pesticide, liquid, toxic, such as:

>TABLE>

73° 2765 phenoxy pesticide, solid, toxic

2999 phenoxy pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash-point not less than 23 °C,

3000 phenoxy pesticide, liquid, toxic, such as:

>TABLE>

74° 2757 carbamate pesticide, solid, toxic,

2991 carbamate pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash-point not less than 23 °C,

2992 carbamate pesticide, liquid, toxic, such as:

>TABLE>

75° 2777 mercury based pesticide, solid, toxic,

3011 mercury based pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash-point not less than 23 °C,

3012 mercury based pesticide, liquid, toxic, such as:

>TABLE>

76° 2786 organotin pesticide, solid, toxic,

3019 organotin pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash-point not less than 23 °C,

3020 organotin pesticide, liquid, toxic, such as:

>TABLE>

77° 3025 coumarin derivative pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash-point not less than 23 °C,

3026 coumarin derivative pesticide, liquid, toxic,

3027 coumarin derivative pesticide, solid, toxic, such as:

>TABLE>

78° 2781 bipyridilium pesticide, solid, toxic,

3015 bipyridilium pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash-point not less than 23 °C,

3016 bipyridilium pesticide, liquid, toxic, such as:

>TABLE>

79° 2759 arsenical pesticide, solid, toxic,

2993 arsenical pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash-point not less than 23 °C

2994 arsenical pesticide, liquid, toxic, such as:

>TABLE>

80° 2775 copper based pesticide, solid, toxic,

3009 copper based pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash-point not less than 23 °C,

3010 copper based pesticide, liquid, toxic, such as:

>TABLE>

81° 2779 substituted nitrophenol pesticide, solid, toxic,

3013 substituted nitrophenol pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash-point not less than 23 °C,

3014 substituted nitrophenol pesticide, liquid, toxic, such as:

>TABLE>

82° 2763 triazine pesticide, solid, toxic,

2997 triazine pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash-point not less than 23 °C,

2998 triazine pesticide, liquid, toxic, such as:

>TABLE>

83° 2769 benzoic derivative pesticide, solid, toxic,

3003 benzoic derivative pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash-point not less than 23 °C,

3004 benzoic derivative pesticide, liquid, toxic, such as:

>TABLE>

84° 2773 phthalimide derivative pesticide, solid, toxic,

3007 phthalimide derivative pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash-point not less than 23 °C,

3008 phthalimide derivative pesticide, liquid, toxic, such as:

>TABLE>

85° 2767 phenyl urea pesticide, solid, toxic,

3001 phenyl urea pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash-point not less than 23 °C,

3002 phenyl urea pesticide, liquid, toxic, such as:

>TABLE>

86° 2771 dithiocarbamate pesticide, solid, toxic,

3005 dithiocarbamate pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash-point not less than 23 °C,

3006 dithiocarbamate pesticide, liquid, toxic, such as:

>TABLE>

87° Pesticides which cannot be classified under items 71° to 86°:

2588 pesticide, solid, toxic, n.o.s.,

2902 pesticide, liquid, toxic, n.o.s.,

2903 pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s., flash-point not less than 23 °C, such as:

Organonitrogenous compounds

>TABLE>

Alkaloïds

>TABLE>

Other organometallic compounds

>TABLE>

Inorganic fluorine compounds

>TABLE>

Inorganic thallium compounds

>TABLE>

Other pesticides

>TABLE>

Pyrethrinoids

>TABLE>

Note: Aluminium phosphide pesticides are substances of 43° (a).

• G. 

  Active substances such as those intended for laboratories and experiments and for the manufacture of pharmaceutical products, if not listed under other items of this Class

90° Active substances, including:

(a) 1570 brucine, 1692 strychnine or 1692 strychnine salts,

1544 alkaloids, solid, n.o.s. or 1544 alkaloid salts, solid, n.o.s.,

1655 nicotine compound, solid, n.o.s. or 1655 nicotine preparation, solid, n.o.s.,

3140 alkaloids, liquid, n.o.s. or 3140 alkaloid salts, liquid, n.o.s.,

3144 nicotine compound, liquid, n.o.s. or 3144 nicotine preparation, liquid, n.o.s.,

3172 toxins, extracted from living sources, n.o.s.

(b) 1654 nicotine, 1656 nicotine hydrochloride or 1656 nicotine hydrochloride solution, 1657 nicotine salicylate, 1658 nicotine sulphate, solid or 1658 nicotine sulphate solution, 1659 nicotine tartrate,

1544 alkaloids, solid, n.o.s. or 1544 alkaloid salts, solid, n.o.s.,

1655 nicotine compound, solid, n.o.s. or 1655 nicotine preparation, solid, n.o.s.,

1851 medicine, liquid, toxic, n.o.s.,

3140 alkaloids, liquid, n.o.s. or 3140 alkaloid salts, liquid, n.o.s.,

3144 nicotine compound, liquid, n.o.s. or 3144 nicotine preparation, liquid, n.o.s.,

3172 toxins extracted from living sources, n.o.s.,

3249 medicine, solid, toxic, n.o.s.

(c) 1544 alkaloids, solid, n.o.s. or 1544 alkaloids salts, solid, n.o.s.,

1655 nicotine compound, solid, n.o.s. or 1655 nicotine preparation, solid, n.o.s.,

1851 medicine, liquid, toxic, n.o.s.,

3140 alkaloids, liquid, n.o.s. or 3140 alkaloid salts, liquid, n.o.s.,

3144 nicotine compound, liquid, n.o.s. or 3144 nicotine preparation, liquid, n.o.s.,

3172 toxins extracted from living sources, n.o.s.,

3249 medicine, solid, toxic, n.o.s.

Notes: 1. The active substances and triturations or mixtures of substances of 90° with other substances shall be classified according to their toxicity [see marginal 2600 (3)].

• 2. 

  Pharmaceutical products ready for use, e.g. cosmetics, drugs and medicines, which are substances manufactured and packed in packagings of a type intended for retail sale or distribution for personal or household consumption, which would otherwise be substances of 90° are not subject to the provisions of this Directive.

• 3. 

  Substances and preparations containing alkaloids or nicotine used as pesticides are substances of 87°.

• H. 

  Empty packagings

Note: Empty packagings with residues from their previous contents adhering to the outside are not to be accepted for carriage.

91° Empty packagings, including empty intermediate bulk containers (IBCs) empty tank-vehicles, empty demountable tanks, empty tank-containers, empty bulk vehicles and empty bulk containers, uncleaned, which have contained substances of Class 6.1.

2601a Substances of 11°, 12°, 14° to 28°, 32° to 36°, 41°, 42°, 44°, 51° to 55°, 57° to 68°, 71° to 87° and 90° carried in conformity with the following provisions are subject neither to the provisions for this Class contained in this Annex nor to those contained in Annex B:

(a) Substances classified under (b) of each item:

• - 

  liquids: not more than 500 ml per inner packaging and not more than 2 litres per package;

• - 

  solids: not more than 1 kg per inner packaging and not more than 4 kg per package.

(b) Substances classified under (c) of each item:

• - 

  liquids: not more than 3 litres per inner packaging and not more than 12 litres per package.

• - 

  solids: not more than 6 kg per inner packaging and not more than 24 kg per package.

These quantities of substances shall be carried in combination packagings conforming at least to the conditions of marginal 3538.

The 'General conditions of packing` of marginal 3500 (1), (2) and (5) to (7) shall be observed.

• 2. 

  Provisions

• A. 

  Packages

• 1. 

  General conditions of packing

2602 (1) Packagings shall satisfy the conditions of Appendix A.5, unless special conditions for the packing of certain substances are prescribed in marginals 2603 to 2608.

• (2) 

  Intermediate Bulk Containers (IBCs) shall satisfy the conditions of Appendix A.6.

• (3) 

  In accordance with the provisions of marginals 2600 (3) and 3511 (2) or 3611 (2) the following shall be used:

• - 

  packagings of packing group I, marked with the letter 'X`, for the highly toxic substances classified under the letter (a) of each item;

• - 

  packagings of packing group II or I, marked with the letter 'Y` or 'X`, or IBCs of packing group II, marked with the letter 'Y`, for the toxic substances classified under the letter (b) of each item;

• - 

  packagings of packing group III, II or I, marked with the letter 'Z`, 'Y` or 'X`, or IBCs of packing group III or II, marked with the letter 'Z` or 'Y`, for the slightly toxic substances classified under the letter (c) of each item.

Note: For the carriage of substances of Class 6.1 in tank-vehicles, demountable tanks or tank-containers, and for the carriage in bulk of solids of this Class, see Annex B.

• 2. 

  Special conditions for packing of certain substances

2603 (1) Stabilized hydrogen cyanide of 1° shall be packed:

(a) when completely absorbed by an inert porous material: in strong metal receptacles of a capacity of not more than 7,5 litres, placed in wooden cases in such a manner that they cannot come into contact with one another. Such a combination packaging shall comply with the following conditions:

• 1. 

  the receptacles shall be tested at a pressure of not less than 0,6 MPa (6 bar) (gauge pressure);

• 2. 

  the receptacles shall be entirely filled with the porous material. The porous material shall not shake down or form dangerous spaces even after prolonged use or under impact, even at temperatures of up to 50 °C. The date of filling shall be durably marked on the lid of each receptacle;

• 3. 

  the combination packaging shall be tested and approved, in accordance with Appendix A.5, for packing group I. The package shall not weigh more than 120 kg;

(b) when liquid, but not absorbed by a porous material: in carbon-steel pressure-resistant cylinders which shall satisfy the following conditions:

• 1. 

  before being used for the first time, the pressure-resistant cylinders shall undergo a hydraulic pressure test at a pressure of not less than 10 MPa (100 bar) (gauge pressure). The pressure test shall be repeated every two years and shall include a meticulous inspection of the inside of the receptacle and a check of the tare;

• 2. 

  the cylinders shall comply with the relevant provisions of Class 2 (see marginals 2211, 2212 (1) (a), 2213, 2215 and 2218);

• 3. 

  maximum permissible mass of the contents: 0,55 kg per litre of capacity.

• (2) 

  Solutions of hydrocyanic acid of 2° shall be packed in flame-sealed glass ampoules, containing not more than 50 g, or in glass bottles so closed as to be leakproof and containing not more than 250 g.

The ampoules or bottles shall be carried in combination packagings which meet the following conditions:

(a) The ampoules and bottles shall be secured by absorbent cushioning materials in leakproof steel or aluminium outer packagings; a package shall not weigh more than 15 kg; or

(b) The ampoules and bottles shall be secured by absorbent cushioning materials in wooden cases with a leakproof tin-plate lining; a package shall not weigh more than 75 kg.

The combination packagings referred to in(a) and (b) shall be tested and approved, in accordance with Appendix A.5, for packing group I.

2604 Iron pentacarbonyl and nickel tetracarbonyl of 3° shall be packed as follows:

• (1) 

  In seamless moulded bottles made of pure aluminium of a capacity not exceeding 1 litre and a wall thickness not less than 1 mm, which shall be tested at a pressure of not less than 1 MPa (10 bar) (gauge pressure). The bottles shall be closed by means of a metal screw-threaded plug with an inert gasket, the screw-threaded plug being screwed firmly into the neck of the bottle and so secured that it cannot work loose under normal conditions of carriage.

A maximum of four aluminium bottles of this type may be secured in outer packagings of wood or fibreboard by non-flammable absorbent cushioning material. Such a combination packaging shall conform to a design type which has been tested and approved for packing group I in accordance with Appendix A.5.

A package shall not weigh more than 10 kg.

• (2) 

  In metal receptacles fitted with completely leakproof closing devices which shall, if necessary, be secured against mechanical damage by protective caps. Steel receptacles of a capacity not exceeding 150 litres shall have a minimum wall thickness of 3 mm, and larger steel receptacles and receptacles made of other materials shall have walls at least thick enough to guarantee equivalent mechanical strength. The maximum capacity of receptacles permitted shall be 250 litres. The mass of the contents shall be not more than 1 kg of liquid per litre of capacity.

Before being used for the first time, the receptacles shall undergo a hydraulic pressure test at a pressure of not less than 1 MPa (10 bar) (gauge pressure). The pressure test shall be repeated every five years and shall include a meticulous inspection of the inside of the receptacle and a check of the tare. Metal receptacles shall bear the following particulars in clearly legible and durable characters:

(a) the name of the substance in full (the names of both substances may also be shown side by side in the event of alternative use);

(b) the name of the owner of the receptacle;

(c) the tare of the receptacle, including such fittings and accessories as valves, protective caps, etc.;

(d) the date (month, year) of the initial test and of the most recent test, and the stamp of the expert who carried out the test;

(e) the maximum permissible mass of the contents of the receptacle in kg;

(f) the internal pressure (test pressure) to be applied in the hydraulic pressure test.

2605 (1)

(a) Ethyleneimine, inhibited, of 4° shall be packed in steel receptacles of sufficient thickness, which shall be closed by a screw-threaded bung or plug rendered leakproof both to liquid and to vapour by means of a suitable gasket. The receptacles shall initially and periodically, at least every five years, be tested at a pressure of not less than 0,3 MPa (3 bar) (gauge pressure) in accordance with marginals 2215 (1) and 2216. Each receptacle shall be secured by absorbent cushioning materials in a strong leakproof protective metal packaging. The protective packaging shall be hermetically closed and its closure shall be secured against any inadvertent opening. The mass of the contents shall not exceed 0,67 kg per litre of capacity. A package shall not weigh more than 75 kg. Packages weighing more than 30 kg, other than those forwarded as a full load, shall be fitted with means of handling.

(b) Ethyleneimine, inhibited, of 4° may also be packed in steel receptacles of sufficient thickness, which shall be closed by a screw-threaded bung and a screw-threaded protective cap or equivalent device leakproof both to liquid and to vapour. The receptacles shall initially and periodically, at least every five years, be tested at a pressure of at least 1 MPa (10 bar) (gauge pressure) in accordance with marginals 2215 (1) and 2216. The mass of the contents shall not exceed 0,67 kg per litre of capacity. A package shall not weigh more than 75 kg.

(c) Receptacles in conformity with (a) and (b) shall bear, in clearly legible and durable characters:

• - 

  the name or mark of the manufacturer and the number of the receptacle;

• - 

  the word 'ethyleneimine`;

• - 

  the tare of the receptacle and its maximum permitted mass when filled;

• - 

  the date (month and year) of the initial test and of the most recent test undergone;

• - 

  the stamp of the expert who carried out the tests and examinations.

• (2) 

  Methyl isocyanate of 5° shall be packed:

(a) in hermetically closed receptacles made of pure aluminium and having a capacity not exceeding one litre, which shall not be filled beyond 90 % of their capacity. The receptacles shall be secured, not more than 10 to a box, with appropriate cushioning material in a wooden box. Packages of this kind shall satisfy the test requirements for combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538 for packing group I, and shall not weigh more than 30 kg; or

(b) in receptacles made of pure aluminium having a wall thickness of not less than 5 mm or in receptacles of stainless steel. The receptacles shall be fully welded and shall initially and periodically, at least every five years, be tested at a pressure of at least 0,5 MPa (5 bar) (gauge pressure) in accordance with marginals 2215 (1) and 2216. They shall be so closed as to be leakproof by means of two closures one above the other, one of which shall be screw-threaded or secured in an equally effective manner. The degree of filling shall be not more than 90 %.

Drums weighing more than 100 kg shall be fitted with rolling hoops or stiffening ribs.

(c) Receptacles in conformity with (b) shall bear, in clearly legible and durable characters:

• - 

  the name or mark of the manufacturer and the number of the receptacle;

• - 

  the words 'methyl isocyanate`;

• - 

  the tare of the receptacle and its maximum permitted mass when filled;

• - 

  the date (month and year) of the initial test and of the most recent test undergone;

• - 

  the stamp of the expert who carried out the tests and examinations.

2606 (1) Substances classified under (a) of the various items shall be packed:

(a) in non-removable head steel drums conforming to marginal 3520; or

(b) in non-removable head aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521; or

(c) in non-removable head steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522; or

(d) in non-removable head plastics drums of a capacity not exceeding 60 litres or non-removable head plastics jerricans conforming to marginal 3526; or

(e) in composite packagings (plastics material) conforming to marginal 3537; or

(f) in combination packagings with inner packaging of glass, plastics or metal conforming to marginal 3538.

• (2) 

  Solid substances within the meaning of marginal 2600 (13) may also be packed:

(a) in removable head drums conforming to marginals 3520 for steel, 3521 for aluminium, 3523 for plywood, 3525 for fibreboard, or 3526 for plastics material, or in removable head jerricans conforming to marginals 3522 for steel or 3526 for plastics material, if necessary with one or more sift-proof inner bags; or

(b) in combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538, with one or more sift-proof inner bags.

• (3) 

  Sodium cyanide of 41° (a) may also be packed in metal IBCs conforming to marginal 3622 or in wooden IBCs with a sift-proof inner liner conforming to marginal 3627, provided it is carried as a full load.

2607 (1) Substances classified under (b) of the various items shall be packed:

(a) in steel drums conforming to marginal 3520; or

(b) in aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521; or

(c) in steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522; or

(d) in plastics drums or plastics jerricans conforming to marginal 3526; or

(e) in composite packagings (plastics material) conforming to marginal 3537; or

(f) in combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538.

Note to (a), (b), (c) and (d): Simplified conditions are applicable to removable-head drums and jerricans for viscous substances having a viscosity of more than 200 mm2/s at 23 °C and for solids (see marginals 3512, 3553, 3554 and 3560).

• (2) 

  Substances classified under (b) of the various items which have a vapour pressure at 50 °C of not more than 110 kPa (1,10 bar) may also be packed in metal IBCs conforming to marginal 3622 or in rigid plastics IBCs conforming to marginal 3624 or in composite IBCs with rigid plastics inner receptacle conforming to marginal 3625.

• (3) 

  Substances classified under 15°(b) may also be packed in composite packagings (glass, porcelain or stoneware) conforming to marginal 3539.

• (4) 

  Solid substances within the meaning of marginal 2600 (13) may also be packed:

(a) in removable-head drums conforming to marginal 3523 for plywood or 3525 for fibreboard, if necessary with one or more sift-proof inner bags; or

(b) in water-resistant bags conforming to marginals 3533 for textile material, 3534 for woven plastics material, 3535 for plastics film or 3536 for water-resistant paper, provided the goods are carried as a full load or the bags secured on pallets; or

(c) in composite IBCs with flexible plastics inner receptacle conforming to marginal 3625, fibreboard IBCs conforming to marginal 3626 or wooden IBCs conforming to marginal 3627; or

(d) in flexible IBCs conforming to marginal 3623, with the exception of IBCs of types 13H1, 13L1, 13M1, provided that the goods are carried as a full load or the flexible IBCs are loaded on pallets.

2608 (1) Substances classified under (c) of the various items shall be packed:

(a) in steel drums conforming to marginal 3520; or

(b) in aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521; or

(c) in steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522; or

(d) in plastics drums or plastics jerricans conforming to marginal 3526; or

(e) in composite packagings (plastics material) conforming to marginal 3537; or

(f) in combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538; or

(g) in composite packagings (glass, porcelain or stoneware) conforming to marginal 3539; or

(h) in light gauge metal packagings conforming to marginal 3540.

Note to (a), (b), (c), (d), and (h): Simplified conditions are applicable to removable-head drums, jerricans and light gauge metal packagings for viscous substances having a viscosity of more than 200 mm2/s at 23 °C and for solids (see marginals 3512, 3552 to 3554 and 3560).

• (2) 

  Substances classified under (c) of the various items which have a vapour pressure at 50 °C of not more than 110 kPa (1,10 bar) may also be packed in metal IBCs conforming to marginal 3622, in rigid plastics IBCs conforming to marginal 3624 or in composite IBCs with rigid plastics inner receptacle conforming to marginal 3625.

• (3) 

  Solid substances within the meaning of marginal 2600 (13) may also be packed:

(a) in movable-head drums conforming to marginal 3523 for plywood, or 3525 for fibreboard, if necessary with one or more sift-proof inner bags; or

(b) in water-resistant bags conforming to marginals 3533 for textile material, 3534 for woven plastics material, 3535 for plastics film or 3536 for water-resistant paper; or

(c) in flexible IBCs conforming to marginal 3623 with the exception of IBCs of types 13H1, 13L1 and 13M1, in composite IBCs with flexible plastics inner receptacle conforming to marginal 3625, in fibreboard IBCs conforming to marginal 3626 or in wooden IBCs conforming to marginal 3627.

2609-

2610

• 3. 

  Mixed packing

2611 (1) Substances covered by the same item number may be packed together in a combination packaging conforming to marginal 3538.

• (2) 

  Substances of different items of Class 6.1 in quantities not exceeding, per inner packaging, 3 litres for liquids and/or 5 kg for solids, may be packed together and/or with goods not subject to the provisions of this Directive, in a combination packaging conforming to marginal 3538, provided they do not react dangerously with one another.

• (3) 

  Substances of 1°, 3°, 4° and 5° shall not be packed with other goods.

• (4) 

  Substances of 2° and substances classified under (a) of the various items shall not be packed together with substances and articles of classes 1 and 5.2 and material of class 7.

• (5) 

  Except as otherwise specially provided, substances of 2° and liquid substances classified under (a) of the various items, in quantities not exceeding 0,5 litre per inner packaging and 1 litre per package, and substances classified under (b) and (c) of the various items, in quantities not exceeding, per inner packaging, 3 litres for liquids and/or 5 kg for solids, may be packed together in a combination packaging conforming to marginal 3538, with substances or articles of other classes, provided that mixed packing is also permitted for the substances of these classes, and/or with goods which are not subject to the provisions of this Directive, provided they do not react dangerously with one another.

• (6) 

  The following are considered dangerous reactions:

(a) combustion and/or giving off considerable heat;

(b) emission of flammable and/or toxic gases;

(c) formation of corrosive liquids;

(d) formation of unstable substances.

• (7) 

  The mixed packing of acid substances with basic substances in a package shall not be permitted if the two substances are packed in fragile receptacles.

• (8) 

  The provisions of marginals 2001 (7), 2002 (6) and (7) and 2602 shall be complied with.

• (9) 

  If wooden or fibreboard boxes are used, a package shall not weigh more than 100 kg.

• 4. 

  Marking and danger labels on packages (See Appendix A.9)

Marking

2612 (1) Each package shall be clearly and durably marked with the identification number of the goods to be entered in the transport document, preceded by the letters 'UN`.

Danger labels

• (2) 

  Packages containing substances or articles of this Class shall bear a label conforming to model No 6.1.

• (3) 

  Packages containing substances of 1° to 6°, 7° (a) 2., 8°, 9°, 11°, 13°, 16°, 18°, 20°, 22° or 26° (a) 1. or (b) 1. shall, in addition, bear a label conforming to model No 3.

• (4) 

  Packages containing flammable pesticides of 71° to 87° having a flashpoint of 23 °C or above shall, in addition, bear a label conforming to model No 3.

• (5) 

  Packages containing substances of 7° (a) 1., 10° or 28° shall, in addition, bear labels conforming to models Nos 3 and 8.

• (6) 

  Packages containing substances of 26° (a) 2. or (b) 2. or 54° (b) 1. shall, in addition, bear labels conforming to model Nos 4.1.

• (7) 

  Packages containing substances of 66° shall, in addition, bear a label conforming to model No 4.2.

• (8) 

  Packages containing substances of 44° shall, in addition, bear a label conforming to model No 4.3.

• (9) 

  Packages containing substances of 68° shall, in addition, bear a label conforming to model No 05.

• (10) 

  Packages containing substances of 24° (b) 2., 27° or 67° shall, in addition, bear a label conforming to model No 8.

• (11) 

  Packages containing fragile receptacles not visible from the outside shall, in addition, bear on two opposite sides a label conforming to model No 12.

• (12) 

  Packages containing liquids in receptacles the closures of which are not visible from the outside, packages containing receptacles with vents, and receptacles with vents but without outer packaging, shall, in addition, bear on two opposite sides label conforming to model No 11.

2613

• B. 

  Particulars in the transport document

2614 The description of the goods in the transport document shall conform to one of the substance identification numbers and one of the names printed in italics in marginal 2601.

If the substance is not mentioned by name but is assigned to an n.o.s. entry, or to another collective entry the description of the goods shall consist of the identification number, the n.o.s. designation or the collective entry designation, followed by the chemical or technical name ().

The description of the goods shall be followed by particulars of the class, the item number, if applicable, the letter, and the initials 'ADR` (or 'RID`) e.g. '6.1, 11°(a), ADR`.

For the carriage of wastes [see marginal 2000 (5)], the description of the goods shall be: 'Waste containing `, the component(s) used for the classification of the waste under marginal 2002 (8) to be entered under its/their chemical name(s), e.g. 'Waste, containing 2570 cadmium compounds, 6.1, 61°(c) ADR`.

For the carriage of solutions and mixtures (such as preparations and wastes) containing several components subject to the provisions of this Directive, it will not in general be necessary to refer to more than two components which most predominantly contribute to the danger or dangers of the solutions and mixtures.

For the carriage of solutions and mixtures containing only one component subject to the provisions of this Directive, the words 'solution` or 'mixture` should be added as part of the name in the transport document [see marginal 2002 (8)].

When a solid substance is handed over for carriage in the molten state, the description of the goods shall be completed by the word 'molten`, unless it is already included in the name.

If a solution or mixture containing a named substance in accordance with marginal 2600 (5), is not subject to the conditions of this Class the consignor may enter in the transport document 'Not goods of Class 6.1`.

2615-

2621

• C. 

  Empty packagings

2622 (1) If the empty packagings, uncleaned, of 91° are bags or flexible IBCs, these shall be placed in boxes or waterproof bags to prevent any leakage of substance.

• (2) 

  Other empty packagings, including uncleaned empty IBCs of 91° shall be closed in the same manner and with the same degree of leakproofness as if they were full.

• (3) 

  Empty packagings, including uncleaned empty IBCs of 91° shall bear the same danger labels as if they were full.

• (4) 

  The description in the transport document shall conform to one of the names printed in italics in 91°, e.g.: 'Empty packaging, 6.1, 91° ADR`.

In the case of empty tank-vehicles, empty demountable tanks, empty tank-containers as well as empty vehicles for carriage in bulk and empty bulk containers, uncleaned, this description shall be completed by adding the words 'Last load` together with the name and item of the goods last loaded, e.g.: 'Last load: 2312 phenol, molten, 24° (b)`.

2623-

2624

• D. 

  Transitional measures

2625 Substances of class 6.1 may be carried until 30 June 1995 in accordance with the requirements for Class 6.1 applicable until 31 December 1994. The transport document shall, in such cases, bear the inscription 'Carriage in accordance with the ADR in force before 1 January 1995`.

2626-

2649

CLASS 6.2 INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCES

• 1. 

  List of substances

2650 (1) Among the substances () covered by the title of Class 6.2, those which are listed in marginal 2651 or are covered by a collective heading of that marginal are subject to the conditions set out in marginal 2650 (2) to marginal 2675 and the provisions of this Annex and of Annex B. They are then considered as substances of this Directive.

• (2) 

  Class 6.2 comprises substances containing viable micro-organisms, including bacteria, viruses, rickettsia, parasites, fungi, also as recombinant, hybrid or mutant micro-organisms, that are known or reasonably believed to cause disease in animals or humans. They are subject to the provisions of this Class if they are capable of spreading diseases to humans or animals when exposure to them occurs.

Notes: 1. Genetically modified micro-organisms and organisms, biological products, diagnostic specimens and infected live animals shall be assigned to this Class if they meet the conditions for this Class.

• 2. 

  Toxic toxins from plant, animal or bacterial sources which do not contain any infectious substances or organisms or which are not contained in them are substances of Class 6.1 (see marginal 2601, 90°, identification number 3172).

• (3) 

  Substances of Class 6.2 are subdivided as follows:

• A. 

  Infectious substances with a high risk potential

• B. 

  Other infectious substances

• C. 

  Empty packagings.

The substances of marginal 2651, 3° and 4°, are assigned to the group designated by the letter (b) on the basis of their degree of danger:

(b) dangerous substances.

• (4) 

  The assignment of substances which are not listed by name to 1°, 2° and 3° of marginal 2651, shall be made, on the basis of current scientific knowledge, in accordance with the following risk groups ():

(i) Risk group IV (high individual risk, high community risk) covers micro-organisms that can cause severe human or animal disease, which may present a high risk of spreading, and for which there is usually no effective prophylaxis or treatment available;

(ii) Risk group III (high individual risk, low community risk) covers micro-organisms that can cause severe human or animal disease and may present a high risk of spreading, but for which there is usually effective prophylaxis or treatment available;

(iii) Risk group II (moderate individual risk, limited community risk) covers micro-organisms that can cause human or animal disease, which are unlikely to spread, and for which there is usually effective prophylaxis or treatent available;

(iv) Risk group I (low individual and community risk) covers micro-organisms that are unlikely to cause human or animal disease.

Notes: 1. Micro-organisms of risk group I are not infectious substances within the meaning of this Class.

• 2. 

  Genetically modified micro-organisms and organisms () are micro-organisms and organisms in which the genetic material has been deliberately altered by technical methods or by means that cannot occur naturally in nature.

• 3. 

  Genetically modified micro-organisms which are infectious within the meaning of this Class, are substances of 1°, 2° or 3°. They may not however be assigned to 4°. Genetically modified micro-organisms which are not infectious substances within the meaning of this Class, may be substances of Class 9 (see marginal 2901, 13°, identification number 3245).

• 4. 

  Genetically modified organisms, which are known or suspected to be dangerous to humans, animals or the environment, shall be carried in accordance with conditions specified by the competent authority of the country of origin.

• (5) 

  Substances and mixtures of substances of this Class shall be considered as solids for the packaging provisions of marginals 2654 and 2655 as long as they do not contain free liquid at a temperature of less than 45 °C.

• (6) 

  'Biological products` are:

• - 

  finished biological preparations for human or veterinary use manufactured in accordance with the requirements of national public health authorities and moving under special approval or licence from such authorities, if required; or

• - 

  biological products transported prior to licensing for research or development purposes; or

• - 

  finished preparations for use in the experimental treatment of humans or animals and manufactured in accordance with the requirements of national public health authorities.

They also cover unfinished biological products prepared in accordance with procedures of specialized government agencies.

Diagnostic specimens are any human or animal material including, but not limited to, excreta, secreta, blood and its components, tissue and tissue fluids being transported for purposes of diagnosis or research, but excluding live infected animals.

Note: 'Biological products` and 'diagnostic specimens` are not considered as substances of this Class if they are known not to contain infectious substances.

• (7) 

  Live vertebrate or invertebrate animals shall not be used to carry an infectious agent unless the agent cannot be carried by any other means. Such animals shall be packed, marked, indicated, and carried in accordance with the relevant regulations governing the carriage of animals ().

• (8) 

  For the carriage of substances of this Class, the maintenance of a specified temperature may be necessary.

• A. 

  Infectious substances with high risk potential

2651 1° 2814 infectious substance, affecting humans,

2900 infectious substance, affecting animals only.

Notes: 1. Substances which, in accordance with marginal 2650 (4), are assigned to risk group IV, shall be assigned to this item.

• 2. 

  Special conditions of packing are applicable to these substances (see marginals 2653 and 2654).

2° 2814 infectious substance, affecting humans,

2900 infectious substance, affecting animals only.

Notes: 1. Substances which, in accordance with marginal 2650 (4), are assigned to risk group III, shall be assigned to this item.

• 2. 

  Special conditions of packing are applicable to these substances (see marginals 2653 and 2654).

• B. 

  Other infectious substances

3° (b) 2814 infectious substance, affecting humans,

2900 infectious substance, affecting animals only.

Note: Substances which, in accordance with marginal 2650 (4), are assigned to risk group II, shall be assigned to this item.

4° (b) 3291 clinical waste, unspecified, n.o.s.

Notes: 1. Unspecified wastes resulting from medical/veterinary treatment of humans/animals or from biological research, and which are unlikely to contain substances of this Class shall be assigned to this item.

• 2. 

  Specified wastes shall be assigned to 1°, 2° or 3°.

• 3. 

  Decontaminated clinical wastes or wastes resulting from biological research which previously contained infectious substances are not subject to the provisions of this Class.

• C. 

  Empty packagings

11° Uncleaned empty packagings, including empty intermediate bulk containers (IBC), empty tank vehicles, empty demountable tanks and empty tank-containers, uncleaned, which have contained substances of Class 6.2 (see marginal 2672).

• 2. 

  Provisions

• A. 

  Packages

• 1. 

  General conditions of packing

2652 (1) Packagings shall satisfy the conditions of Appendix A.5, unless special conditions for the packing of certain substances are prescribed in marginals 2653 and 2656.

Intermediate bulk containers (IBCs) shall satisfy the conditions of Appendix A.6.

• (2) 

  In accordance with the provisions of marginals 2650 (3) and 3511 (2) or 3611 (2), the following shall be used:

• - 

  packagings of packing group II or I, marked with the letter 'Y` or 'X`, or IBCs of packing group II, marked with the letter 'Y` for dangerous substances classified under the letter (b) of each item;

Note: For the carriage of substances of Class 6.2 in tank-vehicles, demountable tanks or tank-containers see Annex B.

• 2. 

  Special conditions for packing of certain substances

2653 (1) Packagings for substances of 1° and 2° shall include the following essential elements:

(a) An inner packaging comprising:

• - 

  a leakproof primary receptacle;

• - 

  a leakproof secondary packaging;

• - 

  absorbent material placed between the primary receptacle and the secondary packaging: if several primary receptacles are placed in a single secondary packaging, they shall be individually wrapped so as to prevent contact between them. The absorbent material, such as cotton wool,shall be in sufficient quantity to absorb the entire contents of the primary receptacles.

Whatever the intended temperature of the consignment, the primary receptacle or the secondary packaging shall be capable of withstanding without leakage an internal pressure producing a pressure differential of not less than 95 kPa (0,95 bar) and temperatures in the range P 40 °C to + 55 °C.

Note: Inner packagings containing infectious substances shall not be consolidated in an outer packaging with other types of goods.

(b) An outer packaging of adequate strength for its capacity, mass and intended use, and with a minimum external dimension of 100 mm.

• (2) 

  Packagings conforming to paragraph (1) shall be tested in accordance with the provisions of marginal 2654; the packaging design type shall be one permitted by the competent authority. Every packaging manufactured in accordance with the approved design type shall be marked in accordance with marginal 3512.

Tests for packagings in accordance with marginal 2653

2654 (1) Other than for packagings for live animals and organisms, samples of each packaging shall be prepared for testing as described in paragraph (2) and then subjected to the tests in paragraphs (3) to (5). If the nature of the packaging makes it necessary, equivalent preparation and tests are permitted, provided that these may be demonstrated to be at least as effective.

• (2) 

  Samples of each packaging shall be prepared as for carriage, except that the substance to be carried shall be replaced by water, or, where conditioning at P 18 °C is specified, by a mixture water/antifreeze. Each primary receptacle shall be filled to 98 % capacity.

• (3) 

  Packagings prepared as for carriage shall be subjected to the tests in the table, which, for test purposes, categorizes packagings according to their material characteristics. For outer packagings, the headings in the table relate to:

• - 

  fibreboard or similar materials whose performance may be rapidly affected by moisture;

• - 

  plastics which may embrittle at low temperature; and

• - 

  other materials such as metal whose performance is not affected by moisture or temperature.

If a primary receptacle and a secondary packaging [see marginal 2653 (1) (a)] are made of different materials, the material of the primary receptacle determines the appropriate test. In instances where a primary receptacle is made of two materials, the material most liable to damage shall determine the appropriate tests.

>TABLE>

(a) Samples shall be subjected to free-fall drops on to a rigid, non-resilient, flat, horizontal surface from a height of 9 m. Where the samples are in the shape of a box five shall be dropped in sequence:

• - 

  one flat on to the bottom,

• - 

  one flat on to the top,

• - 

  one flat on to the long side,

• - 

  one flat on to the short side,

• - 

  one on to a corner.

Where the samples are in the shape of a drum, three shall be dropped in sequence:

• - 

  one diagonally on to the top chime, with the centre of gravity directly above the point of impact,

• - 

  one diagonally on to the base chime,

• - 

  one flat on to the side.

Following the appropriate drop sequence, there shall be no leakage from the primary receptacle(s) which shall remain protected by absorbent material in the secondary packaging.

(b) The samples shall be fully immersed in water for a period of at least 5 minutes and then allowed to drain for not more than 30 minutes at 23 °C and 50 ± 2 % relative humidity. It shall then be subjected to the test described in (a).

(c) The samples shall be conditioned in an atmosphere of P 18 °C or less for a period of at least 24 hours and within 15 minutes of removal from that atmosphere be subjected to the test described in (a). Where the samples contains dry ice, the conditioning period may be reduced to four hours.

(d) Where the packaging is intended to contain dry ice, a test additional to that specified in (a) or (b) or (c) shall be carried out. One sample shall be stored so that all the dry ice dissipates and then be subjected to the test described in (a).

• (4) 

  Packagings with a gross mass of 7 kg or less shall be subjected to the tests described in (a) below and packagings with a gross mass exceeding 7 kg to the tests in (b) below.

(a) Samples shall be placed on a level hard surface. A cylindrical steel rod with a mass of at least 7 kg, and a diameter not exceeding 38 mm, and whose impact end edges have a radius not exceeding 6 mm, shall be dropped in a vertical free fall from a height of 1 m, measured from the impact end to the impact surface of the sample. One sample shall be placed on its base. A second sample shall be placed in an orientation perpendicular to that used for the first. In each instance, the steel rod shall be aimed to impact the primary receptacle. Following each impact, penetration of the secondary packaging is acceptable, provided that there is no leakage from the primary receptacle(s).

(b) Samples shall be dropped on to the end of a cylindrical steel rod. The rod shall be set vertically in a level hard surface. It shall have a diameter of 38 mm and the edges of the upper end a radius not exceeding 6 mm. The rod shall protrude from the surface a distance at least equal to that between the primary receptacle(s) and the outer surface of the outer packaging with a minimum of 200 mm. One sample shall be dropped in a vertical freefall from a height of 1 m, measured from the top of the steel rod. A second sample shall be dropped from the same height in an orientation perpendicular to that used for the first. In each instance, the packaging shall be so orientated that the steel rod could penetrate the primary receptacle(s). Following each impact, penetration of the secondary packaging is acceptable, provided that there is no leakage from the primary receptacle(s).

• (5) 

  As long as an equivalent level of performance is maintained, the following variations in the primary receptacles placed within the secondary packaging are allowed without the need for further testing of the completed packaging.

Primary receptacles of equivalent or smaller size as compared to the tested primary receptacles may be used provided:

(a) the primary receptacles are of similar design to the primary receptacle tested (e.g. rounded, rectangular);

(b) the material of construction of the primary receptacles (e.g. glass, plastics, metal) has a resistance to impact and stacking pressure equivalent to or better than that of the primary receptacles initially tested;

(c) primary receptacles have the same or smaller openings and the closure is of equivalent design (e.g. screw-threaded plug, bung);

(d) sufficient additional cushioning material is used to fill up empty space and to prevent significant movement of the primary receptacles; and

(e) primary receptacles are oriented within the secondary packagings in the same manner as in the tested package.

2655 (1) Substances classified under 3° (b) and 4° (b) shall be packed in:

(a) steel drums conforming to marginal 3520; or

(b) aluminium drums conforming to marginal 3521; or

(c) steel jerricans conforming to marginal 3522; or

(d) plastics drums or jerricans conforming to marginal 3526; or

(e) composite packagings (plastics material) conforming to marginal 3537; or

(f) combination packagings conforming to marginal 3538; or

(g) composite packagings (glass, porcelain or stoneware) conforming to marginal 3539; or

(h) metal IBCs conforming to marginal 3622; or

(i) rigid plastics IBCs conforming to marginal 3624; or

(j) (reserved)

(k) composite IBCs with plastics inner receptacles conforming to marginal 3625, with the exception of IBCs of types 11HZ2 and 31HZ2.

• (2) 

  Solid substances within the meaning of marginal 2650 (5) may also be packed in plywood drums conforming to marginal 3523 or in fibre drums conforming to marginal 3525, if necessary with one or more leakproof inner bags.

2656 Biological products and diagnostic specimens of 1° to 3° where a relatively low probability exists that infectious substances are present e.g. for routine screening tests or initial diagnosis, must meet all the provisions of this class except where the following conditions are met:

• (1) 

  The primary receptacles do not contain more than 50 ml for biological products, 100 ml for diagnostic specimens;

• (2) 

  The outer packaging does not contain more than:

• - 

  50 ml for biological products when fragile primary receptacles are used;

• - 

  100 ml for biological products when other than fragile primary receptacles are used;

• - 

  500 ml for diagnostic specimens.

• (3) 

  The primary receptacles are leakproof; and

• (4) 

  The packaging is in accordance with the provisions of this class; however it need not be subjected to the tests.

2657 When substances of this Class are carried in deeply refrigerated liquid nitrogen, the inner packagings shall conform to the provisions for this Class and the containers for the nitrogen shall conform to the provisions of Class 2.

2658 (1) The openings of primary receptacles for liquids of 1° and 2° shall be closed so as to be leakproof by means of two devices placed in series, one of which shall be screw-threaded or secured in an equivalent manner.

• (2) 

  Receptacles for substances of 3° and 4° which evolve gases and which are carried at ambient temperature of more than 15 °C shall be fitted with a specific pathogen-tight vent in the lid, which shall be protected against external mechanical stresses.

With reusable receptacles, the filter of the vent shall be replaced before refilling.

• (3) 

  Plastics or fibreboard packagings intended for the carriage of wastes of 4° shall be resistant and, if the wastes contain sharp objects, shall be impenetrable to such objects.

• (4) 

  The closure of packagings for substances of 4° shall be so constructed that they are hermetically closed after filling and so designed that any subsequent opening is immediately evident.

2659-

2660

• 3. 

  Mixed packing

2661 (1) Substances covered by the same item number may be packed together in a combination packaging conforming to marginal 3538.

• (2) 

  Substances of 1°, 2° and 3° may be packed together in a combination packaging conforming to marginal 3538, if the package is tested and approved in accordance with the provisions for substances of 1° and 2°.

• (3) 

  Substances of Class 6.2 shall not be packed together with substances and articles of other classes, nor with goods not subject to the provisions of this Directive. This does not apply to biological products and diagnostic specimens which are packed in accordance with marginal 2656 or to substances being carried as coolants, e.g. ice, dry ice or deeply refrigerated liquid nitrogen.

• (4) 

  The provisions of marginals 2001 (7), 2002 (6) and (7) and 2652 shall be observed.

• (5) 

  If wooden or fibreboard boxes are used, a package shall not weigh more than 100 kg.

• 4. 

  Marking and danger labels on packages (See Appendix A.9)

Marking

2662 (1) Each package shall be clearly and durably marked with the identification number of the goods to be entered in the transport document, preceded by the letters 'UN`.

Danger labels

• (2) 

  Packages containing substances of this Class shall bear a label conforming to model No 6.2.

• (3) 

  Packages containing substances of this Class carried in deeply refrigerated liquid nitrogen shall, in addition, bear a label conforming to model No 2.

• (4) 

  Packages containing substances of 3° and 4° in fragile receptacles which are not visible from the outside shall, in addition, bear on two opposite sides a label conforming to model No 12.

• (5) 

  Packages containing liquid substances of 3° in receptacles the closures of which are not visible from the outside, as well as packages containing vented receptacles and vented receptacles without outer packaging, shall, in addition, bear on two opposite sides a label conforming to model No 11.

2663

• B. 

  Particulars in the transport document

2664 The description of the goods in the transport document shall conform to one of the identification numbers and names printed in italics in marginal 2651, followed by the biological name of the substance () for substances of 1° to 3°.

• (1) 

  If the infectious substance is a genetically modified substance, the words 'genetically modified micro-organisms` shall be added.